e
Medical Systems
Stenoscop/MDA 826921P615
HOME
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
Technical
Publications
826 921 P615
Revision 2
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
sm
Service Manual
do not duplicate
Copyright 1998 GE Medical Systems
February 1998
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
ATTENTION
LES APPAREILS À RAYONS X SONT DANGEREUX À LA FOIS POUR LE PATIENT ET POUR LE MANIPULATEUR
SI LES MESURES DE PROTECTION NE SONT PAS STRICTEMENT APPLIQUEES
Bien que cet appareil soit construit selon les normes de sécurité les plus sévères, la source de rayonnement X représente un danger
lorsque le manipulateur est non qualifié ou non averti. Une exposition excessive au rayonnement X entraîne des dommages à l’organisme.
Par conséquent, toutes les précautions doivent être prises pour éviter que les personnes non autorisées ou non qualifiées utilisent cet
appareil créant ainsi un danger pour les autres et pour elles–mêmes.
Avant chaque manipulation, les personnes qualifiées et autorisées à se servir de cet appareil doivent se renseigner sur les mesures de
protection établies par la Commission Internationale de la Protection Radiologique, Annales 26 : Recommandations de la Commission
Internationale sur la Protection Radiologique et les normes nationales en vigueur.
WARNING
X–RAY EQUIPMENT IS DANGEROUS TO BOTH PATIENT AND OPERATOR
UNLESS MEASURES OF PROTECTION ARE STRICTLY OBSERVED
Though this equipment is built to the highest standards of electrical and mechanical safety, the useful x–ray beam becomes a source of
danger in the hands of the unauthorized or unqualified operator. Excessive exposure to x–radiation causes damage to human tissue.
Therefore, adequate precautions must be taken to prevent unauthorized or unqualified persons from operating this equipment or exposing
themselves or others to its radiation.
Before operation, persons qualified and authorized to operate this equipment should be familiar with the Recommendations of the International Commission on Radiological Protection, contained in Annals Number 26 of the ICRP, and with applicable national standards.
ATENCION
LOS APARATOS DE RAYOS X SON PELIGROSOS PARA EL PACIENTE Y EL MANIPULADOR
CUANDO LAS NORMAS DE PROTECCION NO ESTAN OBSERVADAS
Aunque este aparato está construido según las normas de seguridad más estrictas, la radiación X constituye un peligro al ser manipulado
por personas no autorizadas o incompetentes. Una exposición excesiva a la radiación X puede causar daños al organismo.
Por consiguiente, se deberán tomar todas las precauciones necesarias para evitar que las personas incompetentes o no autorizadas
utilicen este aparato, lo que sería un peligro para los demás y para sí mismas.
Antes de efectuar las manipulaciones, las personas habilitadas y competentes en el uso de este aparato, deberán informarse sobre las
normas de protección fijadas por la Comisión Internacional de la Protección Radiológica, Anales No 26: Recomendaciónes de la Comisión Internacional sobre la Protección Radiológica y normas nacionales.
ACHTUNG
RÖNTGENAPPARATE SIND EINE GEFAHR FÜR PATIENTEN SOWIE BEDIENUNGSPERSONAL,
WENN DIE GELTENDEN SICHERHEITSVORKEHRUNGEN NICHT GENAU BEACHTET WERDEN
Dieser Apparat entspricht in seiner Bauweise strengsten elektrischen und mechanischen Sichereitsnormen, doch in den Händen unbefugter oder unqualifizierter Personen wird er zu einer Gefahrenquelle. Übermäßige Röntgenbestrahlung ist für den menschlichen Organismus schädlich.
Deswegen sind hinreichende Vorsichtsmaßnahmen erforderlich, um zu verhindern, daßunbefugte oder unqualifizierte Personen solche
Geräte bedienen oder sich selbst und andere Personen deren Bestrahlung aussetzen können.
Vor Inbetriebnahme dieses Apparats sollte sich das qualifizierte und befugte Bedienungspersonal mit den geltenden Kriterien für den gefahrlosen Strahleneinsatz durch sorgfältiges Studium des Hefts Nr. 26 der Internationalen Kommission für Strahlenschutz (ICRP) vertraut
machen: Empfehlungen der Internationalen Kommission für Strahlenschutz und anderer nationaler Normenbehörden.
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
SUMMARY
2 – PREINSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. 1
2–1
BASIC CONFIGURATION – OPTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. 1
2–2
DOSE AREA PRODUCT METER SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. 4
2–3
IMAGER 16/22 CCD SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. 5
2–4
MONITOR SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. 11
3 – INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 1
3–1
RECEPTION OF THE MOBILE SURGICAL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 1
3–2
MAIN SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 5
3–3
INTERCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 7
3–4
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 7
3–5
CDRH CERTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 8
3–6
DR4 / MD10 COMPONENTS INTERCONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 . 10
3–7
MDA COMPONENTS INTERCONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 . 11
3–8
COMPONENTS POWER SUPPLY WIRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 . 12
3–9
CCM 620 – Photography parameters setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 . 13
4 – FUNCTIONAL CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 1
4–1
MECHANICAL TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 3
4–2
CDRH COMPLIANCE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 5
i
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
SUMMARY (CONT.)
6 – SERVICE PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. 1
6–1
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. 1
6–2
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. 3
6–3
JOB CARDS SYNOPTIC TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. 6
6–4
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY SHEETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. 6
6–5
ADJUSTMENT SHEETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. 110
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 111
ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 127
6–6
LIST OF USED MEASURING EQUIPMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. 217
7 – SCHEMATICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. 1
7–1
IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. 3
7–2
SCHOTTKY DIODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. 3
7–3
LIST OF SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. 3
7–4
LIST OF THE ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE SCHEMATICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. 4
7–5
USE OF THE SCHEMATICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. 8
9 – SPARE PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9. 1
9–1
STENOSCOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1
9–2
LASER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 70
9–3
DOSE AREA PRODUCT METER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 72
9–4
IMAGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 74
9–6
MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 90
9–7
KITS (MONITOR CART) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 92
SCHEMATICS A3 (see TOC page A – i) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ii
A–i
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
REVISION HISTORY
REV
DATE
A
0
1
2
TYPE OF MODIFICATION
August,
November,
January,
February,
1996
1996
1997
1998
Preliminary release from engineering validation.
Product document release.
Update and corrections.
M5 version; update and corrections.
+ RG 251 : II input dose clarification.
+ RG 256 : gain adjustment procedure revised because of the release of a new
Sony CCD module.
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
PAGE
NUMBER
REVISION
NUMBER
PAGE
NUMBER
REVISION
NUMBER
Title page
2
Safety Instructions 2
Summary
i to ii
Rev. history
iii to iv
Chapter 2
Table of contents
2–i to 2–ii
2–1 to 2–12
Chapter 3
Table of contents
3–i to 3–ii
Prod. 3–iii to 3–iv
3–1 to 3–14
Chapter 4
Table of contents
4–i to 4–ii
4–1 to 4–14
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Chapter 6
Table of contents
6–i to 6–viii
6–1 to 6–218
2
2
Chapter 7
Table of contents
7–i to 7–ii
7–1 to 7–10
2
2
Chapter 9
Table of contents
9–i to 9–ii
9–1 to 9–98
2
2
Schematics –Din A3
Table of contents
A–i to A–ii
A–1 to A–78
2
2
2
2
iii
PAGE
NUMBER
REVISION
NUMBER
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
iv
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
CHAPTER 2 – PREINSTALLATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2–1
STENOSCOP : BASIC CONFIGURATION – OPTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1
2–2
DOSE AREA PRODUCT METER SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4
2–2–1
Model 841–SO Chamber : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4
2–2–2
Electronic Enclosure : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4
2–2–3
Display Unit : not used with MDA Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4
2–2–4
Power Supply : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4
2–2–5
Cable : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4
IMAGER 16/22 CCD SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5
2–3
2–3–1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5
2–3–2
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5
2–3–3
Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5
2–3–4
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6
2–3–5
Special Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.9
2–3–6
MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 . 10
MONITOR SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 . 11
2–4
2–4–1
Physical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 . 11
2–4–2
Power Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 . 11
2–4–3
Video Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 . 11
2–4–4
Rotating Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 . 11
2–4–5
Environmental Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 . 11
2–4–6
Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 . 12
2.i
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
2 . ii
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
2 PREINSTALLATION
2.
2–1
STENOSCOP : BASIC CONFIGURATION – OPTIONS.
According to the order specifications, the STENOSCOP Series 6000 / 9000 C.C.D. is available in 4 models.
MODEL TCB92 601 P 478
TCB92 601 P 479
TCB92 601 P 480
TCB92 601 P 481
STENO 2
STENO 2
STENO 2
STENO 2
6000
6000
9000
9000
CCD
CCD
CCD
CCD
50 Hz
60 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
The components of these models are listed in 2 charts and indexed according to the following criteria :
OO , OF , SOF , ACC , C , USA
OO : OBLIGATORY option necessary for the operation of the unit
To be ordered separately.
OF : FACULTATIVE Option
To be ordered separately.
SOF : OBLIGATORY option necessary for the operation of the unit but DEPENDING
of THE FACULTATIVE Option
Components supplied according to the FACULTATIVE Option
ACC : Spécific components
To be ordered separately.
C:
Consommable
To be ordered separately.
USA : Supplied direct by GE – USA following the GE – CGR spécifications.
2.1
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 CONFIGURATION – Only for information
MODEL TCB92 601 P 481
TCB92 601 P 480
TCB92 601 P 479
TCB92 601 P 478
STENO 2
STENO 2
STENO 2
STENO 2
9000
9000
6000
6000
CCD
CCD
CCD
CCD
60 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
50 Hz
CATALOG
NUMBER
478
479
480
481
STENO 2 –MOBILE FRAME ASM
(with XR head, without monitor cart)
OO
OO
OO
OO
BASE 6000 / 9000
OO
OO
OO
OO
KIT STENO 6000 / 9000 CCD PEG
OO
OO
OO
OO
IMAGER 16 (6”) CCD 50 Hz
OO
COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
IMAGER 16 (6”) CCD 60 Hz
OO
IMAGER 22 (9”) CCD 50 Hz
OO
IMAGER 22 (9”) CCD 60 Hz
OO
16 CCD IMAGER KIT (collimator + screened mylar)
OO
OO
22 CCD IMAGER KIT (collimator + screened mylar)
CASSETTE HOLDER (16) 24 x 30 cm
(1)
CASSETTE HOLDER (16) 9,5” x 9,5”
B92 601 P325
B92 601 P326
CASSETTE HOLDER (16) 10” x 12”
B92 601 P358
CASSETTE HOLDER (22) 24 x 30 cm
(1)
B92 601 P328
CASSETTE HOLDER (22) 10” x 12”
B92 601 P359
(1)
B95 601 P172
RAD REMOVAL GRID
9,5” x 9,5” (10:1, 44L / cm )
B93 601 P157
RAD COLLIMATOR KIT 24 x 30 cm
B92 601 P453
RAD COLLIMATOR KIT 9.5” x 9.5”
B92 601 P454
TV MONITOR FFD NOT ROT.( with MDA )
OO
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
B92 601 P327
CASSETTE HOLDER (22) 9,5” x 9,5”
RAD REMOVAL GRID
24 x 30 cm (8:1, 28 L / cm)
OF
OO
OF
ACC
OO
OF
OF
ACC ( 1 )
ACC
ACC
ACC
ACC
ACC
OO
OO
OO
OO
OO
2153979
OO
OO
OO
OO
2153980
OO
OO
OO
OO
2153980
OF
OF
OF
OF
1 MONITOR KIT (with shelf)
OO
OO
OO
OO
2 MONITOR KIT (with shelf)
OF
OF
OF
OF
TV MONITOR FFD/ROT.
(+/–
170o)
(with DR memory)
2nd TV MONITOR FFD/ROT. (+/– 170o) (with DR memory)
2.2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
CATALOG Nber
448
449
450
451
MDA MEMORY
B92 601 P494
OF ( 2 )
OO
OO
OO
Seq. Low Speed
B92 601 P495
OF
OF
OF
OF
Seq. Mid Speed
B92 601 P496
OF
OF
OF
OF
Seq. High Speed
B92 601 P497
OF
OF
OF
OF
Soft Measure
B92 601 P500
OF
OF
OF
OF
Soft Vascular 1
B92 601 P501
OF
OF
OF
OF
Soft Vascular 2
B92 601 P502
OF
OF
OF
OF
DR4 MEMORY + KIT
B92 601 P441
OF ( 2 )
OO
OO
OO
MD10 MEMORY + KIT
B92 601 P442
OF ( 2 )
OO
OO
OO
OF ( 3 )
OF
OF
OF
COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
MD10 KEY BOARD
CCM 620–1 VISIPLEX CAMERA 625L
B92 601 P385
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
CCM 620–1 VISIPLEX CAMERA 525L
B92 601 P395
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
CCM 620–2 VISIPLEX CAMERA 625L
B92 601 P443
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
CCM 620–2 VISIPLEX CAMERA 525L
B92 601 P444
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
CCM 620–1 + 4 VISIPLEX CAMERA 625L
B92 601 P445
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
CCM 620–1 + 4 VISIPLEX CAMERA 525L
B92 601 P446
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
FILM IMAGER KIT /STENO 6000/9000
PAPER IMAGER UP890 CEI/ 220V
861 190 P035
PAPER IMAGER UP880 UL/ 110V
861 190 P045
PAPER IMAGER SONY UP910 CEI/ 220V
861 190 P015
PAPER IMAGER SONY UP910/ 110V
861 190 P025
PAPER IMAGER KIT / STENO 6000/9000
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
VCR S–VHS SONY 220V/ 625 L/ CEI / RS232
B92 601 P503
VCR S–VHS SONY 110V/ 525 L/ UL / RS232
B92 601 P504
KIT VCR .SONY STENO 6000/9000
B92 601 P505
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
STERILE DRAPES SET (cloth)
B92 601 P350
C
C
C
C
DISPOSABLE STERILE DRAPES SET
B92 601 P357
C
C
C
C
PM STAND ALONE KIT
B92 601 P506
OO
OO
OO
OO
XR HANDSWITCH KIT
B92 601 P338
OF
OF
OO
OO
KIT LASER IMAGER 16 (6”)
B92 601 P457
OF
OF
KIT LASER IMAGER 22 (9”)
B92 601 P458
OF
OF
KIT LASER CUVE
832 139 G015
OF
OF
OF
OF
KIT DAP
B92 601 P459
OF
OF
OF
OF
(1)
(2)
(3)
Not for USA
One of those is obligatory
With MD10 memory only
2.3
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
SOF
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
2–2
DOSE AREA PRODUCT METER SPECIFICATIONS.
2–2–1
Model 841–SO Chamber :
2–2–2
2–2–3
2–2–4
2–2–5
D
Type: full field ion chamber.
D
Chamber active area: 72.38 cm2.
D
Dose area product rates: 1 mGycm2s–1 to 400000 mGycm2s–1.
D
Energy range: 50 KVp to 150 KVp.
D
Chamber sensitivity: 130 pC/mGycm2.
D
Absorption: less than 0.5 mm Al.
D
Connection: 2 sets of co–axial cable.
D
Warm up time: 8–10 minutes.
D Transparency: greater than 75 %.
Electronic Enclosure :
D
Calibration and offset adjustment: user accessible controls.
D
Weight: 0.200 Kg.
D
Signal processing: assembly contains integrated electronics.
D
Test and reset push buttons.
D
Power on indication.
D Physical size: 165mm x 44mm x 28mm.
Display Unit : not used with MDA Memory
D
Display: 8 digit LCD with reset and test function.
D
Display units: mGycm2.
D
Dose area product range: 1 mGycm2 to 99,999,999 mGycm2.
D
Free running rate: 10 KHz.
D
Response time: dose rate dependent 1 ms – 5 seconds.
D
Power input: < 120 mA at 24 VDC.
D
Power input range: 15 – 28 VDC.
D
Test & reset buttons.
D
Overall size (including overlay): 120mm x 30mm x 19.5mm.
D
Weight: approximately 200g.
D
Local supply at Image Intensifier: 24 VDC, 120 mA (tolerance 15 – 28 VDC).
D
Co–axial cable: RG174.
D
Type: 9 mm oval cross section, pvc insulated 6 core.
D
Length: X–ray machine specific.
Power Supply :
Cable :
2.4
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
2–3
IMAGER 16/22 CCD SPECIFICATIONS.
2–3–1
Overview
The Imageur 22 Stenoscop CCD* and 16 Stenoscop CCD are compact image intensifier (II)
systems used to:
D
Convert radiology images to a video image (625– or 525–line).
D
Display this image on a TV monitor.
The Imageurs Stenoscop are intended to equip mobile surgical units Stenoscop 2 –
6000/9000.
The different versions of the Imageur Stenoscop are:
2–3–2
D
Imageur 22 Stenoscop CCD 625 L
D
Imageur 22 Stenoscop CCD 525 L
D
Imageur 16 Stenoscop CCD 625 L
D
Imageur 16 Stenoscop CCD 525 L
Composition
The Imageur Stenoscop CCD includes the following subassemblies:
D
Mechanical mount,
D
II tube (image intensifier),
D
High voltage power supply,
D
Optical unit, equipped with a CCD sensor.
The front cover is fitted with an anti–scatter grid which is protected by a sheet of Impax.
* Charged–Coupled Device.
2–3–3
Safety Instructions
The Imageur contains Extra High Voltage circuits indicated by a
DANGER – HIGH VOLTAGE label.
CAUTION
D
Pay close attention to high–voltage safety warnings (label:
D
All disassembly should be performed by the Field Engineer only.
D
Before any disassembly of the Imageur, ensure that the unit is not under power.
D
Before using the Imageur, ensure that it is correctly connected to ground by the yellow/green
ground wire connecting the power supply chassis to the II assembly.
2.5
).
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
2–3–4
sm 826 921 P615
Specifications
2–3–4–1 Regulations
The Imageur complies with the following regulations:
D
UL 187.
D
CSA 22–2 114.
D
IEC 601–1.
D
JIS Z 4701 (Reference to IEC 601 – General Rule for Medical X–Ray Equipment).
D
JIS Z 4721 (Medical X–Ray Intensifier).
D
CDRH – Code of Federal Regulation 21 CFR.
D
REDACT.
D
GE 806–1 thru 806–14.
D
EMC – According to IEC 601–1–2.
2–3–4–2 Operating conditions
D Temperature
– Operating
– Storage/transport
0°C thru 45°C
– 40°C thru 70°C
(IEC Standard 601–1)
D Relative humidity
– Operating
– Storage/transport
<80% w/o condensation
<95% w/o condensation
D Altitude
– Operating
– Storage/transport
0 m thru 5000 m
0 m thru 5000 m
D Power supply
– Voltage 24 V (dc) +10%/–15%
– Consumption 850 mA (typical)
– Fuse rated 2A–250 V
2.6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
2–3–4–3 Mechanical characteristics
ILLUSTRATION 1–1
IMAGEUR 22 CM STENOSCOP
D
IMAGEUR 22 STENOSCOP CCD
–
Dimensions (H x D x W)
456 x 407 x 302 mm
(see ILL. 1–1).
–
Input Field (at grid)
210 mm (SID of 913 mm)
in Normal Mode
150 0.5mm (SID of 913 mm)
in Mag 1 Mode
–
Axis/C–Arm distance
240 mm
–
Weight
28 kg
ILLUSTRATION 1–2
IMAGEUR 16 CM STENOSCOP
D
IMAGEUR 16 STENOSCOP CCD
–
Dimensions (H x D x W)
450 x 350 x 220 mm
(see ILL. 1–2).
–
Input Field (at grid)
144 mm (SID of 913 mm)
–
Axis/C–Arm distance
145 mm
–
Weight
26.7 kg
2–3–4–4 Performance
D
Horizontal resolution of video image
–
22 cm
13 lp/cm in Normal Mode
19 lp/cm in Mag 1 Mode
–
16 cm
17 lp/cm
(Measurements are performed at 50 kV for an exposure rate of 30 R/s
(22 cm) or 60 R/s (16 cm) under standard conditions in the nominal field).
D
0.5 db from 50 Hz through 7 MHz
Video bandwidth
2.7
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
2–3–4–5 Image intensifier tube
The II Tube converts the radiant image to a high luminosity image of excellent contrast. Each
II tube has several qualities:
D
High resolution,
D
Excellent resolution uniformity.
Parameters
II Tube
Imageur 22 Stenoscop
CCD
Imageur 16 Stenoscop
CCD
Units
TH 9438 HX-H560
TH 9449 HP-H506
-
65
65
%
200 (150 min.)
180 (140 min.)
cd m-2 /
mRs-1
30 (24 min.)
20 (16 min.)
25.2 ±0.2
14.5 ±0.5
mm
215
145
cm
Quantum detection efficiency
Typical conversion factor
Typical contrast ratio (10 % disk)
Diameter of output image
Useful entrance field size (min)
Typical maximum resolution
D
Normal Mode Center
70% radius
≥46
≥44
≥40
≥40
lp/cm
lp/cm
D
Mag 1 Mode Center
70% radius
≥52
≥50
-
lp/cm
lp/cm
2–3–4–6 Anti–scatter grid
An anti–scatter grid is mounted inside the bottom cover of the II System. It is sealed by a sheet
of Impax of very low absorbtion coefficient (2%). The grid eliminates the x–rays scattered by
the patient. The features of this anti–scatter grid are:
Imageur 22 Stenoscop CCD
Imageur 16 Stenoscop CCD
Grid ratio
10 : 1
8:1
Focal spot
90 cm
90 cm
Number of lines /cm
36
36
Diameter
234 mm (useful diameter 225 mm)
170 mm (useful diameter 160 mm)
A spigot positions the grid at ± 45° with respect to the two sweep axes, to avoid moiré effects
on the image.
2.8
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
2–3–5
sm 826 921 P615
Special Functions
2–3–5–1 Fluoroscopy regulation
Automatic monitoring of the fluoro dose is based on the measurement of the average video
signal value, inside a round window inserted in the image. The diameter of this window is
40% of the usable diameter of the image. In addition, the measurement circuit features a
device which enables the computation of the average value without taking into account the
dark zones of the image (collimator blades, barite, etc.). With this system, the image can be
used under all circumstances, particularly when the collimator blades are closed.
Note:
This system operates in Automatic Mode only.
ILLUSTRATION 1–3
MEASUREMENT WINDOW
2–3–5–2 Automatic gain control (AGC)
The generator can no longer ensure the automatic dose control when it is at min. or max. stop,
the automatic gain control circuit of the camera takes over. This circuit regulates the average
value of the video signal, in the same window as described above (40% of the usable diameter
of the image). The AGC dynamics covers the x5 to ÷2 range.
2–3–5–3 Dose
The Imageur can operate for two different dose rates, corresponding to the two iris diaphragm
positions.
2–3–5–4 Recursive filter
The CCD sensor mounted in the Imageur is inherently remanence–free. In the Imageur
Stenoscop CCD, the noise reduction function is performed by digital processing included in
the DSM memory.
2–3–5–5 Iris diaphragm
In Automatic Mode, when the generator has reached the max. stop, a system enables the
automatic opening of the iris diaphragm in order to widen the range of video signal regulation.
D
This function can be disabled.
D
It is maintained to the end of the fluoroscopy sequence.
D
The next fluoroscopy sequence will start with normal iris diaphragm.
2–3–5–6 Go to black
During a radiographic exposure, the image is masked by the Go to Black function.
2.9
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
2–3–5–7 Buzzer
Triggering of the buzzer located in the II assembly indicates that an excessive temperature has
been reached. In case of buzzer triggering, terminate the examination. Call the GEMS
maintenance service.
2–3–5–8 CLEANING
Do not use solvents, which could dull the finish or damage the labels. Simply use a clean
duster and warm soapy water.
2–3–6
MAINTENANCE
2–3–6–1 Maintenance principle
The causes of faulty operation on the Imageur can usually be located by the user.
However, reconditioning and adjustments following replacement of defective parts call for
qualified personnel.
Five main types of operating fault have been listed:
D
No image appears on screen.
D
Video mask only visible on screen.
D
X–ray image out of focus.
D
Image is present but unstable.
D
Image too bright or too dark.
Note:
Most defective parts can be repaired at the factory. It is therefore strongly recommended
to recuperate these parts.
2–3–6–2 Preventive maintenance
Checks to be performed annually by the Field Engineer:
D
Thermal safety buzzer.
1. Connect a wire between TP2 and TP5 on the CCD Supply Board. The buzzer should
sound.
2. Remove the wire.
3. If the buzzer does not sound, replace the CCD Supply Board.
D
Focusing.
1. Set the kV to the minimum, and run the test wide open using a FUNK test pattern
10–48.6 lp/cm.
2. The resolution limit measured must be superior or equal to the values given in
Para 4.4. If the correct values are not found, repeat the II tube focus adjustment
(see ASM, RG 350), and if necessary the optical focus adjustment (see ASM,
RG 351).
D
Dose rate control.
Run the tests described in RG 256 (Periodic Dose Check) of this document.
2–3–6–3 Fuse
F1/CCD Supply Board: rated 2 A/250 V (protects the 24–V (dc) power supply located in the
Stenoscop unit).
2 . 10
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
2–4
MONITOR SPECIFICATIONS.
2–4–1
Physical Characteristics
20”
2–4–2
Weight
23.5 kg (52.76 lb)
Width
460 mm (18.11 inches)
Height
379 mm (14.92 inches)
Depth
382 mm (15.03 inches)
Power Input
The monitor is a full range input of voltages:
2–4–3
D
90V to 264V.
D
50/60Hz.
D
70W.
Video Input
The monitor is set to a nominal 1 V signal (0.7 V video amplitude, 0.05 V set-up level, 0.3 V
synchro). As normally adjusted, a signal with video amplitude up to 1 V can be accepted
without detriment to the display, provided that the overload white level signal does not occur
over more than 30% of the image area.
A higher video signal (up to 1.8 V), can be accepted by adjustment of the CONTRAST
CONTROL.
In all applications the video signal must be terminated by a 75 W load (normally plugged into
the OUT connector; for chained monitors only the last monitor in the chain is terminated).
2–4–4
Rotating Connector
On FFD–ROT models, this connector carries the rotation control signals: the maximum
current required is less than 25 mA.
2–4–5
Environmental Conditions
The monitor will maintain its performance under the following conditions:
D
Temperature: -10 to +45C.
D
Relative Humidity: < 95% non-condensing.
D
Atmospheric Pressure: 700 to 1060 hPa.
D
Storage Temperature: -40 to +70C.
2 . 11
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
2–4–6
sm 826 921 P615
Regulations
The monitor complies with the standard and regulation requirements of the following:
D
Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. (UL), an independent testing laboratory following (UL 478).
D
Canadian Standards Association (CSA).
D
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), international standards organization:
D
–
IEC 601–1–2 (EMC),
–
IEC 601–1.
21 CFR para. 1020.10 (ionizing leakage radiation).
2 . 12
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
CHAPTER 3 – INSTALLATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3–1
RECEPTION OF THE MOBILE SURGICAL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 1
3–1–1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 1
3–1–2
RECEPTION OF THE STENOSCOP 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 1
3–1–3
IDENTIFICATION AND COMPATIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 1
3–1–4
Travel conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 3
MAIN SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 5
3–2
3–2–1
NETWORK ADAPTATION OF THE MOBILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 5
3–2–2
SUPPLY CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 7
3–3
INTERCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 7
3–4
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 7
3–4–1
UNBLOCKING THE COLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 7
3–5
CDRH CERTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. 8
3–6
DR4 / MD10 COMPONENTS INTERCONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 . 10
3–7
MDA COMPONENTS INTERCONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 . 11
3–8
COMPONENTS POWER SUPPLY WIRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 . 12
3–9
CCM 620 – Photography parameters setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 . 13
3–9–1
Brightness, contrast and density adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.i
3 . 13
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
3 . ii
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
3 . iii
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
3 . iv
Preinstall
Installation Functional Check
TOC Preinstallation
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
3 INSTALLATION
3.
3–1
RECEPTION OF THE MOBILE SURGICAL UNIT
3–1–1
INTRODUCTION
3–1–2
The STENOSCOP 2 is supplied ENTIRELY FACTORY MOUNTED AND CALIBRATED, so it needs NO
ADJUSTMENT ON PUTTING INTO SERVICE.
The procedure given below makes it possible to check the reception of the various components and set the
system going.
RECEPTION OF THE STENOSCOP 2
See chapter 2 PRE–INSTALLATION to check both the conformity of the site for installation and the composition of the equipment to be received.
3–1–2–1 DETERIORATION DUE TO TRANSPORT
On the delivery of the equipment, all the packages will be examined to make sure that they have not been damaged during transport.
If damage is observed, immediately notify the transport service and the transport insurance service of the factory.
The same will apply for non–apparent damage due to transport discovered when unpacking the material or during installation, UP TO 15 DAYS MAXIMUM AFTER DELIVERY.
A transport service will generally not pay a bill for non apparent damage unless an inspection has been
demanded within 15 days after delivery.
If damage is discovered, immediately contact the services concerned, specifying the type of apparatus, the
serial number and the order number if possible, and describe the nature of the damage.
3–1–2–2 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION
See chapter 2 PRE–INSTALLATION for checking the conformity of the delivery and of the equipment
ordered.
3–1–3
The unpacking of the components of the apparatus before it is transported into the room will be made only if
necessary for checking damage occurring during transport.
The packages will be minutely examined during installation, in order not to overlook parts of small dimensions
or envelopes containing screws, washers, etc.
IDENTIFICATION AND COMPATIBILITY
The STENOSCOP 2 is identified by labels giving the following information :
. Date and place of manufacture
. Serial number
. Model type and number
. Type approval and compliance with standards.
In addition, to meet HHS requirements (USA) concerning RX radiation, mAs accuracy, filtration and source–
skin distance, the different components concerned carry a label ”COMPLIES WITH RADIATION PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 21 CFR SUBCHAPTER J”.
Other labels are also supplied separately for specific compliance with prevailing local regulations.
3.1
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Imager
Imager
Cassette
Holder
Collimator
Frame
Xray Tubehead
Monitor Cart
3.2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
DESCRIPTION
REFERENCE
A
FRAME – CONTROL CONSOLE
828 490 G055
ZF0XCST2
B
X R HEAD
828 520 G015
ZH0HTST2
C
COLLIMATOR for IMAGER
16 cm (6”)
828 751 G 025
Z0A16ST2
828 752 G 025
Z0A22ST2
ITEM
22 cm (9”)
D
MODELE
(USA)
CASSETTE HOLDER for IMAGER 16 cm (6”)
24 x 30 cm
830 534 G 015
9,5” x 9,5”
830 535 G 015
Z0L16ST2
CASSETTE HOLDER for IMAGER 22 cm (9”)
E
F
3–1–4
IMAGER
24 x 30 cm
830 536 G 015
9,5” x 9,5”
830 537 G 015
Z0L22ST2
16 cm (6”) CCD 50Hz
860 926 P 075
ZCCD16ST
22 cm (9”) CCD 50Hz
860 926 P 095
ZCCD22ST
16cm (6”) CDRH 60Hz
860 926 P 085
ZCCD16ST
22cm (9”) CDRH 60Hz
860 926 P 105
ZCCD22ST
MONITORS CART
Travel conditions
To move the mobile unit from one place to another, respect the following conditions :
– vertical ”C–Arm” – imager upwards
– ”wigwag” movement centered
– C–Arm retracted as far as possible toward the console
– column low position
– movements locked
– ratchet the direction handle in order to have the back wheels parallel to the chassis
– foot brake released
CAUTION
THE MOBILE UNIT IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH NEGATIVE ACTION BRAKES.
FOR TRAVELLING ON A SLOPE, THE OPERATOR HAS TO BE IN FRONT OF THE MOBILE UNIT AND
THE MONITOR HOLDER, AND, IF NECESSARY A SECOND PERSON MUST BE AVAILABLE TO HELP.
3.3
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
3A3 DIAPHRAGMES 2
832 502 G015
3.4
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
3–2
sm 826 921 P615
MAIN SUPPLY
The mobile is factory wired for :
228V/50Hz single – phase networks (Europe)
OR
120V/60Hz single – phase networks (U.S.A.)
A frequency adaptation on site requires adaptations in the mobile but also in the imager, memory and monitor
For the mobile, proceed as specified hereunder.
3–2–1
LINE ADAPTATION OF THE MOBILE
ATTENTION : The Imager frequency is not adaptable on site. The complete CCD Camera must be changed
if the frequency has to be modified.
3–2–1–1 9TR1 TRANSFORMER
The line adaptation is made at the transformer 9TR1 (diagram 1–10)
Connect wires marked A and B, and jumpers marked C and D as shown in the hereunder chart according to the
mains voltage and frequency.
MAINS SUPPLY
FREQ
240V
228 V
220 V
208 V
200 V
*
*
*
120V
108 V
100V
Marqued wire
9TR1 TERMINALS
Frequency
Adaptation
50Hz
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
60Hz
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
1
3
3
1
2
3
A
Voltage
Adaptation
B
1
1
Jumper C
4–5
4–6
4–7
4–6
4–7
4–8
4–8
4–8
Jumper D
2–2
2–2
2–2
2–2
2–2
1–5
2–6
3–7
* For the lines 120, 108 and 100V, it is obligatory to switch the machine over to REDUCED POWER.
The REDUCTION OF POWER is programmed at the CI 3A3 DIAPHRAGMS 2 using the switch S133.B
(2–7) (diagram 117F)
S133.B OFF Normal power
S133.B ON Reduced power
* For the lines 120V 108V and 100V, it is also obligatory to connect in parallel on 9R1 an additional
resistor 9R2, see diagram 1–10b–2A
Connect the jumper from 9R2 to 9R1.
220V to 240V Mains
1
9R1
2
1
9R2
2
100V to 120V Mains
Jumper
1
9R1
2
1
9R2
2
Jumper
Series
Parallel
3.5
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Locking rood
Transportation
lock bar (rod)
9Sm1
ON / OFF
9PL1
3.6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
3–2–2
sm 826 921 P615
SUPPLY CABLE
For the mobile units wired for 120V(USA), the supply cable is delivered from the factory with its plug.
For the mobile units wired for 228V (Europe), the supply cable is delivered without a plug.
According to local regulations, connect a plug (min 16A single phase + earth) as follows :
blue wire : 228V
brown wire : 228V
3–3
yellow/green wire : earth
INTERCONNECTION
– Connect the cable coming from the mobile unit to the plug 9PL1 situated on the back of the monitor holder.
Screw the fixing device in a clockwise direction.
– Connect the supplementary equipotentiality cable to the earth terminal bar (CEI only).
3–4
– Connected the network supply cable to the socket provided at the installation.
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
3–4–1
Put the apparatus under tension with the switch at the back of the monitor cart.
UNBLOCKING THE COLUMN
For transport, this equipment is fitted with a bar which immobilizes the column. This bar is placed in a sheath
situated under the chassis and accessible from near the right rear wheel.
The bar must be removed to allow the column to move.
To remove the bar, activate for a short instant the button controlling the descent of the column.
This action has the effect of unblocking the bar which can then be removed.
ATTENTION!
It is absolutely necessary to keep this bar and put it back in place if the equipment has to be transported.
To avoid losing it, it is suggested that the bar be fixed on the monitor cart (behind the monitor).
3.7
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
3–5
sm 826 921 P615
CDRH CERTIFICATION
The unit is completely assembled and tested for CDRH compliance in the plant except for video imager, which
for certain markets, is associated in the field.
In order to make sure that the installed unit complies, the following tests have to be made :
1. Check that all mounting bolts for the X–Ray head and image intensifier are tightened.
If a loose bolt is found, perform the beam alignement in Rad and Fluoro.
2. Check operator display, operation of pushbutton and of buzzers.
See chap 6 RG 40 PWB swiches position.
3. Verify Fluoro mA
4. Verify Rad mAs
5. Verify Fluoro mA kVp range in manual and automatic mode
6. Make a quick test of the Fluoro ABC loop.
With 2 mm copper on the X–ray head, in normal fluoro automatic mode, the kVp–mA normally stabilize
for the 6” II
for the 9” II, large field :
9”
Low Dose
High Dose
KV
65/67
65/67
mA
1.7/1.9
3.2/3.4
6”
Low Dose
High Dose
KV
68/70
68/70
mA
1.9/2.0
3.6/3.9
If this test fails, make a complete kVp test.
3.8
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
3.9
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
3–6
sm 826 921 P615
DR4 / MD10 COMPONENTS INTERCONNECTIONS.
DR4 / MD10
DR4 / MD10
FRONT PANEL
R.X. CONTROL
DSM
DB 15 Male
REAR PANEL
R.X. CONTROL
DR
HARD COPY
VIDEO
DB 15 Female
BNC
Only in DR
(EMULATION)
SCREEN A SCREEN B
OUT
OUT
BNC
CAMERA
IN
BNC
POWER
DB 9 Male
BNC
HARD COPY
CONTROL
BNC
I.R. REMOTE
DB 9 Male
Monitors
A or B
C or D
ÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏ
MD10 Option
C
A
B
or
3 . 10
D
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
3–7
sm 826 921 P615
MDA COMPONENTS INTERCONNECTIONS.
ÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏ
3 . 11
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
3–8
sm 826 921 P615
COMPONENTS POWER SUPPLY WIRING.
9A1 TRANSPANEL
PL4
+12V
8
7
10
9
3 . 12
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
3–9
sm 826 921 P615
CCM 620 – Photography parameters setting
This procedure is a summary of this one available in the camera documentation (furnished with the unit).
3–9–1
Brightness, contrast and density adjustment.
Values to be set:
BRT
CRT
Positive
Negative
020
250
025
200
Density
50 Hz
60Hz
056
064
a Switch ON the Video Imager.
b The message windows indicates the warm – up cycle time (60 sec.)
WARMUP 60
WARMUP 59
WARMUP 58
WARMUP 00
c At the end of warm – up, you will hear a short beep, followed by the messages here after.
SELF TEST
CALIBRATING
IMG 1/1 USR1 POS
d Hit the ”PROGRAM” button and check the displayed message.
>FMT4 USR1 POS
cursor
3 . 13
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
POS. or NEG. Selection.
Hit the buttons to set the cursor on the left side of ” POS ”.
POS
NEG
1
3
Then hit the buttons to select ” POS ” or ” NEG ”
2
4
RESET
1
3
>B00 C00 D00
Press once the key in order to diplay
2
4
Adjust the BRIGHTNESS with the keys
RESET
>B020 C00 D00
Hit once the key to select the CONTRAST with the keys
Then adjust the contrast with the keys
1
3
>B020 C250 D00
1
3
Press the button
2
4
and set the appropriate DENSITY ( 50 or 60 Hz )
Store these new values with the ” PROGRAM ” button.
Refer to the CCM 620 manual for more details over these
adjustments.
3 . 14
RESET
>B020 C250 D050
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
CHAPTER 4 – FUNCTIONAL CHECK
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4–1
MECHANICAL TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 3
4–1–1
DISPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 3
4–1–2
WIG–WAG of ”C” ARM ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 3
4–1–3
IN–OUT MOTION OF ”C” ARM ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 3
4–1–4
C – ARM ROTATION AROUND THE HORIZONTAL AXIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 3
4–1–5
ORBITAL ROTATION OF C–ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 4
4–1–6
STABILITY OF ”C” ARM ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 4
4–1–7
C–ARM UP–DOWN MOTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 4
CDRH COMPLIANCE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 5
4–2
4–2–1
GENERATOR OPERATOR INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 5
4–2–2
LEAKAGE RADIATION TESTING OF THE DIAGNOSTIC
SOURCE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 5
4–2–3
PRIMARY BARRIER PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 6
4–2–4
RADIATION LEAKAGE OF THE IMAGE INTENSIFIER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . .
4. 6
4–2–5
KV PEAK MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 6
4–2–6
FLUORO mA MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 7
4–2–7
TUBE CURRENT EXPOSURE TIME PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 8
4–2–8
FLUOROSCOPY TIMER. (Not required for tube replacement or re–load). . . . . .
4. 8
4–2–9
REPRODUCIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 9
4–2–10
QUALITY CONTROL OF THE X RADIATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 10
4–2–11
MAX FLUOROSCOPIC ENTRANCE EXPOSURE RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 11
4–2–12
ALIGNMENT OF THE X–RAY FIELD AND SPOT FILM CASSETTE . . . . . . .
4. 12
4–2–13
ALIGNMENT OF THE EDGES OF THE X–RAY FIELD WITH
THE EDGES OF THE FLUOROSCOPIC IMAGE RECEIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. 13
4.i
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
4 . ii
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
4 FUNCTIONAL CHECK
4.
4.1
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
4
3
2
1
5
4.2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
4–1
sm 826 921 P615
MECHANICAL TESTS
The mechanical tests will be only performed when unit installation is completed : all the covers are fixed.
The cassette holder is not present on the image intensifier head excepted if required.
4–1–1
DISPLACEMENT
With brake ON, a minimum of 180 N (18 kg – 40 lbs) is required to move the unit on a level hard surface.
With brake released (item 1), a maximum of 50N (5kg – 11 lbs) is required.
4–1–2
WIG–WAG of ”C” ARM ASSEMBLY
Motion : 12.30 degrees.
with brake ON (item 2), a minimum torque of 100 mN (10 mkg– 72 foot pounds) is required to move the
assembly.
With brake released, a maximum torque of 1.5 mN (1,5mkg – 11 foot pounds) is required.
4–1–3
IN–OUT MOTION OF ”C” ARM ASSEMBLY
Travel : 200 mm
When brake is released (item 3 : not showed on image), a maximum of 50 N (5kg – 11 lbs) in required to
move the assembly when the unit is horizontal.
When the brake is ON, a minimum of 250 N (25 kg – 55 lbs) is required.
4–1–4
C – ARM ROTATION AROUND THE HORIZONTAL AXIS
Rotation : 330o ( 210o CW and 120o CCW)
With brake ON (item 4), a minimum torque of 100 mN (10 mkg – 72 foot pounds) is required to rotate the
assembly.
With brake released, a maximum torque of 20 mN (2mkg – 14.5 foot pounds is required.
4.3
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
4–1–5
sm 826 921 P615
ORBITAL ROTATION OF C–ARM
Rotation from the horizontal :
115º with 16 cm (6”) imager
105º with 22 cm (9”) imager
1. C–Arm in a vertical plane
With brake released (item 5), a maximum of 50 N (5kg – 11 lbs) is required to rotate the assembly.
2. C–Arm in an horizontal plane
With brake released, a maximum of 100 N (10 kg – 22 lbs) is required to rotate the assembly.
With the brake ON, a minimum of 250 N (25kg – 55 lbs) is required to rotate the assembly.
4–1–6
STABILITY OF ”C” ARM ASSEMBLY
Conditions :
– all covers in place
– cassette holder no fixed on the imager
– brakes released : C–ARM, C–ARM support...
A maximum of 30 N (3kg – 7 lbs) is required to maintain the assembly in any position.
4–1–7
C–ARM UP–DOWN MOTION
Total travel :
455 mm (17,9”) for Imager 16 cm (6”)
475 mm (18,7”) for Imager 22 cm (9”)
The maximum time of travel is 13 seconds.
4.4
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
4–2
sm 826 921 P615
CDRH COMPLIANCE TEST
For more details, see HHS Stenoscop Test – Direction 46–017567.
Precautions
a) Be sure that both leads are connected when the milliammeter is
inserted in the middle point of the H.V. transformer.
Failure to do so could cause electrical shocks and damage the
equipment.
b) Avoid thermal overload of the X–ray tube. Refer to the tube rating charts (included in the user’s
manual (OM)
c) The sign
indicates that X–rays will be emitted during this test.
GUARD AGAINST X–RADIATION.
NOTE 1: instruments used are listed at the end of this chapter § 5.
NOTE 2: if the measured or calculated values are not within the tolerances, consult a qualified technician.
The FDA tests for the Stenoscop are suitable for the GE HHS form 3382.
The following information on doing the applicable tests will provide the means for adapting the data to
the form 3382. Applicable data forms are referenced with sample date.
References are made to standard GE methods described in DIRECTION 13894, SYSTEM TESTS FOR
HHS. Only the tests that apply to the Stenoscop are included.
4–2–1
GENERATOR OPERATOR INDICATORS
TONES AND BUZZERS
YES
-
NO
-
N/A
-
WARNING LABEL PRESENT
YES
-
NO
-
N/A
-
TONES AND BUZZERS ALSO INCLUDE LIGHTS.
As a radiographic exposure is made the exposure push button lights and at the end of the exposure it
extinguishes.
In addition a tone is heard at the end of the exposure.
In Fluoro the 5 minutes timer push button flashes at 4:27 seconds and at 4:57 seconds it terminates the
fluoro exposure. The ”YES” box should be checked.
WARNING LABEL PRESENT is applicable.
The label can be found below the lock for the rotational motion of the C Arm. ”WARNING : This X–ray
unit may be dangerous to patient and operator unless sale exposure factors and operating instructions are
observed.” The ”YES” box should be checked.
4–2–2
LEAKAGE RADIATION TESTING OF THE DIAGNOSTIC SOURCE ASSEMBLY
The radiation leak test is carried out in factory on each unit.
Rejection limits : 60 mR/H or 1 mR/min (at 110 kV – 1 mA continuous duty).
This leakage radiation being a constant factor, there is no need to check it on site.
4.5
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
4–2–3
sm 826 921 P615
PRIMARY BARRIER PROTECTION
On each unit, the conformity of the primary barrier, dimensions, position and Lead thickness is verified
by the manufacturer.
4–2–4
RADIATION LEAKAGE OF THE IMAGE INTENSIFIER ASSEMBLY
(Max 1 mR/hour)
Test performed on each unit by the manufacturer (must not be checked in the field).
4–2–5
KV PEAK MEASUREMENT
Tools Needed :
kV measurement
Wisconsin Cassette or Keithley 35080 kVp divider, (or equivalent)
(32865C Filter Pack, 65 kV – 135 kV)
Note : Conversion factor for this Pack = +.55V.
Voltage measurement
Digital Multimeter, 4 digits
input impedance > 10 megohm
Rippel measurement
Oscilloscope dual channel
input impedance > 10 megohm
Procedure:
A direct measurement of the kVp is not possible because the ANODE and CATHODE connections are not
accessible.
This procedure uses the Keithley non – invasive kVp meter to calibrate the voltage reference at 110
kV and then to rely on this calibrated voltage reference to check the other kVp values.
NOTE: kVp measurements may also be taken with the Keithley, the appropriate filter pack and it’s conversion factor, however the accuracy of these different packs at these different ranges is not established.
So use these as a means of checking and not necessarily as the actual definitive measurement.
Connect DVM to 3A12.a12 with reference to V. Com. (DVM...)
Make these radiographic exposures : 110 kV XmAs
choose the mAs appropriate, see Wisconsin or Keithley manual.
K
kVp 110kV
DVM 3A12.a12
Example 19.94 109.1 kV
5.47 V
Now this RATIO K can be used to calculate the other kVps as the 3A12.a12 values are measured : (No
exposures needed).
4.6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
SELECTED kV
3A12.a12 (X)
CALCULATED KV (K * X)
40
_______
_______
54
_______
_______
55
_______
_______
80
_______
_______
110
_______
_______
Rejection Limits =
40 to 54 kVp : + / – 15%
55 to 110 kVp : + / – 7%
With a scope check : 3A12.E7 / E8 for 55 kV:
Ripple
110 kV:
27.5V Pk. + / – 15%
55.0V Pk. + / – 10%
SEE SHEET RG 201 or RG 202 FOR ADJUSTMENTS IF NEEDED
4–2–6
FLUORO mA MEASUREMENT
Instrument required:
mA meter (category 0.5).
The tube current is preset only in manual fluoroscopy.
The current measured with the mA meter, connected to the middle point of the HV transformer, will
be the sum of the tube current and the current in the voltage divider.
At 40 kV, the current in the voltage divider is 0.1 mA (i.e. without filament heating). This corrective factor is proportional to the kVp.
At 100 kVp, take the following measurements, after connecting the mA meter to the HV circuit (middle
point) as shown in schematic 17C.
Preset value
Measured current
Corrective factor
Tube current
at 100 kVp
0,1
_______
0.25
_______
0,4
_______
0.25
_______
1,6
_______
0.25
_______
4,5
_______
0.25
_______
Max. limits accepted.
The difference between tube current and current displayed must not
exceed + / – (0,18 mA + 7% of preset value)
NOTE: If the measured values are not within the tolerances, apply the adjustment procedure
on sheet RG 204.
4.7
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
4–2–7
sm 826 921 P615
TUBE CURRENT EXPOSURE TIME PRODUCT
Instrument required : mAs meter.
Connect the mAs meter to the middle point of the HV transformer –,see schematic 17C.
mAs measurement to be taken at 60 kVp:
60 kVp
mAs setting
mAs measurement
0.16
_______
1
_______
5
_______
160
_______
Max. limits: + / – (0,18 mAs + 7% of preset value)
NOTE : If the measured value is not within tolerances, apply the adjustment procedure of adjustment
sheet RG 210.
4–2–8
FLUOROSCOPY TIMER. (Not required for tube replacement or re–load).
Tools :
Huer stop watch
Method
Measure the time
Measured time must be between 4 min. 26 sec between a reset of Fluoroscopy and the moment
when
the buzzer is energized : + / – 10 sec.
Check the ”YES” box.
NOTE: If the measured value is not within tolerances, apply the adjustment procedure on adjustment
sheet RG 206.
4.8
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
4–2–9
sm 826 921 P615
REPRODUCIBILITY
Tools:
Capintec 192 Dosimeter with PM30 ionization chamber (30cc) or equivalent device.
Procedure :
. Place the radiation probe approximately 300 mm from the Image
Intensifier as shown below.
NOTE : X RAY TABLE TOP CAN BE USED WITH THE C
ARM EITHER VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL TO POSITION
THE PROBE.
. Place Aluminum filtration of 3.8 cm 200 mm from the
image intensifier.
Note that the Aluminum filtration have a very slight influence on the measurement.
. Select 80 kV, 50 mAs and make a preheating exposure
. Select 50 kV, .16 mAs and make an exposure and measure
the dose in mR.
. Select 110 kV, 20 mAs and make an exposure and measure the dose in mR.
. Repeat these last two steps ten times within one hour and
fill in the table below;
REPRODUCIBILITY OF EXPOSURE
200
mm
FILTRATION
PM30 IONISATION
CHAMBER
STENCDRH1
TEST 3.6
EXPOSURE – (mR)
kVp
mAs
50
.16
110
20
Sec
Sec.
1
2
3
CV = Coefficient of variation = ( S : X )
4
5
6
7
8
9
X = Average exposure
S = Standard deviation
Standard deviation =
Acceptance Criteria CV < 0.045
Xi = Exposure # 1 . 2 . 3 etc
n = Number of exposures
4.9
10
X
S
1
2
ȱ n ǒXi – XǓ2ȳ
ȧȍ n – 1 ȧ
Ȳi+1
ȴ
CV
300
mm
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
4–2–10 QUALITY CONTROL OF THE X RADIATION
NOTE : Specific test point is at 71 kV, thus the minimum half value layer requirement is 2.1 mm of Al.
(mandatory).
Tools:
Capintec 192 Dosimeter with PM30 ionization chamber(30cc) or equivalent device.
Standard absorber : 2.5 mm of 1100 type Al : 46–173 632G1.
Procedure :
. Position the radiation probe as shown here;
NOTE : X RAY TABLE TOP CAN BE USED
WITH THE C ARM EITHER HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL TO
POSITION THE PROBE.
. Open the collimator blades.
. Select 71 kV at 2.5 mA in Fluoro Mode.
. Make an exposure and measure the exposure rate with no
added filtration.
This represents 100% transmission level.
. Place the Standard Absorber in the beam as shown in the
illustration and repeat the above exposure and also note exp. rate.
. Divide the WITH ABSORBER reading by the WITHOUT
ABSORBER reading :
Absorber Reading (Rńmin)
RATIO + Std Initial
Reading (Rńmin)
PM30 IONISATION
CHAMBER
300 mm
STANDARD
ABSORBER
Ratio must be greater than 0.50
Record value on form 3382
RADIATION READING
WITHOUT STANDARD ABSORBER
WITH
STANDARD
ABSORBER
STENOSCOP 2
4 . 10
RATIO
(WITH/WITHOUT)
ADDITIONAL FILTRATION MOUNTED IN BEAM TO
OBTAIN THIS
RATIO (NONREMOVABLE)
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
4–2–11 MAX FLUOROSCOPIC ENTRANCE EXPOSURE RATE
Tools :
Capintec 192 Dosimeter with PM30 ionization chamber (30 cc) or equivalent device.
Lead Sheet 1/8” thick or equivalent blocking.
Standart absorber 20 x 20 x 3.8 cm Alu type 1100
Procedure :
. Position equipment as shown in the illustration;
300
Note : I.I. needs to be blocked from Radiation.
mm
NOTE : X RAY TABLE TOP CAN BE USED WITH
THE C ARM EITHER HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL
TO POSITION THE PROBE.
Place Aluminum filtration of 3.8 cm 200 mm from
the image intensifier.
Note that the aluminum filtration have a very
slight influence on the measurement.
. Open the collimator blades.
. Select AUTO mode (HLC) and initiate Fluoro.
. Note the exposure rate and the kV / mA parameters
110 kV – 3.9 mA.
200
mm
LEAD SHEET – PLOMB
ABSORBER
PM30 IONISATION
CHAMBER
. Select MANUAL mode 90 kV at 5.5 mA and initiate Fluoro.
Note the exposure rate.
Record value on form 3382
TECHNIC
DATA TAKEN
NORMAL DOSE
SELECTED
mA MODE
DIALED
kVp
Maximum
Manual
40
ACTUAL
kVp
mA
60
80
110
Maximum
Automatic
110
The dose rate shall not exceed 9 R/Min.
4 . 11
R/MIN
HLC DOSE
mA
R/MIN
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
4–2–12 ALIGNMENT OF THE X–RAY FIELD AND SPOT FILM CASSETTE
On each unit, the X–ray field and the film cassette are aligned by the manufacturer.
This alignment is not to be checked on site, except in the case of replacement of image intensifier or
X–ray tube head.
Test:
equipment required:
cassette, ( 9” 1/2 x 9” 1/2 for USA ), standard X–ray film, and a lead plate (2 mm thick and
about 3 cm of diameter).
Procedure :
Install the cassette holder :
Place a cassette ( 9” 1/2 x 9” 1/2 for USA ) with the lead plate in its center in the cassette holder.
Initiate 3 RAD exposures 50 kV – 1 mAs.
WITHOUT MOVING THE CASSETTE, remove the lead plate.
Initiate 1 RAD exposure 50 kV 1 mAs.
After processing the film, measure the distances between the edges of the images and the edges of the
film.
The edge of the image is determined with points having the same density than in the mark of the
lead plate.
Then, measure the distance between the center of the field and the center of the film.
Max. limits:
L + L’ and l + l
L + L’ + l + l’
a
< 2,5% SID (22.5 mm)
< 3,5% SID (31.6 mm)
< 1,5% SID (13,5 mm)
SID (source image distance).
L
a
l
l’
L’
If measured values are not within the tolerances, see Disassembly / Reassembly sheet D/R 11.
4 . 12
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
4–2–13 ALIGNMENT OF THE EDGES OF THE X–RAY FIELD WITH THE EDGES OF THE FLUOROSCOPIC IMAGE
RECEIVER
This alignment is carried out on each unit by the manufacturer and is not to be checked on site, except
when the image intensifier, X–ray tube head or collimator is replaced.
Test equipment required:
Special fixture made of two sets of steel wires.
Each set is made of straight parallel wires (1 cm apart).
A washer is located in the center of the mesh, standard X–ray film and cassette.
Method:
–Place the fixture on the cassette holder and make an exposure in fluoro mode (50 kV – 0.5 mA – 3 sec.).
The collimator must be open to the fluoroscopic field size.
–After processing the film, observe the image of the fixture (in the same position) on the TV screen and
then redraw this image on the processed film taking the mesh and the washer as a reference.
The edges of the X–ray field and the edges of the fluoroscopic image receiver are then visible on the
same film and the alignment faults can be measured as shown
Max. limits:
L’ + L”
l’ + l”
L’ + L” + l’ + l”
< 2,5% SID (22.5 mm)
< 2,5% SID (22.5 mm)
< 3,5% SID (31.6 mm)
NOTE 1 :
With the dual field image intensifier, this alignment shall be checked with the 2 fields.
NOTE 2 :
Mandatory Compliance Form is supplied with each system.
l’
L’
R
L”
Edge of the field (film)
l”
Edge of the image
If measured value are not within the tolerances, see Disassembly/Reassembly sheet D/R 11.
4 . 13
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
4 . 14
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
CHAPTER 6 SERVICE PROCEDURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6–1
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1
6–1–1
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1
6–1–2
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1
6–1–3
ANNUAL CHECK OF ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3
6–2
6–2–1
OPERATING PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3
6–2–2
BOARD INTERCHANGEABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3
6–2–3
FUSES REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.5
6–3
JOB CARDS SYNOPTIC TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6
6–4
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY SHEETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6
6–4–1
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6
6–4–2
STENOSCOP D/R SHEETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7
Purpose: DISSASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF MOBILE SYSTEM FRONT COVER.
6.8
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF MOBILE SYSTEM REAR COVER. . .
6 . 10
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF X–RAY HEAD UPPER COVER. . . . . .
6 . 12
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF THE STEERING HANDLE. . . . . . . . .
6 . 14
Purpose: CONTROL CONSOLE OPENING PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF GAS SPRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.i
6 . 16
6 . 18
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
Purpose: RELEASING THE CONVERTER AND CARD RACK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 20
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF BACK WHEEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 22
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF BACK WHEEL BRAKE CAM. . . . . . .
6 . 24
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY BRAKE SHOE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 26
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF X–RAY HEAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 28
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF THE C–ARM MOTOR PWB. . . . . . . . .
6 . 32
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF MODULATOR CAPACITORS
4C1 TO 4C6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 34
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF INVERTER RECTIFIER
BRIDGE 4CR7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 36
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF PRESSE–PACK
SEMICONDUCTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 38
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF TRANSFORMER 5TR1. . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 40
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF HEATING POWER SUPPLY 5A1. . . .
6 . 42
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF CONTROL CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 44
6 . ii
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF C–ARM MOTOR 1M1. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 46
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF BREAKER 9SM1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 48
Purpose: X–RAY LAMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 50
Purpose: “C–ARM” CABLE REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 52
6–4–3
DAP D/R SHEETS
........................................
6 . 59
Purpose: ION CHAMBER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 60
Purpose: DOSE AREA PRODUCT METER DISPLAY REPLACEMENT
(NOT WITH MDA MEMORY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 62
6–4–4
IMAGEUR D/R SHEETS
...............................
6 . 65
Purpose: IMAGEUR HEAD DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 66
Purpose: X–RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER TUBE DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY. . . .
6 . 68
Purpose: EHV POWER SUPPLY DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 74
Purpose: COMPACT OPTICS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 76
Purpose: BOARD CAGE DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 82
Purpose: PRINTED WIRING BOARDS DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 84
6 . iii
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
6–4–5
MEMORY D/R SHEETS
................................
6 . 87
Purpose: MIDAS BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 88
Purpose: AVIAS BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 90
Purpose: RS 232 BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 92
Purpose: VGA BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 94
Purpose: TOUCH SCREEN ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 96
Purpose: HARD DISK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6–4–6
MONITOR D/R SHEETS
6 . 98
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 . 101
Purpose: DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF MONITOR CART COVERS. . . . . . . . .
6 . 102
Purpose: DISSASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF BOARDS FROM THE MONITOR . .
6 . 104
6 . iv
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
6–5
ADJUSTMENT SHEETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 . 110
6–5–1
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 . 110
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6–5–2
STENOSCOP R/G SHEETS ( MECHANICAL )
6 . 111
. . . . . . . . . . . 6 . 111
Purpose: BACK WHEELS ALIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 112
Purpose: HANDLE POSITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 114
Purpose: “C ARM” ROTATION BRAKE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 116
6–5–3
LASER R/G SHEETS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 . 119
Purpose: EXTERNAL LASER AIMING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 120
Purpose: INTEGRATED LASER ALIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 124
ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 127
6–5–4
STENOSCOP R/G SHEETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 127
Purpose: KV CIRCUIT (3A12 – R216) – DIAGRAM 23D MEASURE WITH
WISCONSIN CASSETTE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 128
Purpose: KV CIRCUIT (3A12 – R216) – DIAGRAM 23D MEASURE WITH
KEITHLEY 35080. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 130
Purpose: TRAVEL SAFETY (3A19 – R123) DIAGRAM 38B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 132
Purpose: FLUORO ADJUSTMENT (3A26 – R9) DIAGRAM 81E FILAMENT 4. . . . . .
6 . 134
6.v
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
Purpose: FLUORO PREHEATING (3A26 – R3) DIAGRAM 84D FILAMENT 4. . . . . . .
6 . 136
Purpose: FLUORO TIMER – DIAGRAM 103A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 138
Purpose: RAD SAFETY DIAGRAM 83D FILAMENT 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 140
Purpose: RAD MA – RAD PREHEATING (3A26 – R4) DIAGRAM 84B FILAMENT 4.
6 . 142
Purpose: RAD / FLUORO SWITCH CHECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 146
Purpose: MAS INTEGRATORS (3A26 – R6) DIAGRAM 82C FILAMENT 4. . . . . . . . .
6 . 148
Purpose: AUTOMATIC FLUORO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 150
Purpose: 3A1 INTERFACE DSM PWB (201 – 210B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 158
Purpose: PWB SWITCHES PROGRAMMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 165
6–5–5
DAP R/G SHEET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 167
Purpose: CALIBRATION DOSE AREA PRODUCT METER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 168
6–5–6
IMAGER R/G SHEETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 175
Purpose: INTERFACE CONTROLS ALIGNMENT CHECK. ( IMAGER ) . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 176
Purpose: DOSE ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 180
6 . vi
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
Purpose: “X–RAY ON “ DELAY ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 184
Purpose: BLACK LEVEL THRESHOLD ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 186
Purpose: II ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT WITH LONGITUDINAL AXIS. . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 189
Purpose: VIDEO SIGNAL LEVEL CHECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 190
Purpose: PERIODIC DOSE CHECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 193
6–5–7
MONITOR R/G SHEETS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 . 199
Purpose: MONITOR ADJUSTMENT IN 100 HZ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 200
Purpose: MONITOR ADJUSTMENT IN 120 HZ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 206
Purpose: MONITOR BRIGHTNESS AND BLANKINK ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 . 212
6–6
LIST OF USED MEASURING EQUIPMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 . 217
6–6–1
RADIATION MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 . 217
6–6–2
ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 . 217
6 . vii
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
6 . viii
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
5 SERVICE PROCEDURES
6 SERVICE PROCEDURES
5.
6.
6–1
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
6–1–1
GENERAL
The purpose of preventive maintenance is to maintain equipment and verify correct equipment performance.
It has three stages :
– routine maintenance: daily or weekly maintenance by the user,
– annual electronic adjustment check: this check consists in checking and, if necessary, resetting all main electronic adjustments of the equipment in order to prevent derivation.
– These tests are carried out by qualified technician, the CDRH compliance tests: testing procedures required to
check that the unit meets its operational specifications (see ch. 4 § 2)
These tests will be performed when X–ray head or collimator are replaced or when corrective maintenance is performed in regulation networks of kV and mA.
6–1–2
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
This maintenance is carried out by the user. See User’s Manual.
6–1–3
ANNUAL CHECK OF ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENTS
These adjustments are made to ensure the highest possible operating safety. See User’s Manual.
6.1
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
6.2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
6–2
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
6–2–1
OPERATING PRECAUTIONS
6–2–1–1 X–RAY PROTECTION
During an operation involving X–ray emission, put a lead apron between the X–ray head and the image intensifier
of the mobile system.
6–2–1–2 DIFFERENTIAL ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS
Differential electrical measurements taken with the oscilloscope (in particular, thyristor trigger voltages) must be
taken with the oscilloscope in differential mode.
Measurements taken in common mode with an earthed oscilloscope may destroy components.
6–2–1–3 CONNECTOR PL1 OF PWB 3A19 ”COMMANDE SCR”
Never remove this connector while the mobile system is energized.
The thyristor trigger protection currents are on PWB 3A19 and there is a risk of accidental triggering if PL1 is
disconnected.
6–2–1–4 GROUNDING OF BOARDS ON EXTENDERS
Don’t forget to ground the boards (with an extension wire with FASTON terminals).
6–2–1–5 BOARD REPLACEMENT
De–energize the mobile system when replacing or extending a board.
6–2–2
BOARD INTERCHANGEABILITY
6–2–2–1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
The standard troubleshooting technique consists in replacing the boards.
The interchangeability criteria for the boards are listed below in three groups:
1) Non–interchangeable boards.
2) Readily interchangeable boards.
Boards without adjustment or boards which have been calibrated in the factory.
3) Interchangeable boards which require adjustments.
NOTE : Make sure that the required procedure is at hand before proceeding with adjustments.
In some instances, it will be necessary to repair the mobile system on site and to recalibrate it.
All the information needed for this is given in the paragraph 4 of this chapter : Adjustments sheet RG...
6–2–2–2 NON INTERCHANGEABLE BOARDS
– DIVIDER 6A1 PWB
In factory, the divider PWB 6A1 is calibrated with the X–ray head, on which it is mounted.
This calibration requires specific tools which are not available on site.
After accidental destruction of the 6A1 circuit, it is, however, possible to recalibrate a circuit with similar characteristics. This can be done in the factory only.
6.3
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
6–2–2–3 READILY INTERCHANGEABLE BOARDS
1A1
MOTEUR ARCEAU PWB (C–arm motor)
2A1
MODULE G2 (control console) PWB
Switches position : see adjustment sheet RG 213
2A3
MODULE D2 (control console) PWB
3A3
DIAPHRAGMES 2 (collimator) PWB
Switches position : see adjustment sheet RG 213
3A7
AD/kV PWB
Check the presence of bridge W10 (See sch 53A)
3A9
CONSIGNE kV/mA2 (kV/mA reference) PWB
Switches position : see adjustment sheet RG 213
Check the presence of W245 bridge (See sch 092D)
CAUTION : EPROM
Check agreement: name, position, revision
3A12 kV/mA PWB
Adjustment of kV measurement: may have to be corrected (see adjustment sheet RG 201 or RG 202)
Adjustment of FLUORO TIMER: may have to be corrected (see adjustment sheet RG 206)
Check bridges presence W107, W109, W220, W231, W244, W245.
3A19 COMMANDE SCR2 (SCR control) PWB
Switches position : see adjustment sheet RG 213
Check bridge presence W16
4A1
SCR No1 PWB
4A2
SCR No 2 PWB
5A1
PUISSANCE 4 PWB (Heating power)
7A1
FROTTEUR PWB (contact brush)
7A2
DISQUE PWB (Disk) – Complete adjustment of collimator
9A1/9A2 Relais PWB (relay)
9A4
PRISE PWB
6.4
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
3A1
INTERFACE DSM 828 988 G 035 – STENOSCOP 2
This board is also used for DR4 and DR7 memories.
This board is fully factory calibrated.
If an accidental uncalibration occurs, refer to adjustment sheet RG 212.
Switches position : see adjustment sheet RG 213
6–2–2–4 INTERCHANGEABLE BOARDS WHICH REQUIRE ADJUSTMENTS
3A5
Timer PWB (Minuterie 2.)
–Adjustment of ABC video (adjustment sheet RG 211).
3A26 Filament heating PWB (Chauffage filament 4)
Switches position : see adjustment sheet RG 213
–Adjustment of fluoro mA (adjustment sheet RG 204)
–Adjustment of fluoro preheating (adjustment sheet RG 205)
–Adjustment of RAD preheating (adjustment sheet RG 208)
6–2–3
FUSES REPLACEMENT
The unit is internally protected by fuses inaccessible by the user.
During corrective procedure, it is OBLIGATORY to replace a blowed fuse by means of the SAME MODEL
OF FUSE.
A plastic bag with spare fuses is provided in the unit in the module 3. See D/R 1 sheet for access.
This bag countains :
2 Fuses ABC 1A 250V
1 Fuse ABC 3A 250V
1 Fuse ABC 5A 250V
1 Fuse ABC 8A 250V
1 Fuse MDA 3A 250V
1 Fuse FNQ 1A 500V
code 854 352 P 025
code 854 352 P 045
code 854 352 P 055
code 854 352 P 075
code 854 352 P 425
code 854 362 P 315
It is possible to order this ”Maintenance bag” with the code number 828 731 G 015.
6–2–3–1 FUSES LIST
NAME
MODEL
LOCALIZATION
1A1F5
MDA 3A 250V UNIT
see sheet
1A1F8
ABC 3A 250V
MODULE 1
D/R 2
5F2
ABC 3A 250V
UNIT
see sheet
5F3
ABC 8A 250V
MODULE 5
D/R 1
9F1
ABC 1A 250V
MONITOR CART
see sheet
9F2
ABC 1A 250V
9F3
ABC 5A 250V
MODULE 9
D/R 90
9F4
FNQ 1A 500V
6.5
ACCES
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
6–2–3–2 REMARKS RELATING TO FUSES REPLACEMENT
Replacement of 1A1 F5 fuse
MODEL MDA 3A 250V
When 1F5 fuse blows, verify the UP/DOWN motion system
– Check the wear of the driving shaft and roller plates of the column.
– Check cleanliness of the roller plates
– Verify that the motor current is lower than 2.5A when column is on mechanical stop.
6–3
JOB CARDS SYNOPTIC TABLE
Advanced Service Manual
Service Manual
Subsystem
Stenoscop
D/R sheets
RGm sheets
RGe sheets
1 – 22
101 – 103
201 – 213
(1 – 29) *
(101 – 129)
Laser
LA sheets
DI sheets
(201 – 229)
(301 – 329)
(401 – 429)
(501 – 529)
(130 – 139)
(230 – 239)
(330 – 339)
(430 – 439)
(530 – 539)
(140 – 149)
(240 – 249)
(340 – 349)
(440 – 449)
(540 – 549)
250 – 256
450 – 456
130 – 131
(30 – 39)
DAP
RGe sheets
40 – 41
(40 – 49)
240
(150 – 169)
(250 – 269)
250 – 256
350 – 354
(170 – 189)
(270 – 289)
(370 – 389)
(470 – 489)
(570 – 589)
(390 – 399)
(490 – 499)
(590 – 599)
50 – 55
Imager
(50 – 69)
Memory
70 – 75
(70 – 89)
Monitor
(450 – 469)
(550 – 569)
570 – 579
90 – 91
(90 – 99)
(350 – 369)
290 – 292
(190 – 199)
(290 – 299)
* ( ) : reserved numbers
6–4
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY SHEETS
6–4–1
GENERAL
– Each sheet gives the list of tools and equipment needed, preliminary precautions and part disassembly
and reassembly procedure.
– The part numbers of the hardware mentioned in this chapter are given in chapter 9, Renewal Parts.
6.6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
6–4–2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP D/R SHEETS
6.7
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 1
Purpose:
DISSASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF MOBILE
SYSTEM FRONT COVER.
Time: 10 min.
Version No.: 00
Date: May 1993
Manpower: 1
1
1
1
2
3
3
6.8
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 1
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Cross–tip screwdriver.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Remove the 4 CTFH M4x12 screws with cups (item 1), 1 CTFH M4x15 screws with cups (item 2)
and the 4 CTFH Parker 4.2 x 19 (item 3) holding the cover.
– Very carefully remove the cover and disconnect the ground terminal.
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Carry out the previous operations in reverse order.
6.9
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 2
Purpose:
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF MOBILE
SYSTEM REAR COVER.
Time: 10 min.
Version No.: 00
Date: May 1993
Manpower: 1
1
2
3
4
6 . 10
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Cross–tip screwdriver.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– Lift the C–Arm.
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Remove the front cover (D/R 01)
– Remove the 2 caplugs and the 2 Parker screws (item 1) fixing the top cover of the column (item 2).
– Remove the 2 caplugs and the 2 CTFH M4 x 16 screws (item 3) on each side
– Very carefully remove the cover (item 4).
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Carry out the previous operations in reverse order.
6 . 11
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 3
Purpose:
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF X–RAY
HEAD UPPER COVER.
Time: 10 min.
1 of 2
Version No.: 00
Date: October 1996
Manpower: 1
No display with
MDA memory
1
5
3
4
2
6 . 12
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 3
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Cross–tip screwdriver.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Remove the stop–gap of the screws.
– Remove the 2 CTMS M4x8 screws (item 2) from either side of the X–ray head.
– Remove the 2 CTMS M4x12 screws with cups (item 3) in order to remove rear cover (item 4).
– Lift the cover and disconnect the 2 coaxial cables of the ion chamber (Option) and the flat cables from
the display if present.
– Remove the cover (item 1).
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Carry out the previous operations in reverse order.
– Take care that the joint (item 5) between the cover and the C–arm is correctly set.
6 . 13
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 4
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF THE
STEERING HANDLE.
Date: May 1993
Time: 10 min.
Manpower: 1
1
6 . 14
2
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 4
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Dia. 5 mm flat screwdriver.
– 3 mm hexagonal wrench.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
In order to remove the steering handle, proceed as follows:
– Unscrew the 2 M6 screws (item 1) and remove the handle. (item 2)
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Set the rear wheels in the longitudinal direction.
– Put the handle back in place to hinge at the alignment with the wheels.
– Tight the 2 M6 screws (item 1).
– Alignment : See RG 101.
6 . 15
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 5
Purpose:
CONTROL CONSOLE OPENING PROCEDURE.
Version No.: 00
Date: May 1993
Time: 30 min.
Manpower: 1
3
1
2
1
2
6 . 16
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 5
2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– 4 A/F wrench.
– 6 A/F wrench.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – OPENING PROCEDURE
– Remove the front cover (See sheet D/R 1).
– Remove the rear cover (See sheet. D/R 2).
– Remove the steering handle (see Sheet D/R 4).
– Remove the 4 caplugs (item 1) : the 4 screws 6HSH, M4x10, with washer (item 2) are accessible through
the holes in the cover. Remove the 4 screws.
– Unscrew the 4 screws 6HSH, M4x10 on the card rack front side and the 2 screws on the card rack back side
in order to release the shield plate of the console..
– Unscrews the 2 screws holding the right handle (See ill of Job Card D/R 4).
– Remove the control console (item 3).
4 – CLOSING PROCEDURE
– Carry out the previous operations in reverse order.
6 . 17
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 6
Purpose:
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF GAS
SPRING.
Time: 1.30 H.
1 of 2
Version No.: 00
Date: April 1995
Manpower: 2
4
2
2
1
3
Insert
the rod
5
6 . 18
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 6
2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Gas spring, code 824 035 P 024.
– Screwdriver.
2 –PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– The gas spring balances the whole movable load (column, C–arm, image intensifier, camera, X–ray generator).
– A faulty spring would first cause an increase in rise time.
– The safety device (parachute) would then be activated.
– The following procedure should be carried out by qualified technicians only.
– Before handling the gas spring, take all precautions to prevent the rod from being damaged.
– The least fault could make it unserviceable.
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Remove the front and rear covers (see sheets D/R 01 and D/R 02).
– Manually or by means of the motor, bring the mobile system column to the highest possible position
in order to loosen the spring as much as possible.
NOTE : There is no risk of damage to the mobile system column because travel is limited by a mechanical stop
(fixed to the lower part of the column) and a shaft (item 3)
– Install the locking rod through the holes provided in the column.
The column is locked in upper position.
– Remove the upper attachment screws (item 4) of the spring after having removed the 2 screws CTMS M4x8
and the 2 screws CTMS M4x16 (item 2) attaching the cover (item 1).
– Remove the clips and the attachment shaft from the lower part of the spring (item 5).
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Install the new gas spring, by installing in the lower part with the shaft and clips.
– Position the upper part of the spring in front of its attachment piece.
– Introduce a screwdriver between attachment piece and spring and use it as a lever to set the spring
to its correct position.
– Take all precautions not to damage the body.
– Position and tighten up the upper attachment screw–bolt.
– Unlock the safety device.
– Remove the locking rod.
– Lower the column (a few centimeters) and put back the stop shaft.
– Check that the safety device is not damaged.
– Check the operation.
– Install the cover.
6 . 19
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 7
Purpose:
RELEASING THE CONVERTER AND CARD
RACK.
Time: 15 min.
1 of 2
Version No.: 00
Date: April 1995
Manpower: 1
1
4
2
3
2
6 . 20
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 7
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Allen wrench (6).
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTION
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – PROCEDURE
– Remove screw 6HSH M6x15 (item 1) to release the card rack (item 4).
– Remove 2 screws 6HSH M6x30 (item 2) to release converter (item 3).
– Carefully pivot the subassemblies, making sure that the cable bundles are not crushed.
6 . 21
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 8
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF BACK
WHEEL.
Date: April 1995
Time: 20 min.
Manpower: 1
Illustration 1
2
Illustration 2
1
1
6 . 22
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 8
1 – TOOLS
– Metric wrenches and screw–drivers
– Jack
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– Secure the C–arm once it is lifted
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Remove the caplug (ill.2/item 1).
– Unscrew the M4 screw holding the wheel cover and remove it.
– Repeat these two operations for the other wheel side.
– Lift the C–arm and secure it.
– Remove the clip (ill 1/ item 1)
– Push the shaft out (ill.1/item 2)
– Remove the defective wheel and replace by a new one.
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Carry out the previous operations in reverse order.
6 . 23
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 9
Purpose:
1 of 2
Version No.: 00
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF BACK
WHEEL BRAKE CAM.
Date: April 1995
Time: 30 min.
Manpower: 1
Illustration 1
4
4
5
5
3
3
1
1
2
2
Illustration 2
6 . 24
1
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 9
2 of 2
1 – TOOLS
– Metric wrenches and screw–drivers
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– None
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Remove the chassis wheel cover
– Unscrew the nut (ill.1/ item 1) holding the rod, it is easier if the shaft (ill.1/ item 2) is lock by a screw–driver.
– Remove the screw (ill.1/ item 3) locking the rod.
– Remove the screw (ill./ item 4) holding the cam in place, pull out the rod (ill.1/ item 5).
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Carry out the previous operations in reverse order taking care of the cam position (see ill.2/ item 1) and
lubricating the different parts.
6 . 25
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 10
Purpose:
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY BRAKE SHOE.
Version No.: 00
Date: April 1995
Time: 10 min.
Manpower: 1
Illustration 1
1
2
6 . 26
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 10
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– None
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Remove the wheel cover.
– Unscrew the 2 HSH M4x 16 holding the brake–shoe ( see ill 1/ item 1)
– Remove the brake shoe and replace by a new one ( see ill 1/ item 2).
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Carry out the previous operation in reverse order.
6 . 27
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 11
Purpose:
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF X–RAY
HEAD.
Time: 4 H.
1 of 3
Version No.: 00
Date: April 1995
Manpower: 1
CAUTION
The X–ray head and the Divider PWB are associated and calibrated in the factory.
Verify that the X–ray head and Divider PWB have the same serial number.
1. TOOLS REQUIRED
– Centering tube assembly.
– Collimator centering bushing in X–ray beam.
– See BEAM ALIGNMENT KIT 827 112 G 035.
2. PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– Before removing the X–ray head, MAKE SURE THE C–ARM IS STABLE.
This stability depends on the CORRECT OPERATION OF THE C–ARM ROTATION BRAKE AND C–
ARM BRAKE.
– Check that the locks are operating properly.
3. X–RAY HEAD DISASSEMBLY
– Move the column, to its lowest position.
– Position the bar in order to lock the column in low position (see chapter 2 of this section, § 1.2).
– Rotate the C–arm so that the image intensifier is positioned on the mechanical stop (unit side).
– Remove X–ray head cover. See sheet D/R 3.
– Disconnect 7A1.PL1 and remove the collimator.
– Disconnect plugs 6PL1, 6A1.PL1, 6A1.PL2 and the Laser interface connectors.
– Disconnect ground wires and 6SaTh2 connections.
– Remove 6Sal support.
– Remove X–ray head.
– Before to perform the X Ray head replacement check the continuity of the kV and mA measure connections.
PROCEDURE
– Position 3A12 PWB on extender cart
– With an ohmmeter, check the connections between:
6A1. PL2. 9
3A12. PL1. 7
6A1. PL2. 8
3A12. PL1. 10
6A1. PL2. 3
3A12. PL1. 8 and 9
6A1. PL2. 10
3A12. PL1. 6
6A1. PL2. 7
3A12. PL1. 4
6A1. PL2. 6
3A12. PL1. 3
6A1. PL2. 5
3A12. PL1. 1
6 . 28
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 11
2 of 3
– During each measure, twist the cable in order to be sure that there is no intermittent breaking in measure
circuit cable.
– If cable default is detected, replace ”C Arm” cable: See sheet D/R 22.
4. X–RAY HEAD REASSEMBLY
– Position the new X–ray head.
– Connect plugs 6PL1, 6A1PL1, 6A1PL2,
– Connect the ground wires and the 6SaTh2 connections.
– Fix 6Sa1 support.
CAREFULLY CHECK THE CONNECTIONS IN ORDER TO ENSURE CONTINUITY OF THE kV
AND mA MEASUREMENT CIRCUIT.
5. UNIT CALIBRATION
– Preheating adjustment (see sheet RG 205).
– RAD mA adjustment (see sheet RG 208).
6. X–RAY HEAD CENTERING
– Remove the locking rod from the column.
– Rotate the C–arm in order to position the X–ray axis vertically with the X–ray head in low position.
Centering of X–ray beam limitation plate (RAD limitation) :
– Select FLUORO, Manual mode, 43 kV, 0.8 mA.
– Position X–ray beam limitation plate on X–ray head
– Insert the bottom of the centering tube in the aperture of the plate.
– Initiate fluoro sequence.
– Move the limitation plate and the centering tube in order to obtain on the TV monitor two concentric
spots of about 2 and 4 cm in diameter.
– Secure the limitation plate.
Centering of X–ray beam on the image intensifier :
– Select FLUORO.
MDA memory : – Select the centering pattern
– The memory displays a circle and a cross on the screen.
DR4 / MD10 :
– Locate the center of the screen.
– Initiate FLUORO sequence.
– Using the 4 screws, adjust the direction of the X–Ray head in order to align
the 2 concentric spots at the center of the TV monitor.
– Secure the X–Ray head fixations.
6 . 29
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 11
– RAD mode centering adjustement.
See Chap. 4 § 2.12
7. COLLIMATOR ADJUSTMENT ON THE X–RAY HEAD
Collimator reassembly :
– Position and temporarily secure the collimator.
– Connect plug 7A1.PL1.
CAUTION :
NEVER MOVE THE BLADES MANUALLY.
Collimator centering in the X–ray beam :
– Select FLUORO, Manual mode, 43 kV, 0.8 mA.
– Close the 2 pairs of blades in order to have a square shape on the monitor and move the collimator
until the image is centered in the video mask.
– When the collimator is centered, the blades must appear symmetrically on monitor screen.
See chap. 4 TESTS CDRH COMPLIANCE
6 . 30
3 of 3
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
6 . 31
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 12
Purpose:
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF THE
C–ARM MOTOR PWB.
Time: 45 min.
Version No.: 00
Date: May 1993
Manpower: 1
3
3
3
1
6 . 32
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 12
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Screwdriver (medium–size).
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Remove the rear cover of the mobile system block. See sheet D/R 2.
– Disconnect the plug 1A1.PL1 (item 1).
– Remove the self–tapping screws CTMS M3x20 (item 3) holding the board and remove it.
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Repeat the above operations in reverse order.
6 . 33
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 13
Purpose:
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF
MODULATOR CAPACITORS 4C1 TO 4C6.
Time: 1 H.
1 of 2
Version No.: 00
Date: May 1993
Manpower: 1
3
1
2
2
4
6 . 34
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 13
2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Flat box wrench for nut HH6.
– Screwdriver (medium–size).
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the equipment.
– Remove the mobile system front cover. See sheet D/R 1.
– Make sure 4DS1 light (item 1), indicating presence of residual voltage at capacitor terminals, is off (LED visible when mobile system front cover is removed).
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Remove the nuts (item 2) attaching bridge strips (item 4) on the faulty capacitor, and if necessary, loosen nuts
on other parts connected to these strips so as to be able to remove the capacitor smoothly.
– Remove the 2 TCY M3x10 screws (item 3) from the collar holding the capacitor.
– Remove capacitor.
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Repeat the above operations in reverse order.
6 . 35
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 14
Purpose:
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF INVERTER
RECTIFIER BRIDGE 4CR7.
Time: 30 min.
1 of 2
Version No.: 00
Date: May 1993
Manpower: 1
1
1
3
2
2
4
5
4
5
1
2
1
2
6 . 36
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 14
2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Flat fork wrench (8).
– Screwdriver (medium–size).
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
– Remove the mobile system front cover. See sheet D/R 1.
– Make sure 4DS1 light (See fig of sheet D/R 13, item 1), indicating presence of residual voltage at capacitor
terminals, is off (Light visible when mobile system front cover is removed).
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Remove the 4 HH M5x10 screws with nuts and washers (items 1 and 2 attaching the terminals.
– Remove the 2 MS M4x40 screws with nuts and washers (items 3 and 4) holding the rectifier bridge to
the side of the inverter.
– Remove the rectifier bridge (item 5).
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Repeat the above operations in reverse order.
6 . 37
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 15
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF
PRESSE–PACK SEMICONDUCTORS.
Date: May 1993
Time: 2 H.
Manpower: 1
3
1
2
3
2
3
3
3
3
6 . 38
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 15
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Weld–iron
– Fork wrench (8).
– Screwdriver.
– Sandpaper, No. 320 or 500.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Remove the mobile system front cover. See sheet D/R 1.
– Remove the 2 screws holding the inverter (module 4) and pivot (see sheet D/R 7).
– Locate the wires of the thyristor triggers and unsolder them.
– Remove the HH M6x16 screws (item 1) holding the various connection strips on the diode/thyristor
assembly (item 2).
4 – INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
– Replace the diode/thyristor assembly in the inverter and attach with screws (item 3).
– Resolder the thyristor trigger wires. If necessary, check wiring with diagrams 11 to 15.
– Attach the various connection strips to the diode/thyristor assembly.
– Replace the inverter, pivoting it and attaching it with 2 screws (See sheet D/R 7).
– Switch the unit on and test its functionnalities.
– Replace the mobile system front cover.
6 . 39
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 16
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF
TRANSFORMER 5TR1.
Date: May 1993
Time: 2 H.
Manpower: 1
1
o
o
6 . 40
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 16
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Allen wrench .
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Release the converter. See sheet D/R 7.
– Remove the 4 6HSH M6x16 screws (item 1) attaching transformer 5TR1.
– Disconnect the primary wires:
wire number:
6
5F2
7
5TB1.3
10
E20
16
5F3
17
5CR3
23
5E20
– Disconnect the wires:
wire number:
1
2
3
21
4TB1.6
4E10
4TB1.5
1A1.TB2.1
– Remove 5TR1.
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Repeat the above operations in reverse order.
6 . 41
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 17
Purpose:
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF HEATING
POWER SUPPLY PWB 5A1.
Time:
Version No.: 0
Date:
Manpower:
1
2
1
6 . 42
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 17
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Tube wrench for nuts M6.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
– Remove the front cover ( see D/R 1)
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Remove connectors PL1, PL2 and PL3 of PWB 5A1.
– Remove the 2 M6 nuts (item 1) attaching the PWB.
– Remove PWB 5A1 (item 2).
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Repeat the above operations in reverse order.
6 . 43
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 18
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF CONTROL
CONSOLE PWB.
Date: October 1996
Time: 30 min.
Manpower: 1
1
2
4
4
6
6
4
4
3
4
6
4
6
5
4
6 . 44
6
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 18
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Tube wrench (6).
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
– Open the mobile system control console. See sheet D/R 5.
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Left Module pwb 2A1 (item 1).
Disconnect PL1, PL2 and PL3 (item 3).
Remove the 7 M4 nuts (item 4) attaching the PWB beneath the console.
Remove the PWB.
– Right Module pwb 2A3 (item 2).
Disconnect PL5 (item 5).
Remove the 5 M4 nuts (item 6) attaching the PWB beneath the console.
Remove the PWB.
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Repeat the above operations in reverse order.
6 . 45
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 19
Purpose:
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF C–ARM
MOTOR 1M1.
Time: 1 H.
Version No.: 00
Date: May 1993
Manpower: 1
3
2
1
2
2
6 . 46
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 19
2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Hex. head tube wrench (6).
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Disconnect the power supply terminals (item 1).
– Remove motor support and motor : 4HSH screw M4x16 (item 2)
– Remove the belt (item 3)
– Remove the pulley from the motor : 1HSCPS screw M4x6
– Remove the motor : 3 HH screw M6x10
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Repeat the above operations in reverse order.
NOTE : Adjusting the belt tension (item 3).
– The tension is adjusted by moving the motor/reduction gear assembly upwards or downwards, then securing
with 4 HSH M4x16 screws.
– Tighten the belt until a play of 10 +/– 2 mm is obtained when a force of 5 N (0,5 kg) is applied between the 2
pulleys.
6 . 47
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 20
Purpose:
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF BREAKER
9SM1.
Time: 15 min.
Version No.: 00
Date: May 1993
Manpower: 1
6 . 48
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 20
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Screwdriver (medium–size).
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
– Remove the plug from the mains outlet.
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Remove rear cover of monitor support.
– Rotate the breaker support (1 fixing screw).
– Disconnect FASTON terminals of breaker 9Sm1).
– Remove breaker from support (two fixing screws).
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE (NEW MONITOR SUPPORT)
– Carry out the above operations in reverse order.
6 . 49
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 21
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
X–RAY LAMP.
Date: October 96
Time: 1/2 H.
Manpower: 1
6 . 50
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 21
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED.
– Normal screw driver.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS.
– Disconnect the equipment from the main supply.
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Unscrew the top cover. (See illustration)
– Replace the bulb.
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Carry out the above operations in reverse order.
6 . 51
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 22
Purpose:
1 of 6
Version No.: 00
“C–ARM” CABLE REPLACEMENT.
Date: April 1995
Time: 5 H.
Manpower: 1
1. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
”C Arm” cable replacement kit 828 953 G565
2. PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
Disconnect the equipment from the mains.–
The new Stenoscop CCD is E.M.C. compliant.
For this reason, the cable is shielded and the shield is grounded at its outputs.
To keep this E.M.C. compliance the spare part cable is now the same as the production cable.
The adequate tools for the cable assembling are furnished in the kit.
When removing the cable takecare of the way followed by this one in order to put the new cable back just in
place. This is important for the E.M.C. compliance.
3. PROCEDURE
DISASSEMBLY:
– Remove the Imageur top cover ( 2 screws and the stop rod for the 22cm; 3screws for the 16 cm).
– Remove the X–ray tank covers ( 4 screws)
– Remove the front and the back cover from the mobile.(see D/R 001)
IMAGEUR:
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
22CM/9 INCHES
Disconnect the cables from the ion chamber preamplifier ( 2 coaxial cables andSNGL cable).
Remove the ion chamber preamplifier.( 4 screws)
Remove the Sub D 25 pins connector.
Remove the cover from the CCD rack ( 4 screws)
Remove the 2 coaxial cables, the Iris cable and the ribbon cable from the boards.
Unscrew the 4 screws on the rack back side and remove the rack.
Remove the foam from the inside of the C–arm.
–
–
–
–
–
–
16CM/6 INCHES
Disconnect the cables from the ion chamber preamplifier ( 2 coaxial cables and SNGL cable).
Unplug from J4 and J5 the 2 wires for the DAP power supply taking care of the polarity.
Remove the ion chamber preamplifier.( 4 screws)
Remove the Sub D 25 pins connector.
Pull out the cable through the imageur frame taking care of the DAP cables.
Remove the foam from the inside of the C–arm.
6 . 52
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 22
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2 of 6
X–RAY HEAD
Unplug the cables from 6A1–PL1 and PL2.
Remove the metallic collar from the PL2 cable shield.
Remove the collimator (3 screws) and unplug the cable from 7A1–PL1.
Remove the Y/G ground wire from the tank frame.
Unscrew the connector 6PL–1. Remove the upper part from this connector.– With the AMP ( 305183–R) tool,
unplug the pins from 6PL1– M,N,P,R,S.
Cut the other wires coming from the main cable.
Remove the foam from the inside of the C–arm.
Disconnect the yellow/green wire and the wire Nb 11(faston tag) from the 6SaTH2 thermal witch.
Disconnect the wires Nb 2 and Nb3 and unsolder the wire Nb 1 from the bellows device.
C–ARM
– Remove the cable clamp.
– At each extremity of the C–arm, join the different sub–cables together with a wire which will be used to reinstall
the cable.
– Pull out the cable from the C–arm taking care of the DAP cables as well as the ground wire between the Imageur and the X–ray tank which must stay inside the C–arm..
– To remove the metallic ring holding the cable to the C–Arm, unscrew the HSCPS screw M5x8 and pull down
the ring.
GENERATOR
– Remove the metallic cable clamp
– Cut the collars keeping the cable in the harness.
– Remove the metallic collar holding the cable against the rack, cut the collar clamping the cable against the rack
and remove the plug from 3A12 board.
– Cut the shrink sleeve insulating the BNC–BNC connectors and unplug them.
– Remove the metallic collar holding the cable against the frame on the bottom.
– Unplug the cable from 5 A 1 PL–2
– Remove the clip on the direction rod.
– Remove the rod.
– Unscrew the 2 M6 screws on the right side of the inverter and open the rack.
– Disconnect the wires 2–4–6–8 from 4A1–E1, 1–3–5–7–9 from the heatsink 5 ( see view on left side of schematic 11–20, in the service manual).
– Disconnect the Y/G wire from the heatsink 2 ( not for Stenoscop CCD).
– Remove the cable.
6 . 53
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 22
3 of 6
REASSEMBLY
Preparation:
WIRING OF THE ”C ARM”
Two persons are required for this operation to avoid to create a mechanical stress to the cable and
the connectors.
Offer up the 2 parts of the cable to the central opening of the ”C Arm”.
Replace the cable clamp by the new one furnished.
While one person pulls the wires on the ”X Ray” head and imager side, introduce and push the 2 parts of
the cable into the ”C Arm” until the rubber sleeve is correctly positioned for remounting the cable
clamp of the ”C Arm”. Take care to not damage the DAP cables if present.
Mount the cable as shown on the figure hereunder.
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
CABLE JOINT
PLASTIC RING
CABLE SHEAT
HANDEL
6 . 54
INTERNAL CABLES
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 22
Imageur side
Fix the wire provided when removing the cable to the Sub–D 25pins.
Using scotch tape, join the connector parallel to the cable. It will be easier to pass it inside the C–arm.
X–ray tube side
Cable installation:
Introduce the cable and pull from the C–arm extremities, carefully and taking care of the DAP cables.
IMAGEUR WIRING:
Remove the scotch tape and the pulling wire.
The cable length required in the imageur is:
Imager 16cm/6 inches
33cm
IMAGER 16 cm ( 6”)
SUB D
25 pins
Y/G wire
27cm
Imager 22cm/9 inches
42cm
IMAGER 22 cm ( 9”)
SUB D
25 pins
Y/G wire
55cm
6 . 55
4 of 6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 22
5 of 6
Plug up the orifice of the C–Arm sole plate with the foam.
Rewire the imageur performing the steps of disassembly procedure in reverse order.
Reinstall the metallic ring cable support under the C–Arm.
– X–RAY HEAD WIRING
Remove the scotch tape from the cable extremity.
Plug up the orifice of the C–Arm sole plate with the foam strip.
Pass the wires throughout the Souriau connector rings.(included in the kit)
With the special insertion tool (8500–39), insert the pins from the wires inside the Souriau connector following
the table hereafter:
WIRE
CONNECTOR 6PL1
4 from 6A1–PL1–4
N
5 from 6A1–PL1–5
P
8 from 6A1–PL1–8
S
9 from 6A1–PL1–9
R
10 from 6A1–PL1–10
M
WIRE 2
B
WIRE 4
D
WIRE 6
F
WIRE 8
H
WIRE 1
L
WIRE 3
A
WIRE 5
C
WIRE 7
E
WIRE 9
G
Plug the 6PL1 connector.
Plug back in place the 6A1–PL1and the 6A2–PL1 connectors.
Connect the shield and the yellow/green wire to the ground.
Reinstall the collimator and its cable. ( See Job Card D/R 11 for adjustment )
Secure the cables fixations with collars.
6 . 56
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 22
–GENERATOR:
Perform the disassembly steps in reverse order.
When all the connections are done, switch the unit ON and verify that the Stenoscop operates correctly.
Turn the unit OFF.
Reinstall the different covers and check again the functionnalities of the units.
6 . 57
6 of 6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
ii.
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 58
blank page
6 . 58
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
iii–
6–4–3
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 59
DAP D/R SHEETS
6 . 59
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 40
Purpose:
Version No.: 0
ION CHAMBER.
Date:
Time:
Manpower:
ILLUSTRATION 1
Head Upper Cover
No display with
MDA memory
COVER
ILLUSTRATION 2
Ion Chamber and Housing Sub–assembly
Spacer
Nylon White Plate
Full Field Ion Chamber
Housing
Collimator Cover
ÏÏ
ÏÏ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÏÏ
ÏÏ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÏÏ
ÏÏ
Gasket
Aluminium Filter
ILLUSTRATION 3
Coaxial Cables
3A
3B
6 . 60
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 40
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED.
– Cross–tip screw driver.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS.
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Remove the head upper cover.
– See D/R 3
– Remove the spacer if present. (See illustration 2)
– Unscrew and remove the 3 TC M5 x 12 screws.
– Diconnect the 2 two coaxial cables. (See illustation 3A and 3B)
– Remove the ion chamber.
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Carry out the previous operations in reverse order.
– Take care to put well in place the coaxial cables, out of the X–ray field.
– Check the functionnality and refer to the DAP Service Manual for adjustment.
6 . 61
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 41
Purpose:
DOSE AREA PRODUCT METER DISPLAY
REPLACEMENT (NOT WITH MDA MEMORY)
Time:
1 of 2
Version No.: 0
Date:
Manpower:
ILLUSTRATION 1
Dose display
Dose display
ILLUSTRATION 2
Remote Display Unit
LCD Display
Collimator Cover
Test and Reset Buttons
ÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏÏÏÏÏ
Overlay
Aluminium Bracket
ILLUSTRATION 3
Display Overlay
mGyc
m2
6 . 62
TEST
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 41
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED.
– Cross–tip screw driver.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS.
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Remove the head upper cover.
– See D/R 3.
– Remove the dose display mylar
– Unscrew the 2 TF M3 screws.
– Remove the display assembly taking care of the spacer
4 – REASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
– Carefully take each item out of the shipping carton and remove its protective wrapping.
– Any discrepancies or obviously damaged items should be reported to your local representative without
delay. If transit damage is evident the packing must be saved for inspection by insurance investigators.
– Carry out the previous operations in reverse order.
Powering Up : check the functionnality as follow:
Power up the Dose Area Product Meter by turning on the X–ray machine.
The following sequence of events should be observed:
1. A number will appear on the LCD display.
2. Press the “
“ button to zero on the display unit.
3. Press the “ TEST ” button> A number will appear on the display unit.
The value of the number depends on several factors which are characteristics of the chamber,
power supply and electronics.
4. Press the “
Note:
“ button to zero the display unit.
Number will continue to be added to the display during the warm–up period (8–10 minutes).
If satisfactory, the instrument is now ready for calibration : see Job Card RG 240
and then routine use.
6 . 63
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
iv.
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 64
blank page
6 . 64
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
v–
6–4–4
6 . 65
IMAGEUR D/R SHEETS
6 . 65
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 50
Purpose:
1 of 2
Version No.: 0
IMAGEUR HEAD DISASSEMBLY /
REASSEMBLY.
Date:
Time: 15 min.
Manpower:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Imageur 22 Stenoscop CCD or Imageur 16 Stenoscop CCD.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D
Hex socket and Allen wrench set.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
THIS UNIT IS IN EMC COMPLIANCE WITH THE IEC 601–1–2
STANDARD. DURING ANY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY,
ENSURE THAT ALL THE SHIELDS ARE CORRECTLY
INSTALLED.
TAKE ALL USUAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRONIC
BOARD MANIPULATION (I.E., MATS AND BRACELETS TO
PROTECT AGAINST THE ELECTRONIC DISCHARGES).
1. Be careful not to damage the antischater grid on the front panel of the Imageur.
2. Set the column at its lowest position and lock its movement using the transportation rod
(see SM of Stenoscop, chapter 3).
3. Remove power from the Imageur.
4. Recover all mounting brackets.
5. Because of the weight of the Imageur Head, prepare a flat surface on which to set the Imageur Head,
to facilitate assembly and disassembly.
6 . 66
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 50
2 of 2
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
1. Remove the rear cover from the Imageur Head (three M5 screws for the 16–cm unit and two M5
screws for the 22–cm unit).
2. Set the Stenoscop C–arm in the horizontal position in order to bring the Imageur just above its rest
surface.
3. Remove the stop rod (22–cm unit).
4. Remove the rear cover from the Imageur.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
1. Disconnect all cables coming from the C–arm that are connected to the Imageur as follows:
a. Main cable (HE5 connector, 25–contact).
b. Cable connected to the dose measurement preamplifier ( two coaxial cables with Subclic
plugs and supply cables ).
c. Green/yellow security cable.
2. Remove the Imageur and position it on its temporary support (four M6 screws).
3. Route the C–arm cables through the opening of the Imageur Chassis facing the C–arm mounting.
5.2
Reassembly
1. Follow the disassembly procedure in reverse order.
2. Check that the Imageur cable is properly clamped to ensure correct grounding of the strap
with the chassis.
6 . 67
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 51
Purpose:
1 of 6
Version No.: 0
X–RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER TUBE
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY.
Date:
Time: 1 H.
Manpower:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
X–Ray Image Intensifier Tube 9438HX (22 cm) or 9449HP (16 cm).
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D
Hex socket and Allen wrench set.
D
Job Cards RG (SEE ASM).
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
THIS UNIT IS IN EMC COMPLIANCE WITH THE IEC 601–1–2
STANDARD. DURING ANY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY,
ENSURE THAT ALL THE SHIELDS ARE CORRECTLY
INSTALLED.
TAKE ALL USUAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRONIC
BOARD MANIPULATION (I.E., MATS AND BRACELETS TO
PROTECT AGAINST THE ELECTRONIC DISCHARGES).
DANGER
DUE TO THE RISK OF IMPLOSION, SAFETY GLASSES
ARE MANDATORY FOR ALL II TUBE HANDLING.
1. Remove power from the Stenoscop.
2. Recover all mounting brackets.
3. Be careful not to damage the II tube external surface, especially the entry window.
6 . 68
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 51
2 of 6
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
1. Because of the weight of the Imageur Head, prepare a flat surface on which to set the unit to facilitate
assembly and disassembly.
2. Set the Stenoscop in the horizontal position in order to bring the Imageur just above its rest surface.
3. Prepare an area for II tube disassembly.
4. Remove the rear cover from the Imageur Head (three M5 screws for 16 cm and two M5 screws for 22
cm).
5. Remove the Imageur Head.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
1. Remove the shield from the optical system (Ill. 6 and 7, Item 1) and the lead ballast (Ill. 6 and 7, Item
14), if provided.
2. Remove the Imageur rack cover (Ill. 6 and 7, Item 2).
3. Disconnect the J3 connector (Iris) from the CCD Interface Board (Ill. 8, Item 1).
4. On the CCD chip module, disconnect:
a. Subclic plug from the video coaxial cable (Ill. 6, Item 4).
b. Ribbon cable (Ill. 6 and 7, Item 5).
5. Remove the optical system as follows:
On 16–cm units:
Remove the optical system (Ill. 7, Item 6) (three screws).
On 22–cm units:
a. The two Boards comprising the CCD Module assembly—(CCD Sensor Board (Ill. 6, Item 8) and
CCD Interface Module Board (Ill. 6, Item 9)—are interconnected by a flexible board (Ill. 6, Item
10). Disconnect the flexible board from the CCD Sensor Board.
b. Remove the two screws securing the support angle that supports the CCD Interface Module
Board (Ill. 6, Item 11).
c. Remove the CCD Interface Module Board – Support angle assembly.
d. Remove the optical system (Ill. 6, Item 6) (three screws).
6. Disconnect the high voltage cables which run from the II tube to the EHV power supply as well as the
cables connected to the EHV power supply ground terminal.
7. Unsolder the EHV contacts from the EHV cables.
6 . 69
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 51
3 of 6
8. Install the EHV connectors and contacts on the replacement II tube High Voltage cables (observe
polarization).
9. Remove the II tube (Ill. 6 and 7, Item 3):
On 16–cm units:
a. Remove the Imageur front cover (Ill. 7, Item 7) (three screws, Ill. 7, Item 8).
b. Remove the Imageur CCD rack temporarily to access the mounting screw of the II tube located
under the rack.
c. Remove the three screws securing the II tube to the chassis (Ill. 7, Item 9).
d. Remove the II tube from the front.
On 22–cm units:
a. Remove the stop (Ill. 6, Item 12).
b. Loosen the II tube mounting clamps on the chassis (Item 13, Ill. 6), as well as the clamp screws
(Ill. 6, Item 15) on the mounts (Ill. 6, Item 16).
c. Remove the rear cover (Ill. 6, Item 7) from the Imageur (two screws, Ill. 6, Item 17) and three
pins attached to the mounts (Ill. 6, Item 16).
d. Remove the three mounting screws (Ill. 6, Item 18) securing the II tube to the chassis.
e. Remove the II tube from the front.
5.2
Reassembly
1. Follow the disassembly procedure in the reverse order.
2. Check that the optics and the II output window are clean. Clean them if necessary, using Kodak
Optical Paper, Ref. No. 1546027.
3. Perform the EHV Power Supply adjustment (see ASM).
4. Perform the optical adjustments (see ASM).
6 . 70
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 51
ILLUSTRATION 6
imageur 22 steno CCD
4
9
8
1
10
6
14
18
5
3
11
13
2
16
12
15
17
7
6 . 71
4 of 6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 51
ILLUSTRATION 7
Imageur 16 steno CCD
1
2
14
5
6
8
9
10
3
7
6 . 72
5 of 6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 51
ILLUSTRATION 8
video processing module
1
6 . 73
6 of 6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 52
Purpose:
EHV POWER SUPPLY DISASSEMBLY /
REASSEMBLY.
Time: 10 min.
1 of 2
Version No.: 0
Date:
Manpower:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Thomson TH7191 power supply.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D
Hex socket and Allen wrench set.
D
Job Card RG : see ASM.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
THIS UNIT IS IN EMC COMPLIANCE WITH THE IEC 601–1–2
STANDARD. DURING ANY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY,
ENSURE THAT ALL THE SHIELDS ARE CORRECTLY
INSTALLED.
TAKE ALL USUAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRONIC
BOARD MANIPULATION (I.E., MATS AND BRACELETS TO
PROTECT AGAINST THE ELECTRONIC DISCHARGES).
1. Remove power from the Stenoscop.
2. Recover all mounting brackets.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
Remove the Imageur Head rear cover (three M5 screws for the 16-cm unit and two M5 screws for the 22-cm unit).
6 . 74
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 52
2 of 2
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
1. Loosen and disconnect all EHV connections which run from the EHV power supply to the II tube.
2. Disconnect the ribbon cable connected to the EHV power supply.
3. Remove the EHV power supply (four M3 screws).
5.2
Reassembly
1. Recover the connectors and contacts to be soldered from the new power supply. These connectors
may be used to replace the II tube EHV connectors.
2. Secure the new power supply to the supporting metal plate (Imageur 16) or the chassis (Imageur 22)
with the four M3 screws.
3. Reconnect and tighten all the II tube EHV connections on the EHV power supply.
Note:
On the TH9449HP H506 16–cm tube, the G2 electrode must be connected to the G3 terminal
of the EHV Power Supply.
4. Reconnect the ribbon cable to the EHV power supply.
5. On the CCD Interface Board, preadjust the control voltages to the minimum setting by turning
Potentiometers R1 thru R9 fully counterclockwise.
6. Restore power to the Imageur Chassis.
7. Perform the adjustments: Job Card RG from ASM.
6 . 75
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 53
Purpose:
1 of 6
Version No.: 0
COMPACT OPTICS.
Date:
Time: 30 min.
Manpower:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D
Compact Optics:
CAUTION
50 Hz/625 lines 22 cm,
60 Hz/525 lines 22 cm,
50 Hz/625 lines 16 cm,
60 Hz/525 lines 16 cm.
The optical system model is specific to each Imageur.
It is not possible to replace a 50 Hz/625 line optical system by a 60 Hz/525
line optical system.
The CCD sensor cannot be separated from the optical system. In case of
sensor malfunctioning, the CCD Module optical system assembly (the
two boards are coupled) must be replaced.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D
Hex socket and Allen wrench set.
D
Job Cards RG (see ASM).
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
THIS UNIT IS IN EMC COMPLIANCE WITH THE IEC 601–1–2
STANDARD. DURING ANY DISASSEMBLY/ REASSEMBLY,
ENSURE THAT ALL THE SHIELDS ARE CORRECTLY
INSTALLED.
TAKE ALL USUAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRONIC
BOARD MANIPULATION (I.E., MATS AND BRACELETS TO
PROTECT AGAINST THE ELECTRONIC DISCHARGES).
1. Remove power from the Imageur Chassis.
2. Recover all mounting brackets.
6 . 76
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 53
2 of 6
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
1. Tilt the C–arm aside to facilitate access to the Imageur.
2. Remove the Imageur Head rear cover (three M5 screws for the 16-cm unit and two M5 screws for the
22-cm unit).
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
1. Remove the shielding from the optics (Ill. 9 and 10, Item 1), as well as the lead counterweight (Ill. 9
and 10, Item 14), if provided.
2. Remove the Imageur rack cover (Ill. 9 and 10, Item 2).
3. Unplug the J3 Iris connector on the CCD Interface Board.
4. On the CCD module, disconnect:
a. Subclic plug from the coaxial video cable (Ill. 9 , Item 4),
b. Ribbon cable (Ill. 9 and 10, Item 5),
5. Remove the optical system.
On the Imageur 16 cm:
Remove the optical system (Ill. 10, Item 6) (three screws, Ill. 10, 13 and 14, Item 3).
On the Imageur 22 cm:
a. The two boards comprising the CCD tandem – (CCD Sensor Board (Ill. 9, Item 8) and CCD
Module Interface Board (Ill. 9, Item 9)) are coupled by a flexible board (Ill. 9, Item 10).
Disconnect them from the CCD Sensor Board.
b. Remove the two screws (Ill. 9, Item 11) securing the CCD Module Interface Board.
c. Remove the CCD Module Interface Board/support angle assembly.
d. Remove the optical system (Ill. 9, Item 6), (three screws, Ill. 9, 11 and 12, Item 3).
5.2
Reassembly
1. Follow the disassembly procedure in the reverse order.
2. Refer to Job Cards RG (ASM) for the necessary adjustments.
CAUTION
The adjustment ring locking screw (Ill. 12 and 14, Item 5) must be
correctly tightened to avoid any play in the optical system.
6 . 77
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 53
ILLUSTRATION 9
imageur 22 ccd for stenoscop 2
11
4
9
8
1
10
6
5
3
14
2
6 . 78
3 of 6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 53
ILLUSTRATION 10
imageur 16 ccd for stenoscop 2
6
6 . 79
4 of 6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 53
ILLUSTRATION 11
compact optics – imageur 22 CCD for stenoscop 2 6000/9000
ILLUSTRATION 12
compact optics – imageur 22 CCD for stenoscop 2 6000/9000
5
1
6 . 80
P1
5 of 6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 53
ILLUSTRATION 13
compact optics – imageur 16 steno CCD
ILLUSTRATION 14
compact optics – imageur 16 steno CCD
5
1
6 . 81
P1
6 of 6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 54
Purpose:
BOARD CAGE DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY.
1 of 2
Version No.: 0
Date:
Time: 30 min.
Manpower:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Board cage.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D
Allen wrench set.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
THIS UNIT IS IN EMC COMPLIANCE WITH THE IEC 601–1–2
STANDARD. DURING ANY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY,
ENSURE THAT ALL THE SHIELDS ARE CORRECTLY
INSTALLED.
TAKE ALL USUAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRONIC
BOARD MANIPULATION (I.E., MATS AND BRACELETS TO
PROTECT AGAINST THE ELECTRONIC DISCHARGES).
1. Remove power from the Stenoscop.
2. Recover all mounting brackets.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
1. Tilt the Stenoscop C–arm aside to facilitate access to the Imageur.
2. Remove the Imageur rear cover from the Imageur (three M5 screws for the 16-cm unit and two M5
screws for the 22-cm unit).
3. Remove the Imageur rack cover (four M3 screws).
6 . 82
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 54
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
1. Disconnect all cables connected to the Imageur rack as follows:
a. Iris cable (connected to J3/CCD Interface Board).
b. Imageur cable (connected to J6/CCD Interconnection Board).
c. CCD Module cable (connected to J8/CCD Interconnection Board).
d. Dose measurement preamplifier cable (connected to J5/CCD Interconnection Board).
e. CCD Module coaxial video cable (connected to J2/CCD Video Board).
2. Remove the rack and dose measurement preamplifier assembly (four M4 screws).
5.2
Reassembly
Follow the disassembly procedure in the reverse order.
6 . 83
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 55
Purpose:
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS DISASSEMBLY /
REASSEMBLY.
Time: 10 min.
1 of 2
Version No.: 0
Date:
Manpower:
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D
CCD Power Supply Board.
D
CCD Video Board.
D
CCD Interface Board.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D
Hex socket Allen wrench set.
D
Job Cards RG CCD Interface Board and RG CCD Video Board : see ASM.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
THIS UNIT IS IN EMC COMPLIANCE WITH THE IEC 601–1–2
STANDARD. DURING ANY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY,
ENSURE THAT ALL THE SHIELDS ARE CORRECTLY
INSTALLED.
TAKE ALL USUAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRONIC
BOARD MANIPULATION (I.E., MATS AND BRACELETS TO
PROTECT AGAINST THE ELECTRONIC DISCHARGES).
1. Remove power from the Stenoscop.
2. Recover all mounting brackets.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
Remove the rear cover from the Imageur Housing (three M5 screws for the 16-cm and two M5 screws
for the 22-cm unit).
6 . 84
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 55
2 of 2
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Disassembly
1. Remove the rack cover (four M3 screws), leaving the lower screws in place.
2. Remove the board(s) that need replacing. To avoid error, colored tabs and handgrips show where
and in what orientation the boards are to be fitted on the rack.
5.2
Reassembly
1. Follow the disassembly procedure in the reverse order.
2. Refer to Job Cards RG (ASM) for the necessary adjustments.
6 . 85
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
vi.
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 86
blank page
6 . 86
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
vii.
6–4–5
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 87
MEMORY D/R SHEETS
6 . 87
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 70
Purpose:
Version No.: 0
MIDAS BOARD.
Date:
Time:
Manpower:
1
2
6 . 88
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 70
SECTION 1
TOOLS REQUIRED
D
Standard tool kit.
SECTION 2
PRELIMINARY PRECAUTION
1. Turn the power OFF.
2. All the precautions for electrostatic discharges have to be taken.
SECTION 3
PROCEDURE
1. Remove the monitor cart back cover. (see D/R 90 page 6 . 102)
2. Remove the monitor cart front cover. (see D/R 90 page 6 . 102)
3. Unscrew and remove the four screws holding the PC brackets to the cart.
4. Remove the PC.
5. Remove the top cover from the PC.
6. Disconnect the ribbon cable between AVIAS and MIDAS boards (item 1).
7. Unscrew the appropriate bracket and remove the board (item 2).
8. Replace the defective board by the new one and proceed in reverse order for the installation.
CAUTION
MIDAS takes place on the PCI bus.
6 . 89
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 71
Purpose:
Version No.: 0
AVIAS BOARD.
Date:
Time:
Manpower:
2
1
6 . 90
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 71
SECTION 1
TOOLS REQUIRED
D
Standard tool kit.
SECTION 2
PRELIMINARY PRECAUTION
1. Turn the power OFF.
2. All the precautions for electrostatic discharges have to be taken.
SECTION 3
PROCEDURE
1. Remove the monitor cart back cover. (see D/R 90 page 6 . 102)
2. Remove the monitor cart front cover. (see D/R 90 page 6 . 102)
3. Unscrew and remove the four screws holding the PC brackets to the cart.
4. Remove the PC.
5. Remove the top cover from the PC.
6. Disconnect the ribbon cable between AVIAS and MIDAS boards (item 1).
7. Unscrew the appropriate bracket and remove the board (item 2).
8. Replace the defective board by the new one and proceed in reverse order for the installation.
CAUTION
AVIAS takes place on the ISA bus.
6 . 91
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 72
Purpose:
Version No.: 0
RS 232 BOARD.
Date:
Time:
Manpower:
SECTION 1
TOOLS REQUIRED
D
Standard tool kit.
SECTION 2
PRELIMINARY PRECAUTION
1. Turn the power OFF.
2. All the precautions for electrostatic discharges have to be taken.
SECTION 3
PROCEDURE
1. Remove the monitor cart cover. (see D/R 90 ).
2. Remove the monitor cart front cover. (see D/R 90 ).
3. Unscrew and remove the four screws holding the PC brackets to the cart.
4. Remove the PC.
5. Remove the top cover from the PC.
6. Unscrew the appropriate bracket and remove the board (item 1).
7. Check the board configuration following the table here after.
8. Jumper JP9 – 5 / JP10 – 10 / JP11 – 7 / JP12 – 7.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
SW5
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
SW1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
SW2
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
SW3
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
SW4
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
6 . 92
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 72
2 of 2
9. Replace the defective board (item 1) by the new one and proceed in reverse order for the installation.
1
6 . 93
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 73
Purpose:
Version No.: 0
VGA BOARD.
Date:
Time:
Manpower:
SECTION 1
TOOLS REQUIRED
D
Standard tool kit.
SECTION 2
PRELIMINARY PRECAUTION
1. Turn the power OFF.
2. All the precautions for electrostatic discharges have to be taken.
SECTION 3
PROCEDURE
1. Remove the monitor cart back cover. (see D/R 90 page 6 . 102)
2. Remove the monitor cart front cover. (see D/R 90 page 6 . 102)
3. Unscrew and remove the four screws holding the PC brackets to the cart.
4. Remove the PC.
5. Remove the top cover from the PC.
6. Unscrew the appropriate bracket and remove the board.
7. Check the board configuration with the drawing (see Ill. 1).
8. Replace the defective board by the new one and proceed in reverse order for the installation.
6 . 94
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 73
ILLUSTRATION 1
6 . 95
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 74
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
TOUCH SCREEN ASSEMBLY
Date: October 1996
Time:
Manpower: 1
VGA display
J1
Grounding plug
J2
Touch screen interface
Take care of the position of this connector
6 . 96
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 74
SECTION 1
TOOLS REQUIRED
D
Standard tool kit.
SECTION 2
PRELIMINARY PRECAUTION
1. Turn the power OFF.
2. All the precautions for electrostatic discharges have to be taken.
SECTION 3
PROCEDURE
1. Remove the monitor cart front cover. (see D/R 90)
2. Disconnect the cables from the display and the touch screen interface.
3. Unscrew the four screws holding the touch screen assembly.
4. Replace the defective touch screen assembly by the new one taking care of the position.
(Connector : back side)
5. Carry these operations in reverse order.
6. Switch the unit On and check the functionnalities of the unit.
7. For touch screen calibration, see Advanced Service Manual.
6 . 97
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 75
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
HARD DISK
Date: October 1996
Time:
Manpower: 1
ILLUSTRATION 1–1
1
3
ILLUSTRATION 1–2
2
J6
SCI Hard disk jumper
J2
ILLUSTRATION 1–3
J2
J8
IDE Hard drive
6 . 98
J3
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 75
2 of 2
SECTION 1
TOOLS REQUIRED
D
Standard tool kit.
SECTION 2
PRELIMINARY PRECAUTION
1. Turn the power OFF.
2. All the precautions for electrostatic discharges have to be taken.
SECTION 3
PROCEDURE
1. Remove the monitor cart back cover. (see D/R 90)
2. Remove the monitor cart front cover. (see D/R 90)
3. Unscrew and remove the four screws holding the PC brackets to the cart.
4. Remove the PC.
5. Remove the top cover from the PC.
6. Unscrew the two screws holding the hard disk assembly located on the back side of the PC frame.
( See illustration 1–1 : item 1 on opposite page )
7. Remove the power supply cable (ill. 1–1 item 2 ) and the ribbon cable (ill. 1–1 item 3 ) from the disk.
8. Remove the disk assembly.
9. Unscrew the four screws holding the disk on its frame.
10. Verify the jumper configuration of the hard disk ( See illustration 1–2 and 1–3)
11. Replace the disk by the new one carrying these operations in reverse order.
12. Switch the unit On and verify the functionalities of the unit.
13. Enter the service menu (system setup / permanent data), then insert the customer configuration
floppy (located inside the monitor cart) in the disk drive.
14. Press the « Restore config » key. The message « Restore is OK » is displayed in the mail box.
15. The following screen
will appear.
6 . 99
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
blank page
6 . 100
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
viii.
6–4–6
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 101
MONITOR D/R SHEETS
6 . 101
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
1
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 90
Purpose:
DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF MONITOR
CART COVERS.
Time: 10 min.
Version No.: 00
Date: April 1995
Manpower: 1
Touch screen
front panel
Cover C
1
Cover A
Cover B
1
2
2
6 . 102
6 . 102
1 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 90
1. TOOLS REQUIRED
– Cross tip screwdriver
2. PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– Switch OFF the unit
– Remove Mains plug from the outlet
3. COVERS REMOVAL
– Remove 9PL1 plug (item 1)
COVER A
– Remove the 10 screws CTFH M4x8.
– Remove the cover
COVER B
– Unscrew the 2 screws. (item 2)
– Remove the cover pulling it out.
COVER C
– Remove cover B first.
– Unscrew the 3 screws.
– Remove the cover.
4. REASSEMBLY PRODEDURE
– Carry out the previous operations in reverse order
6 . 103
2 of 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card D/R 91
Purpose:
DISSASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY OF BOARDS
FROM THE MONITOR
Time:
Version No.: 0
Date: January 1997
Manpower: 1
ILLUSTRATION 1
TOP VIEW OF MONITOR WITH
CARDS LOCATION
1 : B.T. Power supply
2 : Deflection board
3 : A.T. Power supply
4 : Video board
5 : Selection board
6 : Light sensor board
7 : Yoke
8 : CRT
ILLUSTRATION 2
SIDE VIEW
6 . 104
1 of 5
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 91
2 of 5
SECTION 1
TOOLS REQUIRED
Standard tool kit.
SECTION 2
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
POWER REMAINS ON THE MONITOR FOR 2 - 3 SECONDS
AFTER SWITHING THE TERMINALS PS OFF .
WARNING
VERY HIGH VOLTAGES ARE GENERATED IN THE MONITOR
( FOR EXAMPLE, THE FOCUS ELECTRODE IS IN THE REGION
OF 8 KV AND THE EHT IN THE REGION OF 23 KV ).
Capacitance discharge.
Note:
The screwdriver handle must be insulated.
When disconnecting the EHT cap (final anode) or performing a task requiring the CRT to be handled,
the CRT buld capacitance.
A safe method to do this follows :
D
Disconnect the monitor from its power source.
D
Connect one end of a wire to the shaft of a screwdriver (handle insulated) and connect
the other end of the wire to the CRT conductive braiding.
D
Hold the screwdriver by its insulated handle, then insert the tip under the EHT insulation
cal so the tip shorts the final anode to ground.
Take care not touch the screwdriver’s metal shaft and not scratch the tube glass.
Physical handling.
In addition to the safety precautions due to the presence of high voltage, the following guidelines
must also be observed :
D
Never attempt to remove or straighten the mounting lugs or reposition the outer rimband of the tube.
D
When it is necessary to remove the CRT from the monitor, never apply leverage to the glass bottle
or support handle or carry it by the neck (Wear safety glasses at all times when handling).
6 . 105
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 91
3 of 5
SECTION 3
PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS
For the removal of boards from the monitor follow these instructions :.
1. Remove the plastic cabinet.
2. Remove the upper part of the metal cabinet.
SECTION 4
PROCEDURE
D
D
LV power supply board ( illustration 1 : item 1 ).
–
Remove the screw supporting the plastic guide.
–
Remove the connection with the input AC connector.
–
Remove connector J2.
–
Remove connector J1 from the video board.
–
Remove the screw of the ground connection.
–
Remove the board from its position and replace it.
–
Carefully insert the new board in exactly the same position as the one removed.
–
Install the screw of the ground connection without tightening it.
–
Reinstall the plastic guide and tighten the appropriate screw.
–
Replace all connectors in the right position.
–
Reinsert the input AC connector.
–
Tighten the ground screw.
Deflection board ( illustration 1 : item 2 ).
–
Unscrew the metal support and remove it from the cabinet.
–
Unplug all the following connectors : J1 – J2 – J4 – J5 – J6 – J7 – W2.
–
Unplug connector J2 from the BT power supply board.
–
After removing the screws, remove the board from the metal support, then replace it.
–
Secure the new board on the metal support with the screws.
–
Plug the connectors on the deflection board and on the BT power supply board.
–
Screw the board support to the side panel of the metal cabinet.
6 . 106
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 91
D
D
D
D
4 of 5
HV power supply board ( illustration 1 : item 3 ).
–
Remove the connector of the anode voltage from the CRT and the TB2
of the video board.
–
Remove connector J6 from the deflection board.
–
Remove the screw placed to the left of the container and then carefully remove
the HV power supply.
–
Repace the HV power supply mounting it in the appropriate holding hole.
–
Reinstall the screw placed on the left.
–
Plug the power supply, anode voltage and TB2 connectors.
Video board ( illustration 1 : item 4 ).
–
Remove connectors J1 – J2 – J3 and TB2.
–
Remove connector J5 and W2 from the deflection board.
–
Remove the board from the CRT socket.
–
Replace the board.
–
Plug all connectors previously removed.
–
Connect the central socket to the CRT.
Selection board ( illustration 1 : item 5 ).
–
Remove the rear metal part with the adjustment potentiometers.
–
Remove connector J1.
–
Remove the light sensor connector.
–
Remove the two screws and replace the board.
–
Install the new board paying attention to the position of the led and of the trimmers.
–
Secure the metal plate to the frame.
Light sensor board ( illustration 1 : item 6 ).
–
Remove the connector placed along the wiring.
–
Remove the mounting screw of the board from the plastic frame.
–
Replace the board carefully placing the light sensor in the appropriate hole.
–
Secure the board with screws and insert the connector.
6 . 107
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card D/R 91
D
ix.
CRT and deflection Yoke ( illustration 1 : item 7 & 8 ).
–
Remove the plastic rear part.
–
Remove the upper part of the metal chassis.
–
Remove the light sensor connector.
–
Remove the plastic front frame.
–
Disconnect the clip of the anode voltage from the CRT.
–
Remove the video board.
–
Remove the two yoke connectors from the deflection board.
–
Remove the CRT from the metal chassis by unscrewing the four mounting nuts
placed in the corners.
–
Remove the yoke from the CRT.
–
Replace the CRT and reinstall the yoke previously removed.
–
Execute all mounting procedures in the opposite order.
6 . 108
6 . 108
5 of 5
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
xi.
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 109
blank page
6 . 109
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
6–5
ADJUSTMENT SHEETS
6–5–1
GENERAL
The adjustment sheets given in this chapter comprise all possible preventive or corrective maintenance adjustments.
The first group consists of mechanical adjustments. The second group consists of electronic adjustments.
Before making any electronic adjustments, read the following instructions carefully.
CAUTION :
1) It is forbidden to remove or to replace a PWB when the unit is ON.
2) When a PWB is placed on an extender board, check the continuity of the earth connection with the extension
wire supplied. The omission of this earth connection causes malfunction of the unit.
NOTE : With the exception of the adjustments which are part of the replacement of the X–ray head, of the filament heating PWB 3A26, or of the timer PWB 3A5, all potentiometers have been calibrated in the factory and
do not have to be readjusted. A recalibration might be necessary in the case of the replacement of a component
on site. Before adjusting a potentiometer, check that the corresponding procedure is at hand.
In this case, follow the procedure described below for the respective adjustment.
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT TO PERFORM ADJUSTMENTS, X–RAY ARE
TO BE PRODUCED AND THEREFORE CARES AGAINST RADIATION HAZARDS
ARE TO BE TAKEN.
6 . 110
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS
6–5–2
STENOSCOP R/G SHEETS ( MECHANICAL )
6 . 111
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 101 1 of 2
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
BACK WHEELS ALIGNMENT.
Date: April 1995
Time: 1H.
Manpower: 1
Illustration 1
2
1
3
Illustration 2
A
B
Illustration 3
2
1
1
6 . 112
4
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 101 2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Metric wrenches
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– If possible, this adjustment must be done on a flat floor.
3 – PROCEDURE
– Remove the front and the back covers.( see D/R 1 and D/R 2 ).
– Unscrew the screws holding the monitor cart cable support (ill.1/ item1).
– Unscrew the screws holding the footswitch cable support (ill.1/ item 2).
– Remove the 3 screws M4x 16 (see ill.1/ item3).
– Remove the chain cover (ill.1/ item4).
– Remove the internal wheel covers.
– Turn the wheels in longitudinal position.
– Measure the distance between the wheels in the front and back side.(see ill.2/ A –B)
– Turning the chain tighteners, adjust the wheels alignment in order to have A=B, +/– 2 mm.
– Adjust the alignment between the handle and the wheels. For this release the 4 screws (see ill.3/ item1) and
turn the shaft (ill.3/ item 2).
– Reinstall the covers carrying the previous operations in reverse order.
6 . 113
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 102 1 of 2
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
HANDLE POSITION.
Date: May 1993
Time: 15 min.
Manpower: 1
Locked 130o
Locked 100o
Free
45o
Locked
45o
6 . 114
Free
15o
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 102 2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Screwdriver.
– Glue
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTION
– De–energize the mobile system.
NOTE :
All the locking systems of the different movements, wiwag, C–arm rotation, etc. are equipped with
a mechanical system which compensates mechanical wear.
3 – PROCEDURE
– Tighten the handle until the movement is correctly locked.
– Remove cautiously the movement label glued on the center of the handel.
– Set the handel in correct position
– Tighten the screw
– Glue the movement label
This procedure is valid for the correct positionning of the handel.
If the movement label is damaged, see code number on figures page 9.
6 . 115
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 103 1 of 2
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
“C ARM” ROTATION BRAKE.
Date: May 1993
Time: 30 min.
Manpower: 1
4
5
3
45 " 1 mm
1
2
6 . 116
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 103 2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Screwdriver.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTION
– Make sure C–arm is stable.
3 – PROCEDURE
– Remove the covers of the C–arm support.
– Unlock the C–arm.
– Unscrew the 4 attachment screws of the locking system (2).
– Do not completely unscrew them, to avoid dropping attachment plates (3).
– Move attachment the locking system slightly forward.
– Tighten the 4 attachment screws.
– Check operation.
If it is not possible to operate correctly, it will be necessary to modify the length of the threaded rod (4).
If locking device (rubber) is spoilt, replace threaded rod and rubber (code number : 861 205 P 015).
In this case, proceed as follows:
– Unscrew the 4 attachment screws of the locking system and remove it completely.
– Unlock the nut (5).
– Extend the threaded rod by unscrewing it or replace it.
– Tighten the lock nut (5).
– Reassemble the locking system on the C–arm (do not tighten the screws).
– Actuate the lock handle.
– Move the locking system to bring it into contact with the C–arm.
– Loosen the lock handle.
– Move the system slightly forward.
– Tighten the 4 attachment screws.
– Check operation.
– Install cover, handle and stop–gap.
6 . 117
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
xii.
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 118
Blank page
6 . 118
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
xii–
6–5–3
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 119
LASER R/G SHEETS
6 . 119
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 130 1 of 3
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
EXTERNAL LASER AIMING.
Date: May 1995
Time: 30 min.
Manpower: 1
Illustration 1
1
Illustration 2
1
2
6 . 120
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 130 2 of 3
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Screwdriver.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTION
WARNING
WARNING: – THE AIMING USES A CLASS IIIA LASER LIGHT,
DO NOT LOOK THE BEAM!
– THE LASER CENTRING ADJUSTMENT IS
PERFORMED WITH X–RAYS
– Make sure C–arm is stable.
3 – PROCEDURE
Factory preadjustment or in case of replacement:
Preadjustment :
– unscrew lightly the 3 holding screws of the U shape support (ill.1–item 1)
– unscrew lightly the screw holding the laser on its U shape support (ill.2–item1)
– it must be possible To move with allowance the laser on the support
– precenter the laser on the support disk plate
Positioning on the I.I.:
– put the laser in place on the I.I.–see arrow
– push it against the I.I. surface
Laser alignment
– on the console select manual fluoro–40kV/0.4 mA
– set the C–arm with the I.I. upside
– close the blades under fluoro in order To have a 1 square cm on the screen.
– under X–ray, centre the cross included in the laser box inside the square centre. Set this cross in the
middle of the square moving the laser device in the 2 axis.
– when the device is well centred, remove carefully the laser assembly support.
– lock it on its support with the screw and then lock the support with the 3 screws (ill.1–item 1) taking
care of not moving the laser box.
6 . 121
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 130 3 of 3
Reticule positioning:
– put the laser in place on the I.I.
– lay on the tube head a 1mm Al plate whith a 2 mm hole in the center
– in fluoro observe the hole image position and the laser cross image position
– under X–rays, centre the hole with the laser cross.
– once the hole is centred, with a pencil, sign the hole position on the housing top
taking care of not moving the Al. plate.
– place the circular reticule centre just on the mark and stick it.
Final adjustment on site :This adjustment has to be done before each utilisation
– set the C–arm in the forecasted working position.
– switch on the laser and adjust the beam turning the 3 screws ( ill.2–item 2) located on the laser surface.
6 . 122
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
6 . 123
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 131 1 of 2
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
INTEGRATED LASER ALIGNMENT.
Date: August 1996
Time: 30 min.
Manpower: 1
1
2
3
4
6
5
4
6 . 124
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 131 2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Inches Allen wrench (small size)..
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTION
WARNING
WARNING: – THE AIMING USES A CLASS IIIA LASER LIGHT,
DO NOT LOOK THE BEAM!
– THE LASER CENTRING ADJUSTMENT IS
PERFORMED WITH X–RAYS
– Collimator must be perfectly adjusted.
– Remove the collimator cover.
3 – PROCEDURE
D
D
D
D
D
Determine the centre of the II using the centring pattern if available inside the memory or by
measurement on the monitor sreen.
Put a washer (for 4 mm screw) on the II cover, just in the centre.
Switch the Stenoscop ON and set the laser in the x–ray field ( 2nd pushbutton of the X–ray handle ).
Check the laser cross position (must be inside the washer) and correct it if necessary following the
instructions here after:
– Loosen the 2 screws (item 2 and 3) and move longitudinally the diode assembly (item 1).
–
Check under fluoro and readjust until the correct position is reached.
–
Play with the screw (item 5) to correct the end travelling limit. Make some <<return>>
movements and verify the position.
When the cross is well centred, the beam of the diode beam must be adjusted to merge at the
same point (washer centre).
– Diode beam lateral movement is obtained by the rotation of the diode assembly on its axis.
For this, tight screw (item 2) and loose screw (item 3) for rotation in one direction and tight
screw (item 3) and loose screw (item 2) for the other direction.
–
Diode beam longitudinal movement can be done in two ways.
By moving the diode assembly (item 1) or the assembly support (item 6) along the longitudinal
axis by tilting the assembly playing with the press–screws (item 4).
D
When the correct adjustment is obtained, set the collimator cover back in place and check that the laser
moves freely inside the cover.
Note:
When the C–arm is rotated the laser beam moves and leaves the central position due to the
mechanical flexibility. A tolerance of 5 mm is normal. However the laser beam still merges with
the cross position and that does not affect the aiming efficacy.
6 . 125
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
xiv.
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 126
Blank page
6 . 126
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
xv–
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 127
ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENTS
6–5–4
STENOSCOP R/G SHEETS
6 . 127
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 201 1 of 2
Purpose:
KV CIRCUIT (3A12 – R216) – DIAGRAM 23D
MEASURE WITH WISCONSIN CASSETTE.
Time: 2 H.
Version No.: 00
Date: May 1993
Manpower: 1
3A12 kV mA 829 825 G025
6 . 128
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 201 2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
–
–
–
–
–
The use of Wisconsin test cassette is obligatory.
This measure device is small, constant and accurate.
This test cassette is also in current use by field servicemen.
Ref. WISCONSIN X–ray test cassette. Model 101 or 015
Manufacturer:
RMI – PO BOX 44 MIDDLETON
WISCONSIN 53562
– A densitometer.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – PROCEDURE
– The specification of the maximum voltage for the HF unit is 110 kV +/-10 % : this corresponds to a
VHV value between 99 and 121 kV.
– In order to reduce dielectric stress and increase reliability, it is the usual practice to make sure that the
VHV is never higher than 114 kV.
– Verify, with Wisconsin test, cassette that the VHV is between 104 and 114 kV : take into account the
measurement error (relatively high) introduced by indirect measurement from the quality of the
X–ray radiation.
– Use the calibration curve of the test cassette for triphase generator.
Use a densitometer.
If the measurements are not consistent, measure the voltage VD as follows :
– Connect, to the ground (0 V of the PWB), pin 3 of 3A12 Op114.
– Connect a digital voltmeter (10 ME input impedance) between 3A12PL1.7 and 3A12PL1.10.
– Select DC mode.
– Switch ON the unit.
– Select MANUAL–FLUORO.
– Select 110 kV – 0.1 mA.
– Initiate fluoro and note the value VD displayed on the voltmeter.
– Remove the bridge between ground and Op114.3.
– VD value must be between 52.5 and 55.5 volts.
– If the results of the VD measure and Wisconsin test cassette are out of tolerances, the unit is faulty.
– If the PWBs are correct, read just 3A12–R216 in order to obtain 54.2 V. (VD).
– With the Wisconsin test cassette, verify that the kV value is now within the tolerances.
See CHAP. 4 for TESTS CDRH compliance
6 . 129
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 202 1 of 2
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
KV CIRCUIT (3A12 – R216) – DIAGRAM 23D
MEASURE WITH KEITHLEY 35080.
Date: May 1993
Time: 2 H.
Manpower: 1
3A12 kV mA 829 825 G025
TPE7
TPE8
PIN 3
6 . 130
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 202 2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
–
–
–
–
–
Keithley 35080 kVp Divider, (or equivalent)
(32865C Filter Pack, 65 kV – 135 kV)
Note : conversion factor for this pack : +.55V
Digital multimeter
Oscilloscope
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
xray tube head
keithley
keithley must be
perpendicular to
anode/cathode axis
– De–energize the mobile system
– The specification of the maximum voltage for the H.F. Generator is 110 kV +/-10 %, 99 kV to 121 kV.
– In order to reduce dielectric stress and increase reliability, it is the usual practice to make sure that 114 kV
is never exceeded! (Use Keithley to verify).
3 – PROCEDURE
3A12 AR114 pin3
Temporarily place a jumper from 3A12 Op114 pin 3 to com. Nick C. usually skips this
step
Connect a DVM between 3A12PL1.7 and 3A12PL1.10 (50–60
Vdc).Or use KV+ = TPE8 KV- =TEP7
Turn unit on.
Select manual – Fluoro, 110 kV, .1mA. 2 mA
Initiate Fluoro and note voltage reading on DVM.
A value of 54.2 Vdc on the DVM should correspond to 110 kV on the Keithley, with a range of
52.5 Vdc to 55.5 Vdc. 1v = 2kv across TP8 to TP7 (=kvp feedback from internal bleeder)
– Adjust 3A12 – R216 to achieve if necessary Adjust for 110 kvp if necessary
– Remove jumper from Op114.
–
–
–
–
–
–
See chapter 4 for CDRH TESTING REQUIREMENTS
6 . 131
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 203 1 of 2
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
TRAVEL SAFETY (3A19 – R123)
DIAGRAM 38B.
Time: 30 min.
Date: May 1993
Inverter SCR crossfire safety
Manpower: 1
P
L1
PL
1
3A19 COMMANDE SCR 2 828 982 G035
30 micro second delay
6 . 132
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 203 2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Dual channel oscilloscope.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – PROCEDURE
Connect an oscilloscope as follow :
Probe x10
Channel A
Channel B
Sweep
V/div
Trigger
3A19.E125 TPE125 see previous page
3A19.E172 TPE172 see previous page
2 s/div, single shot 10 micro seconds/ division
0.2 V/div 5v/div
channel A, DC external +
– Energize the mobile system.
– Select 40 kV and 0.1 mA, manual fluoro mode.
– Adjust 3A19 R 123 to obtain a delay of 30 S by commanding a fluoro operation.
6 . 133
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 204 1 of 2
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
FLUORO ADJUSTMENT (3A26 – R9)
DIAGRAM 81E FILAMENT 4.
Date: May 1993
Time: 1 H.
Manpower: 1
Remove
W33 and
insert mA
meter
3A26 CHAUFFAGE FILAMENTS 4
6 . 134
829 357 G055
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 204 2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– DC milliammeter.
– Extender board.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – PROCEDURE
– Remove the cover of the X–Ray head – see sheet D/R 3
– Remove the jumper at the divider PWB 6A1 and connect a DC milliammeter (10 mA full scale)
to the current measuring circuit. Jumper = W33 on xray tube head (see previous page)
CAUTION : CHECK CONTINUITY OF THE CIRCUIT
– Position circuit 3A26 on the extender board. Not necessary
– Connect the PWB ground to the ground of the card rack.
– Energize the mobile system.
– Select the fluoro manual mode.
– Display 40 kV and 6 mA.
– Initiate fluoro.
– Adjust 3A26 R 9 so that 6.1 mA is read on the milliammeter (0.1 mA consumed in the HV divider).
– Switch OFF the unit R9 = bottom pot see previous page
– Replace the jumper after adjustment.
– Reinstall the cover of the X–Ray head.
See CHAP. 4–2 for CDRH COMPLIANCE TEST.
6 . 135
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 205 1 of 2
Purpose:
Time:
Version No.: 0
FLUORO PREHEATING (3A26 – R3)
DIAGRAM 84D FILAMENT 4.
Date:
Filament boost Fluoro
3A26 CHAUFFAGE FILAMENTS 4
Manpower:
829 357 G055
6 . 136
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 205 2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Dual channel oscilloscope.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – PROCEDURE
– Connect an oscilloscope as follows:
Probe X10 3A26.23A 3A26 bd pin 23A
Sweep
20 ms/div 50mS/div
V/div
20 mV/div 200mV/div
Trigger
external DC + to 3A26.24A
Ground
rack ground
– Energize the mobile system.
– Display 40 kV and 0.5 mA.
– Fluoro mode (manual).
– Command short fluoro sequences
– Adjust 3A26.R3 to obtain a minimum rise time of the scope mA current.
The signal is triggered on the leading edge of the 85% kV signal. illustrations A, B and C.
Adjust until the correct signal is obtained (B).
See chap. 4–2 TEST for CDRH compliancy
6 . 137
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 206 1 of 2
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
FLUORO TIMER – DIAGRAM 103A.
Date: May 1993
Time: 20 min.
Manpower: 1
3A12 kV mA 829 825 G025
TPE3
6 . 138
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 206 2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Dual channel oscilloscope.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – PROCEDURE
– Position the kV–mA PWB 3A12 on the extender.
– Connect the PWB ground to the ground of the board rack.
– Connect an oscilloscope as follows:
Probe X10
3A12.E3 3A12 TPE3 see previous page
Sweep
2 ms/div 5mS/div
20 mSec
V / div
0.5 V/div 2v/div
period
Trigger
Line
Ground
board rack ground
– Apply voltage to the unit.
– Select the Fluoro mode.
– Display 40 kV – 0.1 mA.
– Initiate fluoro
– Adjust 3A12.R217 to obtain a time T = 20 ms.
– Reset Fluoro Timer 5 min.
– Initiate a continuous sequence of Fluoro during 5 minutes and verify with the chronometer that
the buzzer is energised after 4 min 26 sec +/–12 sec and that the X–Ray emission is stopped after
4 min 56 sec +/–13 sec.
– Readjust R217 if necessary and verify.
See chap. 4–2 TEST for CDRH compliancy.
6 . 139
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 207 1 of 2
Purpose:
RAD SAFETY DIAGRAM 83D FILAMENT 4.
Version No.: 00
Date: May 1993
Time: 15 min. Backup timer for 160 max. maS exceeded
3A26 CHAUFFAGE FILAMENTS 4
6 . 140
Manpower: 1
829 357 G055
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 207 2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Dual channel oscilloscope.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – PROCEDURE
A : 7 SECONDS SAFETY for 220 vac power
–
–
–
–
–
Remove 5A1.PL2 connector (PB PUISSANCE CHAUFFAGE). disables filament drive (no xray)
Energize the mobile system.
Select the RAD mode.
Display 40 kV – 160 mAs.
Adjust 3A26–R7 so that the exposure is stopped after 7 +/–0.2 seconds.
The adjustment is made by using the fluoro timer display as reference and adjusting 3A26.R7
so that the exposure is stopped as soon as the number 7 appears.
– Switch OFF the mobile
Remember:
remove 5A1.PL2
connector for 120
vac only systems
too.
B : 15 SECONDS SAFETY for 120 vac power reduced power
Switch 3A3.S133.B into ON position will already be on for 120 vac systems
Switch ON the unit
Select RAD mode, 40 kV, 160 mAs actual mA = 24 mA
Adjust 3A26.R8 so that the exposure is stopped after 15 +/–0.5 seconds ccw decreases time 2 turns/sec
The adjustment is performed by using the Fluoro timer display as reference and adjusting 3A26R8
so that the exposure is stopped as soon as the number ”11” appears. 15 appears
– Switch OFF the unit
– Switch 3A3.S133.B into OFF position don't do if you have 120 vac system
– Connect 5A1.PL2 connector
–
–
–
–
6 . 141
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 208 1 of 4
Purpose:
RAD MA – RAD PREHEATING (3A26 – R4)
DIAGRAM 84B FILAMENT 4.
Time: 1 H 30.
filament boost Rad
Version No.: 00
Date: May 1993
Manpower: 1
Only do if you have radiographic cassette option
A31
A32
solder
side
3A26 CHAUFFAGE FILAMENTS 4
6 . 142
829 357 G055
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 208 2 of 4
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Dual channel oscilloscope 50 MHz.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– Check that the ground connections of the PWB are connected to the earth of the board rack.
3 – PROCEDURE
– Position 3A26 on extender board.
– Connect an oscilloscope to A26.a32
–Vertical sensitivity
1 V/div.
–External trigger
DC – at 3A26.a31 (schematics 81D – PRE signal)
–Time basis
20 ms/div. 50 mS/div
– Select radiography mode – 100 kV – 5 mAs. R4 ccw decreases adjust for waveform A on next page
– Make a few exposures and adjust A26–R4 to obtain a current of 20 mA (1V = 10mA) at the beginning
of the exposure. See oscillogram A to D. 20 mA for 220 vac (13 mA for 120 vac system)
NOTE : 20 mA Rad adjustment is performed with only 1 potentiometer and it is normal that tube current
is too low at the beginning of the exposure.
So, for 40 kV and 60 mA, the tube current at the beginning of the exposure is about 15 mA and
reaches 60 mA after about 40 msec.
This situation is correct.
In all ways, kV and mA values are correct, only the time of the exposure is a bit longer but without
influence on the quality of the exposure.
6 . 143
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 208 3 of 4
PRECHAUFFAGE – PREHEATING
6 . 144
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 208 4 of 4
VERIFICATION OF TUBE CURRENT IN RAD MODE
– Remove upper cover of X–Ray Head : see sheet D/R 3
– Remove mA jumper on 6A1 and connect a milliamperemeter DC in current measure circuit : see RG 204.
Jumper = W33 on xray tubehead
Caution : CHECK THE CONTINUITY OF THE CIRCUIT
kV
40 kV
50 kV
60 kV
70 kV
80 kV
100 kV
Current
60 +/–3 mA
54.5 +/–2.8 mA
47.2 +/–2.4 mA
40.9 +/–2.1 mA
32.2 +/–1.7 mA
29.2 +/–1.3 mA
For 220 vac systems.
Fixed mA values Eprom driven based
on selected KVP.
NOTE : mA will be measured after tube current stabilisation
For US model : 120 vac systems
– Switch 3A3 Sm133.B into ON position already on
– Perform the following measurements :
40 kV
100 kV
25.7 +/–2 mA
12.8 +/–1 mA
– Switch 3A3.Sm133 A into OFF position Leave on for 120 vac systems
– Remove 3A26 PWB from the extender board and reinstall it.
– Remove the milliamperemetre DC and reinstall the jumper on 6A1.Tb24
See CHAP. 4–2 TESTS for CDRH compliancy.
6 . 145
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 209 1 of 2
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
RAD / FLUORO SWITCH CHECK.
Date: May 1993
Time: 20 min.
Manpower: 1
5A1 PUISSANCE CHAUFFAGE 4
1.5 seconds is normal
6 . 146
829 355 G015
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 209 2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– Dual channel oscilloscope 50 MHz.
– Rad Preheating adjustment must be correct (see sheet RG 208)
Use scope in differential mode
channel 1 CR5 anode
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
channel 2 CR5 cathode (select add mode)
– De–energize the mobile system. Gnd to chassis
3 – PROCEDURE
Option remove AL filter in collimator & watch for filament switching
– The fluoroscopy/radiography switch must take place within a maximum of 1 second. 1.5 sec normal
– Check: connect an oscilloscope in differential mode to the terminals of 5A1–CR5 (see diagram 90D).
External trigger
DC + at A26–36A
Sweep
0.5 sec/div
V/div
50 Vdc/div
– Energize the mobile system.
– Check that switches occur correctly in the X–ray housing
– Remove the cover and examine the focal spots.
Looking at the apparatus from in front of the control panel, fluoroscopy focal spot is on the left.
– In fluoroscopy or radiography, only one focal spot must exist in stabilized conditions.
6 . 147
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 210 1 of 2
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
MAS INTEGRATORS (3A26 – R6)
DIAGRAM 82C FILAMENT 4.
Date: May 1993
Time: 1H. Rad Function
Manpower: 1
Only do if you have radiographic cassette option
3A26 CHAUFFAGE FILAMENTS 4
6 . 148
829 357 G055
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 210 2 of 2
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
– mAs meter.
– Wire grip.
2 – PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– De–energize the mobile system.
3 – PROCEDURE
– Remove the X–ray head upper cover. See sheet D/R 3
– Remove the bridge of divider circuit 6A1. W33 mA jumper wire located on xray tube head
– Insert an mAs meter into the current measuring circuit (adjustment of Fluoro output) on the
divider PWB 6A1.
– CAUTION : CHECK THE CONTINUITY OF THE CIRCUIT
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Energize the unit.
Select RAD mode.
Display 80 kV – 4 mAs.
Command a RAD exposure and adjust 3A26.R5 (diagram 82C) to obtain a reading of 4 +/–0.05 mAs
at the control mAs meter. R5 = mAS intergrator adjustment
Display 80 kV – 80 mAs.
Command a RAD exposure and adjust 3A26.R6 to obtain a reading of 80 +/–0.05 mAs on the control
mAs meter. Using mA meter alone 13.2 mA x 6 sec = 79.2 mAS
Check the other positions of the mAs.
The tolerance on the mAs is 10% +/–0.1 mAs over the entire range.
De–energize the mobile system.
Disconnect the mAs meter from the measurement circuit and install the bridge on divider circuit 6A1.
Replace the X–ray head upper cover.
6 . 149
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 211 1 of 7
Purpose:
Time: 2 H.
Version No.: 00
AUTOMATIC FLUORO SYSTEM
ADJUSTMENT.
Date: May 1993
ABC response
Manpower: 1
3A5.A82 pin 6 can be checked easily by
clipping onto the top of R108
BA
PL
1
BA
PL2
3A5 MINUTERIE 832 501 G015
6 . 150
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 211 2 of 7
1 – TOOLS REQUIRED
–
–
–
–
–
–
Double beam Oscilloscope, double time base.
3 cm of plastic material (polyamide or polyethylene)
2 mm of Aluminium.
2 mm of copper.
0.8 mm of copper.
1 plastic tray.
2 – PRELIMINARY REMARK
– This procedure is valid for the 828 970 G 015 MINUTERIE board
3 – ADJUSTMENT PREREQUISITE
– The image system must be correctly and completely adjusted. (See RG 251) .
– The X–ray head cover must be in place.
4 – ADJUSTMENTS
4.1 X–RAY EMISSION REFERENCE
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Place a 2 mm copper absorption at the outlet of the X–ray head.
Connect an oscilloscop on 3A5.b9 (cde ABD) DVM
On the control console :
select FLUORO MANUAL mode
select HIGH DEFINITION FLUORO (HLC)
if unit is equiped with a 22 cm imager, the ZOOM mode must not be selected.
Select 75 kV
Initiate Fluoro and select mA parameters in order to read on the measure device a value of 2.1+/–0.05 Volts
(control ABD value).
– Note – mA and kV values :
these 2 values determine the reference rate of X–ray emission.
4.2 DOSE REFERENCE
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Place a 2 mm copper absorption at the outlet of the X–Ray head.
Connect an oscilloscop on 3A5.A82.6 operational amplifier See note on previous page for
easy scope placement
On the control console :
select MANUAL FLUORO mode
select HIGH DEFINITION FLUORO (HLC)
select mA and kV values corresponding to the X–ray emission reference (see 4.1)
Initiate FLUORO and adjust 3A5.R65 in order to read on the measure device an average value
of 0 +/–10 mV.
6 . 151
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 211 3 of 7
6 . 152
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 211 4 of 7
4.3 LOOP GAIN PREADJUSTMENT
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Preadjust the potentiometers :
3A5.R67 fully CCW (zero hysteresis)
3A5.R60 fully CW (min. phase adjustment)
3A5.R66 mid range
Connect an oscilloscop
Probe
A 3A5.a7
Trigger ext. DC + to 3A5b8
Select Automatic Fluoro, standard Fluoro
108
With an absorption requiring a VHV included between 105 and 110 kV; adjust 3A5.R66 in order to obtain
a rise time of VHV of 0.55 sec. KVP
Observe the analog kV signal at the A7 output of 3A5 by taking only VHV build–up time into consideration
and leaving stabilization problems to a later stage.
4.4 PHASE LEAD AND LOOP GAIN ADJUSTMENT
IMPORTANT remark concerning stability adjustments for the scope regulation loop :
– Water and plastic are ideal (polyamide or polyethylene) for phantom absorption.
The regulation loop is less stable when a copper phantom is used.
Variation in image signal output in response to a kV variation will be much ronger for copper than
for an organic tissue equivalent material.
– If regulation loop adjustment is carried out under very strict conditions, a weaker loop gain is chosen to
obtain a response with sufficient stability.
This adjustment using copper obtains a slower response speed than that obtained using an organic
substance.
6 . 153
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 211 5 of 7
Good
filtration set for
108 kvp
550
msec
filtraion set for
60 kvp
6 . 154
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Goal: ABC stable within 1 second for digital to capture image
Job Card RG 211 6 of 7
Adj. R60 (oscillation/damping) and R66 (rise time) to get balance between
108 kv ABC response and 60 kv ABC response. Want fastest rise time
without oscillation. May need to adjust section 4.5 (hysterisis) first. Image on
Connect an oscilloscop monitor should get to proper brightness without oscillating. A good test is to
select electronic radiography with zero FNR and see if the image is stable
– Probe
3A5.b9 before the image is captured via last image hold.
– Trigger
ext. DC + to 3A5.b8
see waveforms previous page
PHASE ADJUSTMENT
With the same absorption determined in § 4.3, adjust 3A5.R60 in order to obtain image without overshoot
of the control ABD signal. Turning R60 too far CCW will cause oscillation
Select absorption in order to obtain a HV regulation of about 60 kV.
Observe control ABD signal on 3A5.b9 and correct if necessary gain adjustment (R66) and phase adjustment
(R60) in order to obtain an image without oscillation and with a maximum glare displayed by an overshoot
of 33% max.
Then check that high kV regulation takes place in a sufficiently short period : T2 = 1000 msec max.
Check that the value of control ABD signal is included between 95 and 105% of nominal value after
1000 msec of the beginning of the X–ray exposure with different absorptions, in FLUORO and
HIGH DEFINITION FLUORO mode and AUTOMATIC mode. 2.1 volts dc otherwise redo section 4.1
if necessary
Check that low kV regulation occurs without oscillation.
Only one positive overshoot of the ABD control signal corresponding to monitor glare is accepted. At 60 kv
Maximum acceptable glare is characterized by a 50% overshoot of the ABD control signal for a regulation
( 45 +/–1 KV ).
4.5 HYSTERESIS ADJUSTMENT
Purpose of the Hysteresis circuit
The automatic control finds the kV/mA pair to which the ABD control signal (C.C.D. camera output), equal
to the reference signal (i.e. zero signal error), corresponds.
The kV/mA variations are discrete and in order to avoid continuous flutter around the equilibrium value, a
hysteresis defining a zone without corrections of X–Rays intensity is needed.
Hysteresis values must be limited to those that are truly useful in order to obtain an easily duplicated
operating point.
The results of an automatic control mechanism correction are greater at low kV because the increments are
constant over kV, due to the kV/mA linkage principle.
Hysteresis value adjustment :
3A5 R67 will be adjusted to obtain a potential difference of 1.75 Volt at the potentiometer terminals.
6 . 155
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 211 7 of 7
4.6 OPERATION CHECK
Check the correct operation of the automatic control using different filters and varying amounts of water in
the tray, for different absorption values, characterized by :
– appearance of image without abnormal glare (see § 4.4) and without apparent oscillation,
– the constancy of radiologic stabilization date of the automatic control for successive scope operations
with identical absorption,
– modification of radiologic date due to automatic control, for small variations in absorption.
6 . 156
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
6 . 157
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 212 1 of 6
Purpose:
3A1 INTERFACE DSM PWB (201 – 210B).
Version No.: 00
Date: May 1993
Time: 30 min.
Manpower: 1
3A1 INTERFACE DSM
Channel A
828 988 G035
T1
3A1 E123
R151
0.5 V/div
200 mS/div
T2
Channel B
6 . 158
3A1 E124
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 212 2 of 6
1. TOOLS REQUIRED
– Oscilloscope
2. PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
– All the potentiometers are FACTORY CALIBRATED.
– This procedure will be performed only if accidental uncalibration occures.
3. CONDITIONS
The image system must be completely and correctely adjusted (see corresponding manual).
4. PROCEDURE
NOTE : The waveforms are given for your guidance.
The parameters of the oscilloscope adjustment are different of the parameters given in the procedure.
– Switch OFF the unit
– Install 3A1 PB on extender card
– Connect ground of 3A1 to card rack ground
– Power ON the unit.
4.1
T1 DELAY ADJUSTMENT
Connect the scope as follows :
Probe x10
V/div
Sweep
Trigger
Memory
3A1.E123
0.5V/div
200 mS/div
Int. DC–
Memory ON
– On the control console, select E.R. (Electron Rad)
– Initiate Fluoro sequence
– Adjust 3A1R151 in order to obtain a delay of 1000 +/–20 ms.
4.2
T2 DELAY CHECK
Connect the scope as follows :
channel A :
channel B :
Probe x10
Probe x10
V/div
Sweep
Trigger
Memory
3A1.E123
3A1.E124
0.5V/div
200 mS/div
Int. DC– channel A
Memory ON
– On 3A1 connector, jump 3A1.a8 to 3A1.a20 ( STOP DSM signal maintains to 1 )
– Initiate FLUORO
– Verify that the delay, triggered on the rising edge of T1, is 880 +/–100 ms.
6 . 159
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 212 3 of 6
Channel A
0.5 V/div
10 mS/div
T3
Channel A
0.5 V/div
100 mS/div
T4
Channel A
0.5 V/div
200 mS/div
T5
6 . 160
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 212 4 of 6
4.3
T3 DELAY CHECK
Connect the scope as follows :
Probe x10
V/div
Sweep
Trigger
3A1.E122
0.5V/div
10 msec/div
Ext. DC– on 3A1.a17 (OX)
– On 3A1 connector, jump 3A1.a8 to 3A1.a20
– Select NORMAL FLUORO MODE
– Initiate FLUORO and release RX control
T3 Delay is triggered by the falling edge of the RX control.
– Verify that the delay is 62 +/-8 ms
4.4
T4 DELAY ADJUSTMENT
Connect the scope as follows :
Probe x10
V/div
Sweep
Trigger
3A1.E126
0.5V/div
100 msec/div
Int. DC– (channel A)
– Select PULSED FLUORO on the control console.
– Initiate FLUORO sequence.
Delay T4 is generated after the first RX pulse.
– Adjust 3A1.R152 in order to obtain a delay of 500 +/–10 ms.
4.5
T5 MINIMUM DELAY CHECK
Connect the scope as follows :
Probe x10
V/div
Sweep
Trigger
–
–
–
–
3A1.E127
0.5V/div
200 msec/div
Int. DC– (channel A)
On 3A1 connector, jump 3A1.a8 to 3A1.a20.
Select PULSED FLUORO mode.
Initiate FLUORO sequence.
Verify that T5 delay is 880 +/–100 ms.
6 . 161
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 212 5 of 6
Channel A
0.5 V/div
200 mS/div
6 . 162
3A1 E121
R150
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 212 6 of 6
4.6
T6 PULSED FLUORO RATE ADJUSTMENT
Connect the scope as follows :
Probe x10
V/div
Sweep
Trigger
3A1.E121
0.5V/div
200 msec/div
Int. DC+ (channel A)
– Select PULSED FLUORO MODE
– Initiate FLUORO sequence
– Adjust 3A1.R150 in order to obtain a delay T6 of 1000 +/–50 ms.
With T4 = 500 ms, the pulse rate is 1 X–ray pulse / 1.5 second.
– Remove connection between 3A1.a8.a20.
4.7.
ANODE COOLING PAUSE SAFETY ADJUSTMENT (not used)
This adjusment is valid only for the PWB INTERFACE DSM.
Code number 828 988 G 035
Connect the probe to 3A1.E608
– Sweep
– Trigger
0.5 Sec/Div
DC–internal
– Position SW 602.2 (B) to ON
– Select ER mode (Election Radiography)
– Initiate exposure
– Adjust 3A1.R604 in order to obtain a delay of 2 sec +/–0.4 sec.
– Position SW 602.2 (B) to OFF
6 . 163
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
6 . 164
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 213 1 of 1
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
PWB SWITCHES PROGRAMMATION.
Date: May 1993
Time:
Manpower:
No et Nom du CI
Switch No
EUR.
USA
2A1
PUPITRE MODULE G2
828 986 G015
S58 1–4
2–3
S59 1–4
2–3
S60 1–4
2–3
(A)
(B)
(A)
(B)
(A)
(B)
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
The 3 switches determine the function of BP 2A1 Sm 35
Stenoscop 2 (D6/D9)
HIGH QUALITY or STANDARD FLUORO mode
selection
Stenoscop LE
BLOCKING OF MEMORIZATION ( DR )
2A2
PUPITRE MODULE D2
S528 1–4
2–3
(A)
(B)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON = Possibility of camera sweeps inversions
OFF = No possibility of camera sweeps inversions
S502 1–4
(A)
ON
ON
2–3
(B)
OFF
ON
S602 1–4
(A)
OFF
OFF
2–3
(B)
OFF
OFF
ON =
OFF =
ON =
OFF =
ON =
OFF =
ON =
OFF =
RX Hold in SP and ER mode ( SN )
No RX Hold in SP and ER mode ( SN )
No RX Hold in SN mode
RX Hold in SN mode
RX Hold in SN mode during T1+T2 (if S502 B OFF)
RX Hold in SN mode during T1 (if S502 B OFF)
ACP delay activated
ACP delay not activated
S133 1–8
2–7
3–6
4–5
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON =
ON =
OFF =
OFF =
AGC Camera ON
Reduced power
Beam standby mode
Go to black function inactive
S501 1–4
(A)
ON
ON
2–3
(B)
ON
ON
ON = Stenoccop 2 9” – 22cm
OFF = Stenoscop 2 6” – 16cm
OFF = Led PB II mode OFF
S140 1–4
2–3
(A)
(B)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON = 2A1 Sm35 bistable function
OFF = 2A1 Sm35 instable funcntion
ON = Iris TV camera disconnected
Switch Position
FONCTION
828 984 G025
3A1
INTERFACE DSM
828 988 G035
3A3
DIAPHRAGMES 2
832 502 G015
3A9
CONSIGNE kV / mA 2
828 980 G035 (D6/D9)
OR
828 980 G045 (LE)
3A19
COMMANDE SCR 2
828 982 G025
3A26
CHAUFFAGE FILAMENTS 4 829357G035
S246 1–4
2–3
(A)
(B)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON = Buzzer ON in HIGHT QUALITY FL mode
ON = Buzzer ON in HIGHT QUALITY FL and ER mode
S76 1–8
2–7
3–6
4–5
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
S528 1–4
2–3
(A)
(B)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON = RAD Exposure at reduced power
ON = Used only in calibration procedure (reduced ma)
X = position indifférente
6 . 165
=
=
=
=
Unit without memory
RAD Exposure not autorised from Footswitch
RAD Exposure autorised from RAD?FL handswitch
RAD Exposure not autorised from consol PB
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
xvi.
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 166
Blank page
6 . 166
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
xvi.
6–5–5
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 167
DAP R/G SHEET
6 . 167
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 240 1 of 6
Purpose:
CALIBRATION DOSE AREA PRODUCT
METER.
Time:
Version No.: 00
Date: September 1996
Manpower:
SECTION 1
PROCEDURE.
1.1
Calibration
The principle of Model 841–SO calibration is shown in Illustration 1 . A and 1 . C show the importance
of correct offset adjustment prior to calibration.
This can be confirmed after the warm up period by ensuring the display remains at zero for 30 minutes
following pressing the reset button. If this is not the case please refer to the positive offset adjustment
procedure in the service section of this manual. The test for negative drift requires the test button to be
pressed and the result noted. The display can then be reset. After 30 minutes press the test button again, the
reading should be no lower than 5 digits compared with the recorded reading. If it is, refer to the negative
offset adjustment procedure in the service section of this manual.
The process of calibration is illustrated in diagrams 1 . E and 1 . F. The transfer function between the
reference measurement and the indication on the Model 841–SO will be a straight line as the instrument is
inherently linear over a 400,000:1 dynamic range. Assuming the offset adjustment is correct, calibration
involves adjustment of a scaling factor within the Model 841–SO to obtain correspondence between the
reference instrument and the DAP display. Therefore a single dose rate measurement is all that is required to
achieve the correct calibration as indicated in diagram 1 . F.
1.1.1 Some Useful Information Related to Calibration.
Energy Response.
Inspection of the specification will confirm the Model 841–SO chamber has a flat energy response from
50kVp to l50kVp to within 3 %. Calibration can therefore be carried out at any energy and 80kVp has been
selected. However, this is not the case when the energy response is modified by absorbing or scattering
material within the beam path. In these circumstances it is recommended that calibration is carried out at the
most frequently used energy or the average energy used. After completing a calibration it is wise to repeat
the measurement at several energies to ensure variation of DAP readings are within expected tolerances.
Dose Rate Used.
It has been stated that the Model 841–SO chamber has a linear response with dose rate, nevertheless it is
advisable to use a total dose and dose rate towards the upper limit of expected values for the calibration.
6 . 168
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 240 2 of 6
Units.
This model displays mGycm2 only.
cGycm2 can be obtained by10 dividing by 10. This is also the factor used for Rcm2
ILLUSTRATION 1
calibration and offset graphs.
ILLUSTRATION 1 . A
ILLUSTRATION 1 . B
Display
Display
Positive offset
corrected following
adjustment
procedure
Error due to
positive
offset
Actual
Actual
ILLUSTRATION 1 . C
ILLUSTRATION 1 . D
Display
Display
Positive offset
corrected following
adjustment
procedure
Error due to
positive
offset
Actual
Actual
6 . 169
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 240 3 of 6
ILLUSTRATION 1 . E
ILLUSTRATION 1 . F
Display
Display
Positive offset
corrected following
adjustment
procedure
Error due to
positive
offset
Actual
Actual
1.2
Calibration Procedure.
The aim of calibration is to equalize the displayed DAP reading to that of a reference instrument located at a
typical patient examination distance as illustrated in Illustration 2. The Model 841–SO is mounted on the
face of the X–ray tube collimator unit. If a couch top or other radiation absorbing obstruction is normally
between the collimator and patient, it should remain in situ during calibration.
A reference chamber must be placed in such a position that it is totally within the radiation beam. To evaluate
this, follow the procedure listed below:
Place a film cassette on the reference dosemeter as shown in Illustration 2. Expose with radiation and process
the film. An image similar to that in Illustration 3 should be visible. From this, confirmation can be obtained
that the reference chamber is now within the radiation beam and the total field size may be measured from the
image on the film.
The collimator is set to give a defined field size at the patient plane (i.e. at the reference dosemeter). If the
field size is for example, 100 cm2) and the reference dosemeter gives a point source reading, (i.e. 1 cm2), the
Model 841–SO DAP reading should be 100 times the reference dosemeter reading. That is to say; the Model
841–SO should display the reference dosemeter reading multiplied by the field area. (Field size is 100 cm2).
Many reference dosemeters present the results in Roentgens (R). To convert to mGycm2 multiply by 8.7.
i.e. DOSE AREA PRODUCT = Reading on reference meter * field area * 8.7.
6 . 170
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 240 4 of 6
ILLUSTRATION 2
Ref. dose meter with Chamber.
Optional phantom to apply
Backscatter correction (see text).
Casssette with Film to establish
size correction factor.
Couch top or other in
beam absorber (see text).
Set Field size
smaller than DAP
Chamber, larger
than Ref. dose
Chamber.
Typical patient /
examination distance.
DAP
Chamber
Collimator
All measurement equipment
symmetric to central axis.
X–Ray Tube
6 . 171
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 240 5 of 6
ILLUSTRATION 3
x
R
Field
Image
y
Chamber
Image
X–Ray Film
1.3
Calibration Adjustment.
1. Set the X–ray machine to 80 kVp and the field size to 100 cm2 at the reference chamber.
2. Access to the calibration control is gained via hole A of the electronic enclosure cover,
(see below).Illustration 4
6 . 172
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 240 6 of 6
ILLUSTRATION 4
B
A
3. Reset the reference dosemeter and the Model 841–SO, then take an X–ray exposure. Record the result of
the reference dosemeter and the Model 841–SO.
4. Calculate and record the DOSE AREA PRODUCT.
5. Compare the calculated dose area product with the displayed value on the Model 841–SO. Reset the
Model 841–SO. Adjust calibration control using the precision screwdriver provided, anticlockwise to
increase or clockwise to decrease the displayed value. This change will be apparent after the next X–ray
exposure.
6. Repeat sections C & D again until the displayed value on Model 841–SO is equal to, or within, 5 % of the
calculated value. The unit is now calibrated.
7. The unit is now ready for use.
8. Press the ’TEST’ button.
Record the new test number on the TEST RECORD sheet round in Appendix B.
RESET
TEST
6 . 173
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
xvii.
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 174
Blank page
6 . 174
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
xvii.
6–5–6
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 175
IMAGER R/G SHEETS
6 . 175
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 250 1 of 3
Purpose:
INTERFACE CONTROLS ALIGNMENT
CHECK. ( IMAGER )
Time:
Version No.: 00
Date: April 1995
Manpower:
SECTION 1
NECESSARY REPLACEMENT
None.
SECTION 2
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
D
Standard tool kit.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
1. Remove power from the Stenoscop.
2. Read the safety precautions concerning x–ray systems.
WARNING
THIS UNIT IS IN EMC COMPLIANCE WITH THE IEC 601–1–2
STANDARD.
DURING ANY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY,
ENSURE THAT ALL THE SHIELDS ARE CORRECTLY
INSTALLED.
TAKE ALL USUAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRONIC
BOARD MANIPULATION (I.E., MATS AND BRACELETS TO
PROTECT AGAINST ELECTRONIC DISCHARGES).
SECTION 4
PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS
1. Remove the II assembly rear cover.
2. Remove the rack cover.
3. Put the CCD Interface Board on an extension board.
6 . 176
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 250 2 of 3
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
Check that the interface signals coming from the Stenoscop reach the II assembly.
5.1
X–Ray ON
1. Connect the multimeter between TP7 (B X–RAY ON) and TP1 (ground).
2. Restore power to the Stenoscop.
3. Check the TP7 voltage: 0 V ±50 mV.
4. Run a fluoroscopy sequence. The voltage in TP7 should shift to +5 V ±50 mV, and the image should
be visible on the monitor.
5.2
CLTV ON
1. Connect the multimeter between TP8 (B CLTV) and TP1 (ground).
2. Check voltages:
– In Manual Mode: 0 V ±50 mV
– In Automatic Mode: +5 V ±50 mV
5.3
PG
1. Connect the multimeter between TP9 (B PG1) and TP1 (ground).
2. Check voltages:
– When idle, or during a fluoroscopy sequence: 0 V ±50 mV
– Rad button pressed: +5 V ±50 mV
5.4
1. Remove power from the II assembly (S1/CCD power supply in OFF position)
2. Replace the CCD Interface Board in the rack.
3. Reset the S1/CCD power supply to the ON position.
SECTION 6
IMAGEUR ALIGNMENT
1. The optical centering adjustments are preset at the factory. Any readjustment should be done only in
case of abnormal functioning. If necessary see ASM Job Card RG 351.
2. Alignment of the Imageur with the longitudinal axis is preset at the factory. In case of a problem, see
Job Card RG 254 of this document.
6 . 177
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 250 3 of 3
SECTION 7
OPERATIONAL CHECK
7.1
Check of the Imageur Functional Features
1. Check the Dose 1/Dose 2 commutation on the CCD Interface Board by pressing the HLC pushbotton
on the Stenoscop Control Console.
– Dose 1 = DS2 ON,
– Dose 2 = DS3 ON.
2. Check the field controls.
a. Normal.
b. Magnifier 1 (22 cm only).
3. Check the ABD window adjustment: 40% of the usable diameter of the image.
6 . 178
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
6 . 179
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 251 1 of 3
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
DOSE ADJUSTMENT.
Date: April 1995
Time:
Manpower:
SECTION 1
NECESSARY REPLACEMENT
None.
SECTION 2
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
D
Electronics tool kit + miniature screwdriver (in Emergency Kit).
D
Digital multimeter.
D
RADCAL Dosimeter 2025AC.
D
Ionization chamber 20 x 5 – 60.
D
Two copper plates, 175 mm x 175 mm, 1 mm thickness.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Read the safety precautions concerning x–ray systems.
WARNING
THIS UNIT IS IN EMC COMPLIANCE WITH THE IEC 601–1–2
STANDARD.
DURING ANY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY,
ENSURE THAT ALL THE SHIELDS ARE CORRECTLY
INSTALLED.
TAKE ALL USUAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRONIC
BOARD MANIPULATION (I.E., MATS AND BRACELETS TO
PROTECT AGAINST ELECTRONIC DISCHARGES).
SECTION 4
PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS
Set Jumper X5 on CCD Interface Board to the Q position.
6 . 180
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 251 2 of 3
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
ABD Signal Offset Adjustment
1. Switch the Stenoscop to Normal Mode.
2. Connect the multimeter between TP1 and TP7, on the CCD Video Board.
3. Check the displayed voltage, without x–rays: 0 V +20/–20 mV.
4. If necessary, adjust to required value using R13/CCD Video Board.
5.2
Dose Adjustment
5.2.1
Preliminary Observations
D
The Imageur 16/22 Stenoscop CCD can operate at two different dose rates (Dose 1 and Dose 2),
corresponding to the two positions of the Iris (Iris 1 and Iris 2, respectively).
D
The Imageur CCD is preset in the factory for the following dose rates:
TABLE 1
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑ
ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
II input dose
In front of the grid
Nominal FOV
22 cm
16 cm
1.8
3.4
+/– 10 %
Dose 1
15.4
29.3
+/– 10 % micro Gy/mn
“ low “
29.6
56.3
+/– 10 % micro R/s
0.3
0.5
+/– 10 % micro Gy/s
3.5
6.8
+/– 10 %
Dose 2
30.5
58.7
+/– 10 % micro Gy/mn
“ high “
58.5
112.5
+/– 10 % micro R/s
0.5
1.0
+/– 10 % micro Gy/s
5.2.2
Dose 2 Adjustment (high dose)
This adjustment is made by adjusting the aperture of Iris 2.
1. Select Dose 2 (high dose) on the Stenoscop.
6 . 181
mR/mn
mR/mn
Image
Intensifier
Behind the grid
Grid
In front of the grid
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 251 3 of 3
2. Place a 2 mm copper attenuation filter on the diaphragm.
3. Place the dosimeter ionization chamber on the Imageur entry window.
4. In Automatic Fluoroscopy, check the voltage between TP1 and TP7 on the CCD Video Board. This
voltage must be equal to 2.1 V. If necessary, readjust it. See Job Card RG 211 .
5. In Manual Fluoroscopy, adjust the fluoroscopy constants so as to obtain the specified Dose 2 dose
rate at the Imageur entry. The kV value must be as close to 75 kV as possible.
6. Check the voltage between TP1 and TP7 on the CCD Video Board. When the desired
Dose 2 value has been reached, this voltage should be equal to 2.1 V ±50 mV.
If not, Iris 2 (corresponding to Dose 2) must be readjusted.
7. Run a fluoroscopy sequence under conditions to obtain the specified Dose 2 dose rate.
8. Adjust the R11/CCD Interface Board so that the voltage between TP1 and TP7, on the CCD Video
Board, is equal to 2.1 V ±50 mV.
5.2.3
Dose 1 Adjustment (low dose)
Select Dose 1 (low dose) on the Stenoscop.
1. In manual fluoroscopy, adjust the fluoroscopy constants so as to obtain the specified Dose 1 dose rate
at the Imageur entry. The kV value must be as close to 75 kV as possible.
2. Check the voltage between TP1 and TP7 on the CCD Video Board. When the desired
Dose 1 value has been reached, this voltage should be 2.1 V ±50 mV. If not, Iris 1 (corresponding to
Dose 1) must be readjusted.
3. Run a fluoroscopy sequence under conditions to obtain the specified Dose 1 dose rate.
4. Adjust the R10/CCD Interface Board so that the voltage between TP1 and TP7, on the CCD Video
Board, is 2.1 V ±50 mV.
Note:
5.2.4
Regardless of the values of the doses adjusted, the following must always be true:
Dose 1 < Dose 2 (low dose < high dose).
Check
1. Select Dose 2 (high dose) on the Stenoscop.
2. Check the adjustment of Paragraph 5.2.2. (The Iris must make at least one round trip for the iris to be
precisely adjusted.)
Note:
On the Imageur 16/22 CCD the third position of the Iris, for Graphic Mode, is never used.
6 . 182
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
6 . 183
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 252 1 of 2
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
“X–RAY ON “ DELAY ADJUSTMENT.
Date: April 1995
Time:
Manpower:
SECTION 1
REPLACEMENT
None.
SECTION 2
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
D
Electronics tool kit + miniature screwdriver (in Emergency Kit).
D
Oscilloscope.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Read the safety precautions concerning x–ray systems.
WARNING
THIS UNIT IS IN EMC COMPLIANCE WITH THE IEC 601–1–2
STANDARD.
DURING ANY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY,
ENSURE THAT ALL THE SHIELDS ARE CORRECTLY
INSTALLED.
TAKE ALL USUAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRONIC
BOARD MANIPULATION (I.E., MATS AND BRACELETS TO
PROTECT AGAINST ELECTRONIC DISCHARGES).
SECTION 4
PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS
None.
6 . 184
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 252 2 of 2
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
Note:
In order to avoid oscillations when starting the fluoroscopy sequence, the automatic mode begins
only after an adjustable time delay has elapsed.
This delay is preset in the factory at 750 ms.
TP7/CCD Interface Board
X–RAY ON
X–RAY ON DELAY (Adjusted by R12 / CCD Video Board ).
AGC VALID
TP10/CCD Video Interface Board
6 . 185
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 253 1 of 2
Purpose:
BLACK LEVEL THRESHOLD ADJUSTMENT.
Version No.: 00
Date: April 1995
Time:
Manpower:
SECTION 1
REPLACEMENT
None.
SECTION 2
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
D
Electronics tool kit + miniature screwdriver (in Emergency Kit).
D
Two copper plates, 175 mm x 175 mm, 1 mm thickness.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Read the safety precautions concerning x–ray systems.
WARNING
THIS UNIT IS IN EMC COMPLIANCE WITH THE IEC 601–1–2
STANDARD.
DURING ANY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY,
ENSURE THAT ALL THE SHIELDS ARE CORRECTLY
INSTALLED.
TAKE ALL USUAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRONIC
BOARD MANIPULATION (I.E., MATS AND BRACELETS TO
PROTECT AGAINST ELECTRONIC DISCHARGES).
SECTION 4
PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
1. Switch the Stenoscop to Automatic Mode.
2. Place a 2–mm copper attenuation filter on the diaphragm.
3. Switch on the ABD window display by setting X8 to S on the CCD Video Board.
4. Run a fluoroscopy sequence in Automatic Mode (with a kV value as close to 75 kV as possible).
5. Close the collimator opaque blades to obtain the image in Illustration 1.
6 . 186
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 253 2 of 2
ILLUSTRATION 1
ABD Window
Opaque shutters
6. Adjust R11, on the CCD Video Board, to blank the shutters on the image.
The image should become:
ILLUSTRATION 2
CAUTION
This adjustment must be made with great care: R11 must be set so that the
shutters are on the limit of disappearing.
This adjustment must be made with the opaque blades.
7. Set X8 back to R on the CCD Video Board.
Note:
Shutter correction is only active in Automatic Mode.
If the shutters do not disappear, check that the CLTV ON signal is correctly transmitted to the
Imageur (Job Card RG 250 Section 5).
6 . 187
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
6 . 188
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 254
Purpose:
1 of 1
Version No.: 00
II ASSEMBLY ALIGNMENT WITH
LONGITUDINAL AXIS.
Date: April 1995
Time:
Manpower:
SECTION 1
REPLACEMENT
None.
SECTION 2
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
D
Electronics tool kit.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Read the safety precautions concerning x–ray systems.
SECTION 4
PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
Note:
This operation is normally done at the factory and should be redone only if an abnormallity is
detected.
1. Remove the cover from the optical unit.
2. Loosen the three attachment screws securing the lens support to the II tube.
3. Adjust the direction of the image by turning the lens support. At the same time, check that the image
is correctly centered in the circular blanking window.
4. Retighten the three attachment screws of the lens support.
5. Put the the cover back in place on the optical unit.
6 . 189
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 255
Purpose:
1 of 3
Version No.: 00
VIDEO SIGNAL LEVEL CHECK.
Date: April 1995
Time:
Manpower:
SECTION 1
REPLACEMENT
None.
SECTION 2
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
D
Electronics tool kit + miniature screwdriver (in Emergency Kit).
D
Two copper plates, 175 mm x 175 mm, 1 mm thickness.
D
Oscilloscope, 20 MHz minimum bandwidth.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Read the safety precautions concerning x–ray systems.
WARNING
THIS UNIT IS IN EMC COMPLIANCE WITH THE IEC 601–1–2
STANDARD. DURING ANY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY,
ENSURE THAT ALL THE SHIELDS ARE CORRECTLY
INSTALLED.
TAKE ALL USUAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRONIC
BOARD MANIPULATION (I.E., MATS AND BRACELETS TO
PROTECT AGAINST ELECTRONIC DISCHARGES).
SECTION 4
PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
1. Connect an oscilloscope probe to TP3, on the CCD Video Board (video output).
2. Place a 2–mm copper attenuation filter on the diaphragm.
3. Run a fluoroscopy sequence in Automatic Mode under nominal conditions. Check the appearance of
the video signal at TP3/CCD Video Board, in Automatic Mode and Manual Mode (see Ill. 1).
6 . 190
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 255 2 of 3
ILLUSTRATION 1
A = 300 ±20 mV
B = 50 ±5 mV
C = 250 ±20 mV
C
TP3
CCD Video Board
Black level
B
Blanking level
A
Under nominal conditions, the average video levels at various points in the Imageur are (see Ill. 2):
D
TP2/CCD Video Board
CCD module output
D = 100 mV ±5 mV
D
TP7/CCD Video Board
ABD output
= +2.1 V ±50 mV
ILLUSTRATION 2
TP2
CCD Video Board
D
Controls with test signal
5.1
The Imageur Steno CCD is equipped with a video test signal generator, which, if necessary, provides
a standard signal that can be used to make all video adjustments.
6 . 191
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 255 3 of 3
ILLUSTRATION 3
TP3
CCD Video Board
C
B
C = 250 mV
B = 50 mV
A = 300 mV
A
To use the test signal generator:
1. Disconnect the plug at J2/CCD Video Board (video input).
2. On the CCD Video Board, set X1 in the B position.
– The test signal is injected at the CCD Video Board input. Test signal intensity
can be adjusted with R10/CCD Video Board (100 mV nominal).
– Remember to reset X1 to A on CCD Video Board once the checks are completed
and to reconnect the plug at J2/CCD Video Board.
5.2
Do not readjust the video settings (gain, offset, black level, gamma, etc.), except if there is a fault.
These adjustments are made at the factory with specialized tooling.
5.3
The operating conditions which enable the gamma correction adjustments are:
Video in at TP2/CCD Video Board: 1 V ±20 mV (D according to Ill. 2)
Video out at TP3/CCD Video Board: 640 mV ±10 mV (C according to Ill. 1)
6 . 192
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 256 1 of 5
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
PERIODIC DOSE CHECK.
Date: April 1995
Time:
Manpower:
SECTION 1
REPLACEMENT
None.
SECTION 2
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
D
Standard Field Engineers toolcase.
D
Two copper plates 175 x 175 mm, 1 mm thick.
D
Dosimeter, Radcal 2025 AC.
D
Ionization chamber 20 x 5 – 60.
D
Digital multimeter.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Observe the safety precautions concerning x–ray systems.
WARNING
THIS UNIT IS IN EMC COMPLIANCE WITH THE IEC 601–1–2
STANDARD.
DURING ANY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY,
ENSURE THAT ALL THE SHIELDS ARE CORRECTLY
INSTALLED.
TAKE ALL USUAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRONIC
BOARD MANIPULATION (I.E., MATS AND BRACELETS TO
PROTECT AGAINST ELECTRONIC DISCHARGES).
SECTION 4
PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS
None.
6 . 193
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 256 2 of 5
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1
Dose Check
Measure the dose in Automatic Mode under norminal conditions (75 kV, 2 mm copper).
If the dose measured is within the allowable tolerence (nominal dose +20%/–0%), the procedure is complete.
If the dose has increased to above 20%, the II tube conversion factor has decreased significantly since the
previous check. Modify the iris aperture as described below.
5.2
Procedure
Preliminary: Check the offset and the ABD gain, with the test signal:
1. On the CCD Video board, disconnect the plug at J2.
2. Check the offset between TPI and TP7 on the CCD Video board: 0 "20 mv. If not repeat the offset
adjustment (refer to job Card RG 250, para 5.1)
3. On the CCD Video board, set X1 in the B position check the level of the input test signal:
Connect a probe of oscilloscope between TP1 and TP2/CCD VIDEO. The level A must be:
A = 100 "5 mv
If necessary, use R10/CCD VIDEO to adjust.
A
4. Check the ABD level between TPI and TP7 on the CCD Video board : 2.1 v "20 mv. If not repeat the
gain adjustement using R6/CCD Video board, so as to obtain the required value.
5. Set X1/CCD Video in the A position and reconnect the plug at J2/CCD Video.
6. Connect a multimeter between TP1 and TP7 on the CCD Video Board.
7. Select Manual Mode on the generator.
8. Open Iris 2 to maximum by rotating R11 on the CCD Interface Board fully cw.
9. Without making an exposure, check that the voltage between TP1 and TP7 on the CCD Video Board
is 0 V "20 mv. If not repeat the offset adjustment (refer to Job Card RG 250, Para 5.1).
10. Under nominal conditions (75 kV, 2–mm copper), adjust the mA value to obtain nominal Dose 2.
6 . 194
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 256 3 of 5
11. Read the voltage between TP1 and TP7 on the CCD Video Board under these conditions. Three
situations may arise:
a. Voltage exceeds 4.2 V
The value read shows by how much the conversion factor is above the minimum value (2.1 V) to
provide nominal illumination for the CCD sensor when the iris is open.
The value represents the iris aperture margin. For example, a voltage of 6.3 V indicates that the
conversion factor could still decrease by a factor of 3 before the iris must be opened.
Adjust Iris 2 followed by Iris 1 (refer to Job Card RG 250).
b. Voltage between 2.1 V and 4.2 V
Remove the cover of the CCD lens assembly (see illustration 1)
Remove the label glued on the printed board IC 301 (PLCC 64 pins) of the Sony module and note
the reference written on this circuit.
Depending of the CCD module reference (label glued on the copper side), make the following
operations:
CCD Module
Reference
IC 301 Reference
2105601
2105603
The imager can work in Dose 2 (High
Dose), but not in Dose 1 (Low Dose).
Adjust R11 on CCD INTERFACE board
to get .1V between TP1 and TP7 on CCD
Video board.
Turn R12 fully CW on CCD INTERFACE board.
Iris 1 (low dose) will be completely
opened.
II tube exchange can be displayed but
must be forecasted.
CXD 1261 R
Replace the CCD Tandem (Compact
Optics).
See ASM 2124131–100 DR004
(*)
CXD 1261 AR
2105601–2
2105601–3
N.A.
The imager can work in Dose 2 (High
Dose), but not in Dose 1 (Low Dose).
Adjust R11 on CCD INTERFACE board
to get 2.1V between TP1 and TP7 on
CCD Video board.
Turn R12 fully CW on CCD INTERFACE board.
Iris 1 (low dose) will be completely
opened.
II tube exchange can be displayed but
must be forecasted.
(*) This CCD tandem exchange allows to retrieve a x2 factor on the light sensitivity as the spare
parts are equipped with CCD module having a sensibility twice higher.
6 . 195
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 256 4 of 5
c. Voltage less than 2.1 V
Remove the cover of the CCD lens assembly (see illustration 1)
Remove the label glued on the printed board IC 301 (PLCC 64 pins) of the Sony module and note
and record the reference written on this circuit.
Depending of the CCD module reference (label glued on the copper side), make the following
operations:
CCD Module
Reference
IC 301 Reference
2105603
2105601
2105601–2
2105601–3
Change II tube.
See ASM 2124131–100 DR 002
CXD 1261 R
N.A.
– If the voltage is lower than 1.01V:
Chanhe II tube (See ASM
2124131–100 DR002) and the CCD
Tandem (Compact Optics – See ASM
DR004)
CXD 1261 AR
– If the voltage is comprised between
1.05V and 2.1V:
Change the CCD Tandem (Compact
OPtics – See ASM DR004) and forcast
the II replacement Status is like w b
when the CCD Tandem has been
replaced.
(*)
Change II tube.
See ASM 2124131–100 DR 002
(*) This CCD tandem exchange allows to retrieve a x2 factor on the light sensitivity as the spare
parts are equipped with CCD module having a sensibility twice higher.
6 . 196
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 256 5 of 5
ILLUSTRATION 1
CCD Tandem
Module CCD
NOTE: The module CCD reference
(label glued copper side).
6 . 197
IC 301
NOTE: IC 301 reference
removing the label from the chip.
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
xx.
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 198
Blank page
6 . 198
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
xviii–
6–5–7
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 199
MONITOR R/G SHEETS
6 . 199
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 290 1 of 6
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
MONITOR ADJUSTMENT IN 100 HZ.
Date: June 1996
Time: 30 min.
Manpower: 1
ILLUSTRATION 1
TOP VIEW OF MONITOR WITH
CARDS LOCATION
1 : B.T. Power supply
2 : Deflection board
3 : A.T. Power supply
4 : Video board
5 : Selection board
6 : Light sensor board
ILLUSTRATION 2
PARTIAL REAR VIEW OF MONITOR WITH ADJUSTMENT AND
CONNECTED
6 . 200
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 290 2 of 6
SECTION 1
TOOLS REQUIRED
Standard tool kit.
Oscilloscope – Multimeter.
SECTION 2
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
POWER REMAINS ON THE MONITOR FOR 2 - 3 SECONDS
AFTER SWITHING THE TERMINALS PS OFF .
WARNING
VERY HIGH VOLTAGES ARE GENERATED IN THE MONITOR
( FOR EXAMPLE, THE FOCUS ELECTRODE IS IN THE REGION
OF 8 KV AND THE EHT IN THE REGION OF 23 KV ).
Capacitance discharge.
Note:
The screwdriver handle must be insulated.
When disconnecting the EHT cap (final anode) or performing a task requiring the CRT to be handled,
the CRT buld capacitance.
A safe method to do this follows :
D
Disconnect the monitor from its power source.
D
Connect one end of a wire to the shaft of a screwdriver (handle insulated) and connect
the other end of the wire to the CRT conductive braiding.
D
Hold the screwdriver by its insulated handle, then insert the tip under the EHT insulation
cal so the tip shorts the final anode to ground.
Take care not touch the screwdriver’s metal shaft and not scratch the tube glass.
Phisical handling.
In addition to the safety precautions due to the presence of high voltage, the following guidelines
must also be observed :
D
Never attempt to remove or straighten the mounting lugs or reposition the outer rimband of the tube.
D
When it is necessary to remove the CRT from the monitor, never apply leverage to the glass bottle
or support handle or carry it by the neck (Wear safety glasses at all times when handling).
6 . 201
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 290
ILLUSTRATION 3
DEFLECTION BOARD IN PLACE FOR THE
ADJUSTMENTS
6 . 202
3 of 6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 290
SECTION 3
PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
Turn the unit off before removing the cover.
SECTION 4
PROCEDURE
D
Remove the plastic cover: two screws on the monitor back side.
D
Unscrew and remove the metallic top cover (ten screws).
D
Remove the screw holding the scanning board and put it in place as showed in illustration 3 for
the adjustment.
D
Use a cross–hatch image.
D
Set the selector placed on the rear part of the monitor to position 100 Hz. (See ill.2)
D
Set the contrast and brightness controls to middle position.
D
Darken the light sensor placed on the front part of the monitor.
D
Switch on the monitor.
D
Drive the monitor with a 100 Hz signal.
6 . 203
4 of 6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 290 5 of 6
DEFLECTION BOARD
Location of regulations, Connectors and Test points
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÏÏÏÏÎÎ
ÏÏÏÏ
ÎÎ ÎÎ
ÏÏÏÏ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
Description of the regulations
L4 : Horizontal linearity
R24 : C Vertical linearity 100Hz
R36 : Vertical shift
R41 : Vertical focus
R42 : Vertical frequency 100Hz
R43 : Vertical linearity 100Hz
R60 : Horizontal frequency
R62 : Vertical amplitude 100Hz
R64 : Vertical linearity 120Hz
R72 : Brightness
R73 : Horizontal focus
R76 : Master focus
R81 : Horizontal phase
R82 : Vertical amplitude 120Hz
R156 : Horizontal blank
R163 : C Vertical linearity 120Hz
R167 : Vertical frequency 120Hz
6 . 204
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 290 6 of 6
3.1
Vertical Frequency Adjustment.
Connect a scope to TP9 and adjust trimmer R42
to obtain a sawtooth of 4V amplitude.
3.2
Horizontal Frequency Adjustment.
Connect a multimeter betwen TP19 and TP20 of the
integrated circuit U2 on the deflection board and adjust
R60 to measure 0mV +/-5 mV.
3.3
Vertical Size Adjustment 100 Hz.
Adjust trimmer R62 so that the vertical size measures 270 mm +/–1.5 mm.
3.4
Horizontal Size Adjustment.
Adjust R59 on the Power Supply Board so that the horizontal size measures 337 mm +/–1.5 mm.
3.5
Vertical Linearity Adjustment (100Hz).
Adjust R43 so that the height of the top half of the image equals the height of the bottom
half of the image ( +/– 1.5 mm ).
Adjust R24 so that the size of the rectangles in the center equals the size of the rectangles
in the top and bottom parts of the image.
If necessary set the vertical size to 270 mm with trimmer R62.
Correct the vertical linearity by adjusting trimmer R42.
Repeat the procedure for vertical linearity adjustment.
3.6
HORIZONTAL LINEARITY
With a non–magnetic tool adjust L4 so that the width of the right half of the image equals the width of the left
half of the image ( +/– 2 mm); if necessary set the horizontal size to 337 mm with R59 on the B.T.
power supply board.
3.7
VERTICAL CENTERING
Adjust R36 so that the image is centered vertically inside the monitor bezel.
3.8
HORIZONTAL CENTERING
Adjust R81 so that the image is centered horizontally inside the monitor bezel.
6 . 205
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 291 1 of 6
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
MONITOR ADJUSTMENT IN 120 HZ.
Date: June 1996
Time: 30 min.
Manpower: 1
ILLUSTRATION 1
TOP VIEW OF MONITOR WITH
CARDS LOCATION
Position and cards description
1 : B.T. Power supply
2 : Deflection board
3 : A.T. Power supply
4 : Video board
5 : Selection board
6 : Light sensor board
ILLUSTRATION 2
PARTIAL REAR VIEW OF MONITOR WITH ADJUSTMENT AND
CONNECTED
6 . 206
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 291 2 of 6
SECTION 1
TOOLS REQUIRED
Standard tool kit.
Oscilloscope – Multimeter.
SECTION 2
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
POWER REMAINS ON THE MONITOR FOR 2 - 3 SECONDS
AFTER SWITHING THE TERMINALS PS OFF .
WARNING
VERY HIGH VOLTAGES ARE GENERATED IN THE MONITOR
( FOR EXAMPLE, THE FOCUS ELECTRODE IS IN THE REGION
OF 8 KV AND THE EHT IN THE REGION OF 23 KV ).
Capacitance discharge.
Note:
The screwdriver handle must be insulated.
When disconnecting the EHT cap (final anode) or performing a task requiring the CRT to be handled,
the CRT buld capacitance.
A safe method to do this follows :
D
Disconnect the monitor from its power source.
D
Connect one end of a wire to the shaft of a screwdriver (handle insulated) and connect
the other end of the wire to the CRT conductive braiding.
D
Hold the screwdriver by its insulated handle, then insert the tip under the EHT insulation
cal so the tip shorts the final anode to ground.
Take care not touch the screwdriver’s metal shaft and not scratch the tube glass.
Phisical handling.
In addition to the safety precautions due to the presence of high voltage, the following guidelines
must also be observed :
D
Never attempt to remove or straighten the mounting lugs or reposition the outer rimband of the tube.
D
When it is necessary to remove the CRT from the monitor, never apply leverage to the glass bottle
or support handle or carry it by the neck (Wear safety glasses at all times when handling).
6 . 207
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 291
ILLUSTRATION 3
DEFLECTION BOARD IN PLACE FOR THE
ADJUSTMENTS
6 . 208
3 of 6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 291
SECTION 3
PROCEDURE
D
Remove the plastic cover: two screws on the monitor back side.
D
Unscrew and remove the metallic top cover (ten screws).
D
Remove the screw holding the scanning board and put it in place as showed in illustration 2
for the adjustment.
D
Use a cross–hatch image.
D
Set the selector placed on the rear part of the monitor to position 120 Hz. (See ill.3)
D
Set the contrast and brightness controls to middle position.
D
Darken the light sensor placed on the front part of the monitor.
D
Switch on the monitor.
D
Drive the monitor with a 120 Hz signal.
6 . 209
4 of 6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 291 5 of 6
DEFLECTION BOARD
Location of regulations, Connectors and Test points
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÏÏÏÏÎÎ
ÏÏÏÏ
ÎÎ ÎÎ
ÏÏÏÏ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
Description of the regulations
L4 : Horizontal linearity
R24 : C Vertical linearity 100Hz
R36 : Vertical shift
R41 : Vertical focus
R42 : Vertical frequency 100Hz
R43 : Vertical linearity 100Hz
R60 : Horizontal frequency
R62 : Vertical amplitude 100Hz
R64 : Vertical linearity 120Hz
R72 : Brightness
R73 : Horizontal focus
R76 : Master focus
R81 : Horizontal phase
R82 : Vertical amplitude 120Hz
R156 : Horizontal blank
R163 : C Vertical linearity 120Hz
R167 : Vertical frequency 120Hz
6 . 210
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 291 6 of 6
3.1
Vertical Frequency Adjustment.
Connect a scope to TP9 and adjust R167 to obtain a sawtooth of 4V amplitude.
3.2
Vertical Size Adjustment.
Adjust trimmer R82 so that the vertical size measures 270 mm +/–1.5 mm.
3.3
Vertical Linearity Adjustment (120 Hz).
Adjust R64 so that the height of the top half of the image equals the height of the bottom
half of the image ( +/– 1.5 mm ).
If necessary, use R82 to adjust the vertical size to 270 mm.
Correct the vertical linearity by adjusting trimmer R167.
Repeat the procedure for vertical linearity adjustment.
6 . 211
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A Job Card RG 292 1 of 4
Purpose:
Version No.: 00
MONITOR BRIGHTNESS AND BLANKINK
ADJUSTMENT.
Date: June 1996
Time: 30 min.
Manpower: 1
TOP VIEW
SIDE VIEW
Position and cards description
1 : B.T. Power supply
2 : Deflection board
3 : A.T. Power supply
4 : Video board
5 : Selection board
6 : Light sensor board
DEFLECTION BOARD
Location of regulations, Connectors and Test points
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ ÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
Î
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÏÏÏÏÎÎ
ÏÏÏÏ
ÎÎ
Î
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
6 . 212
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 292 2 of 4
SECTION 1
TOOLS REQUIRED
Standard tool kit.
Oscilloscope – Multimeter.
SECTION 2
PRELIMINARY PRECAUTIONS
None.
SECTION 3
PROCEDURE
3.1
BLANKING
Use a cross–hatch image and make sure that the light sensor is not active. Connect a probe to TP109
of the video board and adjust R54 to obtain a square wave with an ON time of about 30 s.
Adjust R156 on the Deflection Board to obtain the correct blanking on the left side of the monitor.
Use R54 to adjust blanking on the right side if necessary.
VIDEO BOARD
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
R19 : Clamp
R29 : Cont.
R54 : Horizontal blank
ÎÎÎ
6 . 213
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 292 3 of 4
DEFLECTION BOARD
Location of regulations, Connectors and Test points
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ ÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎ ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏ
Î
Î
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
VIDEO BOARD
R19 : Clamp
R29 : Cont.
R54 : Horizontal blank
ÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎ
6 . 214
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Job Card RG 292 4 of 4
3.2
BRIGHTNESS AND CONTRAST
The BRIGHTNESS and CONTRAST controls are located under a door, on the back of the Monitor.
The controls have been preset when the monitor was installed and should not need to be changed : a light
sensor located on the front of the monitor adjusts the brightness and contrast of the image automatically,
according to the ambient light.
Use a white image with an input level of 250 mV of video signal.
Connect a probe to TP107 of the video board and adjust R19 so that the clamp pulse is 50 mV as the black
level of the video signal.
Connect a probe to TP102 and use R19 to adjust the signal variation to 30 V.
Verify that, when adjusting contrast, the black level does not change, otherwise use R19.
Eliminate the white image and leave only the black level.
Adjust R72 on the deflection board to obtain 9Cd/sqm in darkroom conditions with maximum external
adjustments.
3.3
FOCUS
Display an alphanumeric image with a video signal of 0.7 V and adjust the black part of the image to 0.3 Cd
with the external brightness adjustment; use the contrast control to adjust the white part of the image to about
120 Cd/sqm.
Use R76 to adjust the focus in the center of the image, R41 to adjust the vertical focus and R73 to adjust the
horizontal focus.
Use these three adjustment controls to obtain the best possible focus.
6 . 215
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
xxii.
sm 826 921 P615
6 . 216
Blank page
6 . 216
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
xxiii.
6–6
6 . 217
LIST OF USED MEASURING EQUIPMENT.
NOTE :
6–6–1
The hereunder given list is only for information.
Measurement devices with equivalent caracteristics can be used.
RADIATION MEASUREMENTS
Manufacturer:
Type:
Ionization chamber:
6–6–2
Capintec Model 192
Dosimeter
PM 30
Perform calibration before each measurement, by using the standard provided with the instrument.
ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS
Type:
milliamperemeter
Mfr:
Glossen
Mod:
PQM3
Scale:
10 mA
Precision: 1.5%
Annual calibration in comparison with a DVM.
Type:
Digital voltmeter
Mfr:
Norma
Mod:
D1216
Scale:
1 kV and 20 V
Precision: 0.2% + 1 digit
Annual calibration in comparison with a DVM.
Oscilloscope
Mfr:
Tektronix
Mod:
564
Precision: 3%
Chronometer
Mfr:
Huer
Scale:
30 min.
Precision: 0.2 s
mAs meter
Mfr:
Fluke
Mod:
8000A
Scale:
2 – 20 – 200 mAs
Precision: 1%
Annual calibration by the supplier.
Multimeter
Mfr:
AVO
Mod:
9 MK11
Scale:
1 mA and 10 mA
Precision: 1%
Annual calibration in comparison with a DVM.
6 . 217
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
6 . 218
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
CHAPTER 7 – SCHEMATICS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
7–1
IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7–3
7–2
SCHOTTKY DIODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7–3
7–3
LIST OF SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7–3
7–3–1
DESIGNATION OF THE COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7–3
7–4
LIST OF THE ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE SCHEMATICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7–4
7–5
USING THE SCHEMATICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7–8
7.i
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
7 . ii
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
7 SCHEMATICS
7.
7.1
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Module 8
Module 2
Module 7
Module 3
Module 6
Module 4
Module 5
Module 1
Module 9
9TR1
7.2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
7–1
sm 826 921 P615
IDENTIFICATION
– The electronic circuits in the mobile intraoperative radiology system are grouped together in the modules identified as follows:
. module 1 : block (item 1),
. module 2 : control console (item 2),
. module 3 : card rack assembly (item 3),
. module 4 : inverter (item 4),
. module 5 : power supply (item 5),
. module 6 : X–ray head (item 6),
. module 7 : X–ray head, collimator (item 7),
. module 8 : image intensifier and TV camera (item 8),
. module 9 : interface installed on the rear side of the monitor cart (item 9).
Examples:
– the ”kV/ma reference” board in module 3, position 9, is marked 3A9,
– the HV divider board in module 6 is marked 6A1.
– the supply transformer in module 5 is marked 5TR1.
7–2
SCHOTTKY DIODES
Schottky diodes (1N6263), commonly used in the mobile system electronic circuits, are in fact used as ordinary
diodes.
7–3
LIST OF SYMBOLS
7–3–1
DESIGNATION OF THE COMPONENTS
Examples :
. 3A1 :– 3 is module number (give a location information),
– A means PCB (PL for plug, a and b for PCB connector).
– 1 is order number.
. 3A1 R58 : – number 58 resistor which is on 3A1 PCB.
. 4R29 : – number 29 resistor which is in module 4 (not on a PCB).
BP = Pushbutton
C = Capacitor
D = CR = Diode, thyristor or rectifier bridge
DS = Light
E = Test point
F = Fuse
G = Logic circuit
K = Relay
L = Coil
M = Motor
A = OP = Operational amplifier, FET switch voltage regulator
Q = Transistor
R = Resistor
S = SW = Switch
B = TB = Terminal board
T = TR = Transformer
W = Jumper
PL = Plug
7.3
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
7–4
sm 826 921 P615
LIST OF THE ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE SCHEMATICS
ABBREVIATIONS
PWB NAME
COMMENTS
LOCALISATION
AUTO
3A7–51A
Automatic FLUORO mode selection
BP01
3A13–112B
Upper blades of collimator : opening control
BP02
3A13–112B
Lower blades of collimator : opening control
BPF1
3A13–112B
Upper blades of collimator : closing control
BPF2
3A13–112C
Lower blades of collimator : closing control
BPmA(s) Up
3A17–66C
mA or mAs selection : increase control
BPmA(s) Down
3A7–66C
mA or mAs selection : diminution control
BP OFF
3A3–116D
Unit switching OFF Push–button
BPCL
2A1–102B
2A3–102C
Request of X–Ray emission – Fluoro and RAD
BUS kV/20
3A7–60C
8 bits coded information of kV/20 value
CAG ON/OFF
3A3–119A
Gain automatic control switching
CAPA PREPO
3A19–35C
Prepositioning of converter capacitors (C3/C4 discharge control)
Consigne mAs
3A7–78E
Analog signal of mAs reference for RAD exposure
(mAs integration).
Consigne mA SC
3A9–78B
Analog signal of mA reference for the regulation of Fluoro
filament heating.
Consigne kV/20
3A9–97A
Analog signal of kV reference for kV regulation
CLIGN
3A12–106A
Square wave signal for display lights and intermittent
operation of the buzzer.
CLOCK
3A19–31E
Pulse generated by the control oscillator of the mains
thyristors
DEM X
3A12–28D
Signal of kV regulation obtained by comparison of
composite kV (actual kV and kV/20 reference)
DETECTION I
3A19–36B
Detection of the presence of current through main thyristors.
ER
3A7–66B
ELECTRONIC RADIOGRAPHY mode selection
FC01
3A9–76C
Minimum value of mA : 0,1 mA
FC0
3A9–76C
Minimum value of mAs (RAD mode) : 0,16 mAs
FCGR
3A9–76C
Maximum value of mAs (RAD mode) : 160 mAs
FCGR1
3A3–114B
Upper collimator blades limit switch : RAD size
FCGR2
3A3–114B
Lower collimator blades limit switch : RAD size
FCSC1
3A3–114B
Upper collimator blades limit switch : FLUORO size
7.4
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
FCSC2
3A3–114C
Lower collimator blades limit switch : FLUORO size
FC40
3A9–91A
Minimum kV value (40 kV)
FC110
3A9–91A
Maximum kV value
FL
3A7–66C
FLUORO mode selection
Fmax
3A19–31D
Maximum frequence operation of the converter. Not used
FS
31B
X–Ray request from foot switch
GR
3A7–66B
RAD mode selection
HLC
2A1–71A
High definition fluoro selectionHLC does not refer to ”Hi level
control” operation above 5 or 10 R/min. In both Hi definition
and low dose operation, the entrance exposure rate remains
below 10R/min.
Hold kV
3A1–201E
Latching of the kV regulation loop after T1 delay (delay of
automatism kV stabilization)
INT 4 CLQ
3A12–28B
Exposure interruption after 4 VHV leakages
kV C0
3A7–57C
Counter locking when kV bus is at ”0”
kV 85%
3A12–28C
Signal generated when kV reach 85% of selected kV value.
kV 120
3A12–28C
Safety : stops the converter if kV value is 120 kV
kV/20 Auto
3A5–45D
kV reference in automatic Fluoro mode
kV composite
3A12–23D
Actual kV value (VA + VC)
Mesure mA Sc
3A12–20C
FLUORO mA measure (1 mA = 1V)
Mesure mA GR
3A12–20C
RAD mA measure (10 mA = 1V)
OX
3A19–31A
Control the X–RAY emission bistable (through 3A1 PWB when
a memory is used)
OX.HLC
3A3–119F
Hold of HLC selection during pulsed Fluoro mode operation.
PRE
3A19–35A
Control of mA reference in RAD mode (delayed signal)
PRI
3A19–40B
Signal present when current is detected in one of main thyristors.
PRX
3A12–24A
Signal present when X–Ray are emitted
PRX.CP
3A12–106B
Synchronous signal (50 Hz) with X–Ray emission
RAD
3A19–40A
RAD mode selection signal
RP
3A26–81A
Reduced power signal in RAD mode when unit is used with the
100, 108 or 120V mains
RX req.
3A12–28C
Not used
Sa Th2
MOD 6–16E
X–Ray head temperature detection (68[C)Switch ON thermal
overload display
SC
3A17–63A
Signal (SC or SC) generated by the RAD or RAD selection.
SEC BELLOW
(6Sa1)
MOD 6 – 16E
Safety of X–Ray head temperature
Bellow compensation switch : inhibition of exposure
7.5
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
SEXP
3A19–35B
Control signal of main thyristors oscillator
SP
3A7–66B
PULSED FLUORO mode selection
STOP mAs
3A26–85D
RAD exposure end signal (elapsed mAs = selected mAs)
SX
3A19–33A
X–Ray emission safety (BPCL + PWB presence)
SYX SC
3A19–35A
Control signal of heating in FLUORO
Release Fluoro mA reference
SYX GR
3A19–35B
Control signal in RAD mode : not used
TROU CLQ
3A12–28A
Momentary stop of the control oscillator of the main thyristor
when a VHV leakage occurs
Va
6A1–20C
Actual anodic volts value
Vc
6A1–20C
Actual cathodic volts value
Z(ZOOM)
3A3–111E
ZOOM selection with II 22 cm (2 fields)
0 logic from
0,16 to 5 mAs mAs
3A9–78C
mas integrator selection : low or High mAs
integrator
4’26”
3A12–103B
Warning signal of 4’26” X–Ray emission time
4’57”
3A12–106B
Stop signal of X–Ray emission after 4’ 57” of Fluoro sequence
12V CI
15F–18F
Detection of the PWB presence Permit the operation of main
thyristors
7.6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
INTERFACE DSM 3A1 828988 G 035
ACP
201C
Anode Cooling Pause : generate a delay between exposures in
ER mode selection if SW602.B is in ON position
HYST
45C
not used
MCH
202B
Mode change : signal generated during the switching of an
operating mode to an other
ON REST + MCH
203B
Reset of the monostable when the unit is switching ON or
during an operating mode switching
OX*
204C
RX emission order generated through the adaptation operating
logic network
OX* R1
204D
Signal delayed according to the rising edge of the OX* signal but
synchronous with the falling edge of OX*
OX* R2
204D
Signal synchronous with the rising edge of the OX* signal but
delayed according to the falling edge of OX*
RAZ ROTATION
206D
Rotation to the start position of the monitor rotation coils
when mode A/B is selected in the memory
SN
203F
NORMAL FLUORO MODE selection generated by default of
other mode selections
STOP DSM
208D
Signal generated by X PERM from the memory
T
114F
Signal generated during the field change with a 22 cm (9”)
imager
T1 to T5
Control delays of RX emission sequence in the different
operating mode
T6
202A
Control of RX pulses emission in PULSED FLUORO mode.
X PERM
207E
Signal from memo unit : availability of the memory or end
of the image processing
7.7
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
7–5
sm 826 921 P615
USING THE SCHEMATICS
– The schematics are in flow chart form.
– As much as possible, the relation between control and action has been respected.
– Each signal is indexed and adressed in the schematics.
Example : SEXP signal
The SEXP signal is generated on PCB 3A19 commande SCR2 – output a18 – schematic reference 35B.
The signal is used onPCB 3A12
3A5 – input b8
3A3 – input a17
– input a14
The index of the signal is marked in front of the use terminal
3A12.a14 – 21B
In front of 3A12.a14 terminal, SEXP signal has the index of the terminal where the signal is generated :
3A19.a18–35B
– The wiring between terminal is respected and so permits an easier localization of interconnection default.
7.8
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
SCHEMATICS
SEE AT THE END OF THIS MANUAL
7.9
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
7 . 10
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
CHAPTER 9 – SPARE PARTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
9–1 STENOSCOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1
CASSETTE HOLDER (OPTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3
STENOSCOP BASE ASM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5
WIRED FRAME ASM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.7
6000 / 9000 KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.9
MECHANICAL FRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 11
FRAME + C ARM ADAPTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 17
MOUNTED FRAME ASM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONTROL CONSOLE SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MOBILE COLUMN ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HORIZONTAL ARM ASM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 19
9 . 23
9 . 25
9 . 27
CONTROL CONSOLE ASM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONTROL PANEL MODULE 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 29
9 . 31
1A1 : ”C ARM” MOTOR PWB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 33
PRINTED WIRED BOARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 35
CARD RACK MODULE #3–2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 37
L.V. POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 39
INVERTER – MODULE #4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 41
POWER MODULE #5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 43
6” CCD IMAGER KIT+ COLLIMATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 45
”C ARM” SUPPORT ASM. ( 6” ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6” COLLIMATOR ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 47
9 . 47
9” CCD IMAGER KIT + COLLIMATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 49
”C ARM” SUPPORT. ( 9” ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9” COLLIMATOR ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 51
9 . 51
MONITOR CART ASSEMBLY / Basic version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 53
MONITOR CART WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 57
STENO 2 INTERFACE MODULE 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 59
X – RAY HAND SWITCH KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 61
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 CCD–MDA COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 62
MONITOR CART COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 63
DR4 or MD10 CABLES INTERCONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 64
MDA CABLES INTERCONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 65
M Serie” PLUGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 66
PLUG 62 POSITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 67
O.E.M. REFERENCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 68
9.i
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
9–2 LASER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 70
EXTERNAL LASER AIMING SPARE PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 70
INTEGRATED LASER AIMING SPARE PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 71
9–3 DOSE AREA PRODUCT METER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 72
DOSE AREA PRODUCT METER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 72
9–4 IMAGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 74
IMAGEUR 16/22 FOR STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 CCD–MDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 75
IMAGEUR 16 CCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 77
IMAGEUR 22 CCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 79
BOARD CAGE, CCD STENO, EQUIPPED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 81
EMERGENCY MAINTENANCE KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 83
9–5 MEMORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 86
MDA MEMORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 87
DR4 MEMORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 88
MD10 MEMORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 89
9–6 MONITORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 90
9–7 KITS (MONITOR CART) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 92
MDA MEMORY KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 92
VCR SONY KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 93
FILM REPRO KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 94
PAPER REPRO KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 95
CCM 620 VISIPLEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 96
VISIPLEX SPARE LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 97
9 . ii
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
8.8
9.
9 SPARE PARTS
9–1
STENOSCOP
9.1
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
BASE 6000/9000
KIT 6000/9000 CCD
CHASSIS
SERIES 6000
KIT IMAGER 16 cm (6”)
COLLIMATOR 16 cm (6”)
IMAGER 16 cm (6”)
50 Hz
SERIES 9000
KIT IMAGER 22 cm (9”)
COLLIMATOR 22 cm (9”)
IMAGER 22 cm (9”)
50 Hz
IMAGER 16 cm (6”)
60 Hz
IMAGER 22 cm (9”)
60 Hz
See chapter 2 § 2–1 BASIC CONFIGURATION – OPTIONS
CASSETTE HOLDER :
24x30 or 9.5”x9.5” or 10”x12”
MONITORS CART
OPTIONS
FFD MONITORS
Rot. 00 with DR4 or MD10
No rot. with MDA
SDR4
SMD10
SMD10 with option key board
SMDA 200 images storage
options : S2000 images
S4 FPS
S5000 images + 8 FPS
SSoft Measure
SSoft Vascular 1
SSoft Vascular 2
CCM620 Multiformat Camera
60 Hz / 525 L or 50 Hz / 625 L
1 , 2 or 4 + 1 format
MEMORIES
FILM REPRO KIT
PRINTER SONY UP910
CEI / 220V or UL / 110V
PRINTER SONY UP890
CEI / 220V
or
PRINTER SONY UP880
UL / 110V
VCR S–VHS SONY
50Hz–625L–220V–CEI–RS232
or
60Hz–525L–110V–UL–RS232
9.2
HARD COPY KIT
VCR KIT
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : CASSETTE HOLDER ( OPTION )
1
3 to 8
2
Component
number
See also
page
F
R
U
Code
number
Description
001
828 968 P015
Retaining rubber shoe
2
002
823 993 P015
Spring blade
2
003
830 534 G015
24 x 30 Cassette holder – D6
2
004
830 535 G015
9.5” x 9.5” Cassette holder – D6
2
005
830 539 G015
10” x 12” Cassette holder – D6
2
006
830 536 G015
24 x 30 Cassette holder – D9
2
007
830 537 G015
9.5” x 9.5” Cassette holder – D9
2
008
830 540 G015
10” x 12” Cassette holder – D9
2
Valid from serial :
9.3
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
6
Transportation
lock bar (rod)
9.4
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : STENOSCOP BASE ASM
828 490 G045
Range : 0
Component
number
Code
number
Description
002
828 703 G015
WIRED FRAME ASM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 7
004
828 705 G025
COVERS KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 62
006
823 697 P015
TRANSPORT LOCKING ROD
013
818 770 P243
FACTORY NAME LABEL
014
818 770 P253
WARNING EXPLOSION LABEL
015
829 540 P015
GUIDING POSITION LABEL
021
828 554 P095
FR / ENG. CLASSIFICATION LABEL
022
828 554 P135
FR / ENG. UNIT TRAVEL LABEL
030
829 431 P015
FUSES LABEL
032
828 554 P115
FR / ENG. MAINS LABEL
033
828 554 P125
”I /O” LABEL
034
818 770 P213
WARNING EXPLOSION LABEL
042
854 030 P115
EQUIPOTENTIAL WIRE ( L= 5 m )
045
828 794 P015
” C ARM ”ROTATION STOPS LABEL
047
828 795 P015
CAUTION ( VOLTS ) LABEL
048
853 575 P035
FERRITE 40 X 34
054
830 904 P025
WARNING LABEL
059
818 779 P683
CE LABEL
See also
page
F
R
U
1
Valid from serial :
9.5
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
828 794 P015
42
32
31
818 770 P213
A
41
33
52
29
22
30
3
A
19
9
B
18
B
21
9.6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : WIRED FRAME ASM
828 703 G015
Range : 1
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
002
003
004
005 012
006 011
828 702 G015
828 520 G515
851 212 P495
851 390 P125
851 380 P125
FRAME+C–ARM ADAPTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 17
X–RAY HEAD ASSEMBLY
HSHC SCREW M 6X30 AC
LOCK WASHER M6
WASHER M6 AC
007
008
009
010
851 258 P345
828 957 P014
828 730 G025
851 212 P475
MSCPS SCREW M 6X12 AC ( DIN 913 )
PANEL 2 ST2 LABEL
CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 31
HSHC SCREW M 6X20 AC
018
019
021
022
023
824 307 G125
824 305 G125
854 038 P095
825 374 G035
853 052 P225
FLAT CABLE 50 PINS
FLAT CABLE 34 PINS
FEMALE–FEMALE BNC PLUG
STENOSCOP 2 FLUORO FOOTSWITCH
CABLE CLAMP
024
025
028
029
030
853 063 P625
824 241 P024
850 703 P185
828 964 P013
828 966 P015
NUT PG 9 POLYAMIDE
TERMINAL PROTECTION
FLEXIBLE 4610026 PROTECTION
COLUMN HIGHT SCALE
LOCKING INDICATOR
031
032
033
035
036
828 966 P025
828 966 P035
828 966 P045
828 965 P013
820 357 P015
WIG–WAG MVT. INDICATOR
C–ARM ROTATION INDICATOR
FRONT–REAR MVT. INDICATOR
C–ARM ANGULATION SCALE
BRAKE INDICATOR
037
041
042
043
045
853 152 P025
829 380 P024
829 380 P034
853 062 P675
829 381 P015
”RED POINT” STICKER
C–ARM HORIZONTAL MVT. INDICATOR
C–ARM HORIZONTAL MVT. INDICATOR
REUSABLE SELF–LOCKING COLLAR
HORIZONTAL C–ARM MVT. POINTER (GRAY)
046
048
049
050
829 381 P025
851 230 P655
851 390 P105
818 770 P413
HORIZONTAL C–ARM MVT. POINTER (RED)
SELF TAPPING SCREW M 4X15 AC
LOCK WASHER M 4
”ELECTRICAL HAZARD” LABEL
051
052
055
818 770 P523
860 207 P015
851 201 P865
”WARNING” LABEL
MECHANICAL STOP JENATZY 719.11
SELF BLOCKING SCREW HH M 6X20
xxiii.
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
9.7
Valid from serial :
9.7
F
R
U
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
51
MODULE 3
3
60
58
6
80
101
72
99
77
( 3 versions )
A
A
41
9.8
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : 6000 / 9000 KIT
830 045 G055
Range : 0
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
03
006
018
see page 9 . 35
see page 9 . 35
827 908 G065
INTERFACE DSM PWB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 35
kV / mA 2 REFERENCE PWB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 35
MONITOR CART ASM / Basic version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 53
033
041
046
049
050
831 003 GO15
832 548 P013
831 235 P014
830 942 P023
830 942 P033
ANTI GRADIENT ASSEMBLY
BRAKE SHOE
LOGO STENO
CONSOLE OVERLAY FR (option)
CONSOLE OVERLAY D (option)
051
052
053
058
830 942 P043
830 942 P053
830 942 P063
CONSOLE OVERLAY GB
CONSOLE OVERLAY SP (option)
CONSOLE OVERLAY IT (option)
CCD TIMER PWB 3A5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 35
see page 9 . 35
F
R
U
1
2
2
2
2
2
060
061
062
063
067
see page 9 . 35
068
069
072
073
see page 9 . 62
830 998 G025
832 226 P023
832 227 P014
PANEL COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 62
COVERS 6000/9000 CCD MDA KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 62
DRIVING HANDEL
LEFT HANDEL FITTING
074
075
832 283 P014
832 284 P015
RIGHT HANDEL FITTING
HANDEL PLATE FITTING
077
078
080
081
082
832 405 P023
851 256 P235
828 626 P033
851 222 P295
851 212 P535
BACK WHEELS TEERING HANDEL
MSCPS SCREW M8x8 AC
HANDEL
CSH SCREW M10x30 AC
HSHC SCREW M6x50 AC
083
084
085
086
098
851 212 P475
851 390 P125
832 333 P015
851 539 P445
829 585 P015
HSHC SCREW M6x20 AC
LOCK WASHER M6
STEERING HANDEL SPACER
STOPGAP Ø 15/20
COLLIMATOR COVER RING WITH THREAD
2
099
827 082 P015
2 185 090
2 185 091
SPACER WITHOUT LASER AND DAP
SPACER FOR DAP AND INTEGRATED LASER (SHORT)
SPACER WITH INTEGRATED LASER WITHOUT DAP (LONG)
1
1
1
101
102
103
104
107
828 750 G035
832 414 G015
832 478 G015
828 955 G615
832 137 P021
CCD CONSOLE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COLUMN COVER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COUNTERWEIGHT KIT
MONITOR CART CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MONITOR CART REAR COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
831 037 P025
826 921 P615
826 931 P735
828 701 G025
CCD COLLIMATOR 2 PWB 3A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 35
LABEL
STENO 2 6000/9000 CCD. – MDA SERVICE MANUAL GB
STENO OPERATOR MANUAL GB
FRAME ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 19
Valid from serial :
9.9
1
1
1
AVT :
9 . 29
9 . 62
1
2
9 . 62
9 . 63
1
2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
37
32 – 33
2
39 – 40
38
32 – 33
39 – 40
29 – 30
32 – 33
26
25
20
24
20
23
21
75 –76
71
9 . 10
71
70
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : MECHANICAL FRAME
828 710 G035
Range : 2
Component
number
Code
number
F
R
U
Description
002
004
005 023
006 024
007
828 719 G045
832 182 G025
851 784 P275
851 835 P205
832 193 P015
WELDED FRAME
REAR WHEEL FORK
BEARING 2B 47/20x20.6
RETAINING RING 47 MM
LINKING FRAME SHAFT
008 027
009
010
011
012 052 93
013 102
851 830 P165
832 194 P015
800 555 P144
851 835 P075
851 390 P105
851 213 P065
RETAINING RING 20 MM
PUSHING ROD
SPRING 15x22
RETAINING RING 19 MM
LOCK WASHER FOR Ø 4 SCREW
HSHC SCREW M8 x 16
014
017
018
019
020
021
851 389 P135
861 376 P014
832 336 P015
832 204 P015
851 830 P105
832 566 G515
WASHER Ø 8 DIN 6798
WHEEL NERVIANI Ø 125 x 30
BUSHING
WHEEL SHAFT
RETAINING RING 12 MM
BACK PUSH CABLES
022
025
026
073 081
029
832 508 P015
832 017 P015
832 554 G015
851 256 P045
861 368 P015
CAPLUG
REAR SPROCKET
REAR SPROCKET SHAFT ASSEMBLY
MSCPS SCREW M 6X10 AC
RETURN SPROCKET 15 TEETH
030
032
033
037
038
851 830 P085
832 243 P025
851 212 P265
832 337 P015
832 337 P025
RETAINING RING 10 MM
CHAIN GUIDE
COUNTERSUNK SCREW M5 x 16 AC
CHAIN 3 / 8 ” 69 LINKS
CHAIN 3 / 8 ” 195 LINKS
039
040
041
042
045
832 338 P015
832 314 G015
860 825 P015
851 350 P555
831 081 G045
COUPLING LINK 3/8“
CHAIN TIGHTENER ASM
SPRING STOP A303–12 NLM
M12 LOCK NUT
RIGHT SHAFT ASM
046
047
048
049
050
831 081 G035
831 015 P015
861 379 P015
851 212 P045
832 497 P015
LEFT SHAFT ASM
BUSHING
BRAKE CAM
MSCPS SCREW M 4X10 AC
WHEEL SHAFT BEARING
051
052 93
053 94
054
055
056
851 212 P065
851 390 P105
851 380 P105
851 390 P125
851 383 P315
851 212 P445
HSHC SCREW M4 x 16
LOCK WASHER FOR Ø 4 SCREW
WASHER FOR M4 SCREW
LOCK WASHER FOR Ø 6 SCREW
WASHER Ø 6.4 / 18
HSHC SCREW M6 x 10 AC
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
Valid from serial :
9 . 11
AVT 8102:
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
55–56
47
47
45
46
57–58–59
57–58–59
60
61
83–84
50–51–52–53
81–82
80
79
62–63–64
83–84
49
48
9–10
11
7
6
5
41– 42
8
91–92–93–94
4
19
20
18
17
102–103
97
100–101
Front push cables ASM
832 565 G015
9 . 12
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : MECHANICAL FRAME
828 710 G035
Range : 2
Component
number
Code
number
F
R
U
Description
057
058 063 068
831 014 P015
851 352 P245
SHAFT
M8 SAFETY NUT
059 064 069
076
060
851 380 P135
831 083 G025
WASHER FOR M8 SCREW
WELDED PUSHING ROD
061
062
067
070
071
831 009 P044
831 016 P025
831 006 G015
832 351 G025
831 015 P015
PUSHING ROD
BRACKET
FOOT BRAKE WELDED PUSHING ROD
FOOT BRAKE PEDAL
BUSHING
072 080
074 082
075 101
079
083
851 650 P475
851 256 P025
851 352 P035
831 011 P014
831 012 P015
PARALLEL KEY 4X4X18
MSCPS SCREW M6X6 AC
M8 SAFETY NUT
SHAFT
COVER
084
087
088
091
092
851 221 P045
851 201 P515
851 350 P535
861 369 P014
851 212 P045
COUNTERSUNK SCREW M4 x 10 AC
HH SCREW M8X40 AC
M8 LOCK NUT
REAR WHEEL BRAKE
HSHC SCREW M4 x 10
097
100
103
109
110
832 563 G015
851 201 P575
851 390 P135
811 512 P084
851 380 P155
FREE WHEEL
HH SCREW M8X75 AC
LOCK WASHER M8
SHAFT
WASHER M12
111
113
114
115
116
851 830 P105
828 612 P014
828 614 P015
851 726 P055
851 201 P265
RETAINING RING FOR 12MM SHAFT
DRIVING SHAFT
ROLLER SHAFT
BEARING RAT 17
HH SCREW M6X16 AC
117 125 142
118 143
119
120
121
851 390 P125
851 380 P125
851 350 P125
824 002 P015
851 650 P255
LOCK WASHER M6
WASHER M6
SCREW M6 AC
PULLEY 14 TEETH
PARALLEL KEY 3X3X14
122 135
123
124
126
127
851 255 P235
861 381 P013
851 201 P245
829 564 P015
851 367 P075
MSCPS SCREW M4X6 AC
GEARMOTOR DOGA Ø 60
HH SCREW M6X10 AC
MOTOR FIXING PLATE
CAPTIVE NUT C–4844C
128
851 212 P065
HSHC SCREW M4X16 AC
xxiv.
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9 . 13
Valid from serial :
9 . 13
AVT 8102 :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
115–116–117
133
113
134
135
136
114
114
115–116–117
110
111
115–116–117
125
1411
421
431
441
45
120
121
122
132
ÎÎ
ÏÏ
Ï
Î
ÏÏ
ÎÎ
ÏÏ
ÏÏ
ÎÎÎÎÎ
ÏÏ
ÏÏ
131
127–128–129–130
123–124–125
87–88
127–128–129–130
68–69
67
72–73–74
9 . 14
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : MECHANICAL FRAME
818 710 G035
Range : 2
Component
number
F
R
U
Code
number
Description
130
131
132
133
134
851 383 P295
832 020 P013
832 437 P015
824 002 P025
851 655 P045
WASHER 4,3X12X1
MOTOR SUPPORT
DOGA MOTOR BUSHING
PULLEY 16 TEETH
DISK KEY 3X3,7
136
140
141
144
145
851 677 P085
853 152 P075
854 030 P125
851 355 P125
829 378 G015
TIMING BELT 450H050
GROUND LABEL
EQUIPOTENTIAL WIRING PLUG
SCREW M6 LT
GROUNDING WIRE
1
Valid from serial :
9 . 15
1
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
4
16,22
11
5
3
9 . 16
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : FRAME + C ARM ADAPTATION
828702 G015
Range : 2
Component
number
F
R
U
Code
number
Description
003
004
005
006
828 720 G055
828 720 G065
851 444 P025
851 213 P065
BEARING SUPPORT
BEARING SUPPORT
SPRING PIN 5X12 AC
HSHC SCREW M8X16 AC
007
008
009 033
011
014
851 213 P085
851 380 P135
851 390 P135
828 953 G585
825 369 G035
HSHC SCREW M8X25 AC
WASHER M8
LOCK WASHER M8
X–RAY HEAD CONTROL CABLE
DIVIDER CABLE UL
016
018
019
020
021
828 439 G025
851 212 P475
851 390 P125
851 212 P055
851 390 P105
C–ARM CABLE CLAMP KIT
HSHC SCREW M6X20 AC
LOCK WASHER M6
HSHC SCREW M4X12 AC
LOCK WASHER M4
1
022
023
026
028
030
828 453 P013
829 872 P013
829 367 G015
854 006 P245
829 578 P015
C–ARM JOINT
COLLIMATOR COVER JOINT
C–ARM GROUND WIRE
CONNECTOR ASM
SHAFT
1
1
034
038
039
851 213 P105
851 255 P445
850 696 P015
HSHC SCREW M8X35 AC
MSCPS SCREW M5X8 AC
POLYURETHANE FOAM 500X100X15
044
046
047
048
829 988 G015
831 020 P015
830 988 P014
851 255 P235
EARTH BRAID
C–ARM ROTATION SCALE
C–ARM ROTATION DISK
MSCPS SCREW M4X6 AC
xxv.
1
1
1
2
2
9 . 17
Valid from serial :
9 . 17
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
075
05
072
073
074
075
093
094
095
096
097
098
041
006
007
008
009
036
ÎÎ
ÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎ
ÎÎ
ÎÎÎ
ÎÎÎ
Î
ÎÎÎ
Î
ÎÎÎ
Î
Î
025
019
055
ÎÎ
062
034
033
035
036
020
021
022
023
Safety device detail
018
017
060
9 . 18
059
059
057
056
060
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : MOUNTED FRAME ASM
828 701 G025
Range : 3
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
002
005
006
007 051
008 046
009
828 710 G035
828 713 G025
851 213 P095
851 380 P135
851 390 P135
851 367 P285
MECHANICAL FRAME ASM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 13
FRAME ASM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 23
HSHC SCREW M8X30 AC
WASHER M8
LOCK WASHER M8
CAPTIVE NUT C4808–B–M8
017
018
019
020
021
851 440 P505
832 287 P014
832 286 P015
832 290 P015
832 291 P015
SPRING PIN Ø 3 x 36 AC
LOWER UNIVERSAL JOINT
UPPER UNIVERSAL JOINT
MALE PART
FEMALE PART
022
023
025
033
034
851 212 P455
851 390 P115
851 847 P145
823 514 P015
851 815 P015
HSHC SCREW M 6X12 AC
LOCK WASHER M5
STOP RING 12
ECCENTRIC SHAFT
ROLLER DIAM. 10/32X9
035
036
041
042
043
851 830 P085
851 255 P445
832 524 G015
823 876 P015
831 528 P015
CIRCLIP DIN 471 for 10 MM SHAFT
MSCPS CREW M5X8 AC
MOBILE COLUMN ASM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 25
VERTICAL BUMPER SUPPORT
COLUMN MECHANICAL STOP
045
049
050
052
851 213 P065
823 870 P014
811 512 P164
851 830 P065
HSHC SCREW M8X16 AC
SAFETY DEVICE LEVER
SHAFT DIAM. 8H9
SPRING CIRCLIP DIN 471 for 8 MM SHAFT
055
056
057
058
059
823 872 P015
811 512 P084
851 848 P575
851 380 P155
851 382 P445
SAFETY DEVICE
SHAFT DIAM.12
STOP WASHER DIAM. 12 MM
WASHER M12
CALIBRATED SPRING WASHER 12,5/16/1
060
061
062
063
064
065
851 830 P105
811 502 P085
851 370 P065
817 170 P015
817 181 P016
851 350 P135
CIRCLIP DIN 471 for 12 MM SHAFT
THREADED ROD M4
WELL NUT B832 M4
SPRING
FASTENER
NUT M8 AC
xxvi.
F
R
U
1
2
1
1
1
1
9 . 19
Valid from serial :
9 . 19
2
2
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
064
061
069
070–071
049
063
086
087
088
089
090
050–051–052
062
Î
ÏÏ
ÏÎ
ÏÏÏ
Î
Ï
ÏÏÏ
ÏÎÎÎ ÎÎÎ
ÏÏÏ
Ï
ÏÏÏ
044–045–046
9 . 20
042
043
087
088
089
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : MOUNTED FRAME ASM
828701 G025
Range : 3
Component
number
See also
page
Code
number
Description
069
070
071
072
073
860 953 P014
811 512 P164
851 830 P065
851 201 P525
851 380 P135
GAS SPRING
SHAFT DIAM. 8H9
SPRING CIRCLIP DIN 471 for 8 MM SHAFT
HH SCREW M8X45 AC
WASHER M8
074
075
081
082
083
851 390 P135
851 352 P035
832 423 G015
851 212 P325
851 390 P115
LOCK WASHER M8
SAFETY NUT M8 AC
HORIZONTAL ARM ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 27
HSHC SCREW M5X45 AC
LOCK WASHER M5
084
085
086
087
088
829 741 P015
832 238 P012
851 367 P045
851 390 P105
851 383 P305
HORIZONTAL ARM BUMPER
CHAIN COVER
CAPTIVE NUT C4844–M8
LOCK WASHER M4
WASHER Ø 5,3/15/1,5
089
090
093
094
095
851 212 P045
829 376 P014
851 212 P475
851 383 P065
851 380 P125
HSHC SCREW M4X10 AC
CABLES FITTING
HSHC SCREW M6X20 AC
WASHER Ø 6,5/27 AC
WASHER M6
096
097
098
851 350 P135
851 390 P125
851 350 P125
NUT M8 AC
LOCK WASHER M6
NUT M6 AC
F
R
U
1
1
1
1
Valid from serial :
9 . 21
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
A
017
018
004
View AB
B
009
007
Respect the pin
orientation.
008
005
006
9 . 22
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : CONTROL CONSOLE SUPPORT
828 713 G025
Range : 4
Component
number
F
R
U
Code
number
Description
004
005
006
007
008
824 260 P051
832 015 P014
832 288 P015
851 444 P165
851 444 P585
CONSOLE SUPPORT
STEERING HANDLE SHAFT
STEERING HANDLE BUSHING
SPRING PIN 6X28 AC
PIN 4X24 AC
009
017
018
851 256 P075
851 258 P365
851 350 P125
HSHC SCREW M6X20 AC
HSHC SCREW M6X35 AC
NUT M6 AC
xxvii.
9 . 23
Valid from serial :
9 . 23
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
16
19
24
8
9
12
13
11
29
22
20
17
23
2
4
9 . 24
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : MOBILE COLUMN ASSEMBLY
832 524 G015
Range : 4
Component
number
See also
page
F
R
U
Code
number
Description
002
828 718 G025
WELDED MOBILE COLUMN
004
828 529 P014
SAFETY DEVICE PLATE
008
823 701 G035
WELDED WIG–WAG SHAFT
2
009
851 595 P325
BUSHING GLACIER
1
011
832 028 P013
COLLAR
2
012
832 040 P015
SETTING SCREW
1
013
851 350 P155
M12 NUT
016
823 515 P043
BEARING SUPPORT
017
851 222 P085
HSFH SCREW M8X25 AC
019
823 512 P015
HORIZONTAL ARM SHAFT
1
020
823 514 P015
ECCENTRIC SHAFT
1
022
851 815 P015
ROLLER DIAM.10/32X9
1
023
851 830 P085
SPRING CIRCLIP DIN 471 / 10 MM
1
024
851 255 P445
HSH SCREW M5X8 AC
029
828 739 P015
SHAFT
xxviii.
2
9 . 25
Valid from serial :
9 . 25
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
11–12
2
14
9
13
18
21
17
4
3–5
6
7
16
8
19
10
20
15
9 . 26
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : HORIZONTAL ARM ASM
832 423 G515
Range : 4
Component
number
See also
page
Code
number
Description
002
832 420 P012
HORIZONTAL ARM
003
851 222 P115
HSHC SCREW M 5X45 AC
004
829 741 P015
HORIZONTAL ARM BUMPER
005
851 390 P115
LOCK WASHER M5
006
832 028 P013
C–ARM LOCKING COLLAR
007
832 418 P015
ANGLE–IRON FOR COLLAR FIXATION
008
851 213 P065
HSHC SCREW M 8X16 AC
009
828 313 P035
STOP
010
832 424 G015
C–ARM SUPPORT SHAFT
011
851 211 P345
HSHC SCREW M6X10 AC
012
851 390 P125
LOCK WASHER M6
013
829 635 P015
STOP SCREW
014
851 830 P225
CIRCLIP DIN 471 / 50 MM RE
015
832 040 P015
THREADED ROD FOR COLLAR
016
851 448 P185
GROOVED PIN DIAM. 4X12 AC
017
828 422 P015
SPACER RING
018
828 423 G025
HORIZONTAL ARM LOCKING ROD
019
851 350 P155
M12 NUT
020
828 426 P022
COVER
021
851 448 P355
GROOVED PIN 5X16 AC
xxix.
9 . 27
Valid from serial :
9 . 27
AVT :
F
R
U
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
2
3
25
24
(2A3)
(2A1)
4
4
4
9 . 28
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : CONTROL CONSOLE ASM.
828 750 G035
Range : 2
Component
number
See also
page
F
R
U
Code
number
Description
002
829 583 P021
THERMO CONTROL CONSOLE
2
003
828 952 P012
CONTROL DESK INTERMEDIATE PLATE
2
004
824 485 P015
PANEL FIXING BRACKET
005
851 216 P075
CS SCREW M4X20 AC
006
851 384 P055
MACHINED WASHER 4,3X12X1 AC
007 016
851 390 P105
LOCKWASHER M4
008
851 350 P105
NUT M4 AC
009
851 350 P505
COUNTERNUT M4 AC
010
851 380 P105
WASHER M4 AC
011
851 352 P215
SAFETY NUT M4 AC TYPE BAS
012
832 463 P012
EMC METAL SHEET FOR CONSOLE
013
851 216 P045
CS SCREW M4X10 AC
014
851 214 P215
PHILLIPS SCREW M4X8 AC
015
851 383 P295
WASHER 4,3X12X1 AC
019
851 212 P485
HSHC SCREW M6X25 AC
020
851 214 P445
PHILLIPS SCREW M6X25
024
832 440 G015
RIGHT CONTROL DESK PWB ( 2A3 )
1
025
832 439 G015
LEFT CONTROL DESK PWB ( 2A1 )
1
027
851 393 P045
SPRINGWASHER 8/4,2X0,4 ZINC–COATED
028
851 381 P105
INSULATING WASHER M4
9 . 29xxx.
Valid from serial :
9 . 29
AVT : 8058
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
20 21 23
24
25
26
MODULE 1
E1 E2 E3 E4
E5
E7
E10 E11
E13
ALIM.
B.T.
A
30
29
A
A
PL1
L.V.
P. SUP
PL2
PL3
A
PL4
A
PL5
A
PL6
75
MODULE 3
59 to 63
43
10
2
39
1
R1
1
R2
1C1
38
Tb1
90
1
R3
MODULE 4
4
53
MODULE 5
9 . 30
1
R4
81
81
103
81
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : CONTROL PANEL MODULE 1
828 730 G025
Range : 2
Component
number
See also
page
F
R
U
Code
number
Description
002
004
010
824 833 P032
829 360 P024
825 026 P014
DALLE 3MM
C–ARM CABLE CLAMP
GROUND STRIP
018
019
020
824 918 G025
817 596 G015
See page 9 . 35
SCR CONTROL CABLE ( UL+CSA )
EXTENDER CARD
3A3 COLLIMATOR PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 35
2
1
1
021
023
See page 9 . 35
See page 9 . 35
See page 9 . 35
3A5 TIMER PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 35
3A7 AD KV PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 35
3A9 KV/mA REFERENCE PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 35
1
1
1
024
025
026
029
See page 9 . 35
See page 9 . 35
See page 9 . 35
828 733 G015
3A12 KV/mA –2 REF. PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3A19 SCR CONTROL PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3A26 FIL. HEATING PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CARDRACK MODULE 3/2 ASM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 . 35
9 . 35
9 . 35
9 . 37
1
1
1
1
038
053
828 734 G015
832 361 G015
PANEL 4 : POWER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 41
PANEL 5: POWERMODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 43
1
059
060
061
832 359 G015
853 064 P405
851 236 P495
1A1 C–ARM MOTOR PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 33
GROMMET NUT PLSTC 212 /80402 29 101
SELFTAPPING SCREW 4,2X19 AC
1
063
067
068
070
071
829 720 P015
828 731 G015
828 943 G015
850 703 P185
853 062 P015
C–ARM DRIVE PWB SAFETY
SPARE FUSES BAG
CABLE BUNDLE CONTROL PANEL 2
RUBBER 4610026
SELF–LOCKING COLLAR 99X2,5
072
073
074
075
853 062 P025
853 062 P035
826 980 G025
832 360 G015
SELF–LOCKING COLLAR 142X2,5
SELF–LOCKING COLLAR 188X4,8
GROUND EXTENDER CARD UL
UL LOW VOLTAGE P.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 39
080
081
090
853 062 P675
853 465 P065
853 464 P225
RE–USABLE SELF–LOCKING COLLAR
RESISTOR ALU 0E68 50W
ALU RESISTOR 50W 4K7 N.I.
095
096
098
103
853 054 P305
851 352 P035
860 799 P014
853 219 P225
FLAT CABLE CLAMP
SAFETY NUT M8 AC
ANTISTATIC BRAID
CAPACITOR 470 KPF 630V
xxxi.
9 . 31
Valid from serial :
9 . 31
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
18
25 – 30
52
9 . 32
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : 1A1 : ”C ARM” MOTOR PWB.
832 359 G015
Range : 3
Component
number
Description
832 359 G015
C–ARM MOTOR PWB ( 1A1 )
1
018
854 352 P425
SLO–BLO FUSE 3A
1
025 030
853 702 P085
OPTOCOUPLER H11A5100
1
052
854 251 P065
RELAY KUHNKE UA3 24VDC
1
xxxii.
See also
page
F
R
U
Code
number
9 . 33
Valid from serial :
9 . 33
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
PANEL 1
E1 E2 E3 E4
A
A
A
E5
E7
PL1
PL3
PL4
A
PL5
A
PL6
E13
L.V.
P. SUP.
PL2
A
E10 E11
PANEL 3
9 . 34
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : PWB.
Range :
Code
number
Description
F
R
U
3A1
828 988 G035
DSM INTERFACE PWB
1
3A3
832 502 G015
COLLIMATOR #2 PWB
1
3A5
832 501 G015
TIMER PWB
1
3A7
826 853 G045
AD / KV PWB
1
3A9
828 980 G035
828 980 G535
kV / mA REFERENCE PWB
PART NUMBER to be ORDERED for AFTER SALES SERVICE ( SAS )
1
3A12
829 825 G025
kV / mA #2 PWB
1
3A19
828 982 G035
SCR CONTROL PWB #2
1
3A26
829 357 G055
FILAMENT HEATING PWB. #4
1
PWB
number
xxxiii.
9 . 35
Valid from serial :
9 . 35
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
E1
A
A
A
E2
E3 E4
E5
E7
PL1
PL2
PL3
A
PL4
A
PL5
A
PL6
MODULE 3
9 . 36
E10 E11
E13
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name CARD RACK MODULE #3–2
828 733 G015
Range : 3
Component
number
See also
page
Code
number
Description
002
003
004
005 021 025
006 024
818 225 G025
825 119 P012
851 207 P065
851 390 P105
851 380 P105
PWB GUIDE ASSEMBLY
CARDRACK ASSEMBLY
SHC SCREW M4X15 AC
LOCK WASHER M4
WASHER M4 AC
010
011
012
013
014
854 024 P505
854 024 P035
854 024 P045
854 024 P025
851 206 P455
PWB GUIDE
PWB CONNECTOR 36 POS.
DS PWB CONNECTOR 36 POS.
PWB KEYING LUG.
SHC SCREW M3X12 AC
015
016 030
017
018
019
851 380 P085
851 390 P085
851 350 P085
817 860 P014
854 011 P055
WASHER M3 AC
LOCK WASHER M3
NUT M3 AC
SHIELD
FAST ON 90–90 TERMINAL
020 023
022
026
027
028
851 207 P045
825 114 P014
851 350 P105
854 039 P055
854 037 P215
SHC SCREW M4X10 AC
M–SERIE BRACKET
NUT M4 AC
26 POS WW MALE M–SERIE PLUG
SCREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 66
029
031
032
033
034
854 037 P225
854 037 P245
854 039 P155
854 008 P215
853 319 P035
NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 66
NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 66
26 POS WW FEMALE M–SERIE PLUG
SHORT RING TERMINAL 2,6X4 SHORT
WIRE 0,56 MM UL+CSA AWG20/300V #Yellow
035
038
039
043
044
853 305 P035
853 319 P425
853 319 P445
853 054 P305
851 246 P275
TINNED CU WIRE DIAM 0,5MM 0,0018 KG/M
WIRE UL+CSA AWG 26 TEFZ #Red
WIRE UL + CSA AWG 22 TEFZ #Yellow
FLAT CABLE CLAMP
HI–LO BHM SCREW 4,2X9,5
045
046
047
049
826 862 P014
851 216 P045
851 400 P275
850 703 P185
CARD RACK SAFETY PASTEBOARD
CS SCREW M4X10 AC
SKIFFY WASHER 10 MM
PROTECTION
xxxiv.
1
1
1
9 . 37
Valid from serial :
9 . 37
F
R
U
AVT :
1
1
1
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
3
2
4
3
5, 6, 7, 8
9 . 38
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : L.V. POWER SUPPLY
832 360 G015
Range : 3
Component
number
Code
number
F
R
U
Description
002
831 912 P013
L.V. POWER SUPPLY SUPPORT
003
861 371 P015
PSU 90W – 5/+12/–12/24V
004
851 224 P155
CSFHM SCREW M4X5 AC
005
851 200 P465
HH SCREW M4X15 AC
006
851 380 P305
WASHER M4
007
851 380 P105
WASHER M4 AC
008
851 355 P105
M4 SCREW LT
010
832 325 G015
LP SUPPLY HARNESS
xxxv.
1
9 . 39
Valid from serial :
9 . 39
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Tb1
9 . 40
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : INVERTER – MODULE #4
828 734 G015
Range : 3
Component
number
See also
page
Code
number
Description
002
003
004
005 012 017
829 236 P012
853 210 P065
853 210 P615
851 207 P045
POWER MODULE FRAME
CAPACITOR 4000MF / 450V
CAPACITOR COLLAR 77
SHC SCREW M4X10 AC
008
009
010
011
015
016
020 031
021
854 501 P015
853 219 P195
853 219 P205
853 210 P635
853 456 P095
853 454 P035
851 367 P075
853 757 P315
PASTEBOARD INSULATOR Th.0,25 mm
CAPACITOR 2MF 800VDC PP
CAPACITOR 5MF 800VDC
CAPACITOR COLLAR 49X74
RESISTOR 50W 4E7
RESISTOR MOUNTING CLIP 4A 26
CAGED NUT C4844C
RECTIFIER BRIDGE SKB 60/08
026
027
032
854 004 P025
808 200 P034
854 405 P145
8 POS. TERMINAL STRIP
8 POS. T.S. NUMBERING PLATE
220 VAC INDICATOR LIGHT
033
034
035
040
041
853 410 P195
853 001 P055
829 233 G015
828 735 G015
851 350 P135
RESISTOR 1PC 0,25W / 237K
THERMOSHRINK SLEEVE dia 4.8mm #Yellow
SWITCHING CHOKE ASSEMBLY
SANDWICH RECTIFIERS (WITH A1 AND A2)
NUT M8 AC
042
043
044
045
046
851 380 P135
851 390 P135
853 219 P115
825 021 P015
825 022 P015
WASHER M8
LOCKWASHER M8
CAPACITOR PA 220KPF / 630VAC
CONNECTION BAR 170X15X1
CONNECTION BAR 140X15X1
047
048
049
825 023 P015
825 024 P015
853 001 P085
CONNECTION BAR 90X15X1
CONNECTION BAR
THERMOSHRINK SLEEVE dia 12.7mm #Red
053
055
056
853 402 P575
870 115 P511
828 997 G015
RESISTOR 470 KOHM / 1W / 10%
SUP.ACTI SOLDER TIN 60.18 SWG
INVERTER CABLE BUNDLE
057
064
066
067
068
829 235 G015
853 058 P185
853 575 P055
832 285 P015
853 001 P095
ANTI–SATURATION TRANSFORMER
RUBBER GROMMET HV2335A
FERRITE Ø 25 x 30
CONNECTION BAR
THERMOSHRINK SLEEVE dia 19mm #BLUE
xxxvi.
F
R
U
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
9 . 41
Valid from serial :
9 . 41
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
2
3
4,
5,
6,
7
9
10,
11,12,13,14
o
59
47
9
o
40,
42,
43
10
58
38,39
38,39
58
42,
43,
41,
COSSE
41,
42,
43
37
31
32,33,34,35
26
25
21,
22,
62
23,
24,
62
36
37
27,28,29,30
48,49,50,51
9 . 42
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : POWER MODULE #5
832 361 G015
Range : 3
Component
number
See also
page
Code
number
Description
002
003
004
005
006
829 261 P012
860 921 P054
851 212 P465
851 380 P125
851 390 P125
POWER MODULE SUPPORT
P.S. TRANSFORMER
HSHC SCREW M6X16 AC
WASHER M6
LOCKWASHER M6
007 047
009
010
011
012 028 033
041 049
851 367 P215
853 210 P075
853 210 P515
851 212 P045
CAPTIVE NUT 4806–B
ELCO CAPACITOR 470MF / 250VDC
CAP BRACKET 4322 043 04270 D35P
HSHC SCREW M4X10 AC
851 380 P105
WASHER M4
851 390 P105
851 367 P075
854 352 P045
854 351 P055
LOCKWASHER M4
CAPTIVE NUT C4844C
FUSE SLO–BLO 3A
FUSE HOLDER
023
025
026
027
030 035 043
051
854 352 P075
854 004 P025
808 200 P034
851 212 P065
FUSE SLO–BLO 8A
8 POS. FASTON TERMINAL STRIP
8 POS. NUMBERING PLATE
HSHC SCREW M4X16 AC
851 350 P105
M4 NUT
031
032
036
037
038
853 757 P045
851 212 P075
853 058 P065
829 355 G015
818 365 P016
RECTIFIER BRIDGE 300V / 25A
HSHC SCREW M4X20 AC
PVC GROMMET dia 22,2mm
HEATING POWER PWB. 5A1
BAKELITE SPACER dia 12X6
039
040
046
048
058
818 364 P016
851 207 P115
829 263 G015
851 207 P095
851 383 P295
BAKELITE SPACER dia 6X12
SHC SCREW M4X40 AC
P.S. MODULE CABLE BUNDLE
SHC SCREW M4X30 AC
WASHER 4,3/12X1 AC
059
060
062
853 402 P455
854 008 P635
854 351 P065
RESISTOR 47K/1W
AMP 34148 TAP CABLE–SHOE 1,6X4
FUSE HOLDER HEAD
013 029 034
042 050
014
021
022 024
xxxvii.
F
R
U
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9 . 43
Valid from serial :
9 . 43
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
4
2
3
9 . 44
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : 6” CCD IMAGER KIT+ COLLIMATOR.
832 406 G015
Range : 1
Component
number
See also
page
F
R
U
Code
number
Description
002
828 723 G015
6” IMAGER COMPLETE ”C ARM” ASSEMBLY
003
828 725 G015
6” IMAGER ”C ARM” SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 47
2
004
828 751 G 025
6” WIRED COLLIMATOR ASSEMBLY
1
006 021
851 212 P465
HSHC SCREW M6X16 AC
007
851 390 P125
LOCKWASHER M6
010
851 224 P695
CSFHM SELFBLOCKING M4X30 AC
011
851 542 P015
SKIFFY WASHER FOR NYLON CAP
012
851 542 P025
NYLON CAP 06–6–5
013
832 395 P013
MOULDED COUNTERWEIGHT
014
851 212 P515
HSHC SCREW M6X40 AC
015
851 380 P125
WASHER M6
016 024
851 390 P125
LOCKWASHER M6
017
851 224 P665
CSFHM SELFBLOCKING SCREW M4X15 AC
018
851 367 P075
CAGED NUT C4844C
022
851 383 P315
WASHER 6,4/18X1,5 AC
023
851 383 P335
WASHER 8,4/25X2 AC
025
832 410 P013
16B CONTROL DESK SCREEN PLATE
027
830 997G035
COVERS KIT (Column right and left covers + Collimator cover + Wig–Wag . . . . . . . . . 9 . 62
covers kit + C Arm support left and right covers + Horizontal arm cover.)
Valid from serial :
9 . 45
9 . 47
1
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
828 725 G015
861 205 P015
828 751 G025
84
88
26
39,67
9 . 46
32
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : ”C ARM” SUPPORT ASM. ( 6” )
828 725 G015
Range : 2
Component
number
F
R
U
Code
number
Description
002
832 630 G015
WELDED ”C ARM” SUPPORT. ( 6” version)
003
851 256 P245
HSCPS SCREW M8X10 AC
004
828 488 G035
6” MODIFIED BRAKE ASSEMBLY
005
828 696 P015
CLAMP 45X5X6
006
851 212 P265
HSHC SCREW M5X16 AC
007
851 383 P305
WASHER 5,3/15X1,5 AC
008
851 390 P115
LOCKWASHER M5
009
851 630 P325
TRACTION SPRING DIN 17223C 10,9/60,8
010
851 847 P085
RETAINING WASHER DIA 6–8 MM
xxxviii.xxxix.
1
1
9 . 47
Assembly Name : 6” COLLIMATOR ASSEMBLY
828 751 G025
Range : 2
Code
number
Description
F
R
U
026
861 400 P014
GEARMOTOR
1
032
851 674 P075
DRIVING–BELT
2
039 067
854 306 P215
SUB MSW
1
084
860 927 P014
GEARMOTOR
1
088
829 797 G035
MICROMOTOR ASSEMBLY
1
Component
number
Valid from serial :
9 . 47
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
4
2
3
9 . 48
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : 9” CCD IMAGER KIT + COLLIMATOR.
832 407 G015
Range : 1
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
F
R
U
002
828 724 G015
9” IMAGER COMPLETE ”C ARM” ASSEMBLY
003
828 726 G015
9” IMAGER ”C ARM” SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 51
2
004
828 752 G025
9” WIRED COLLIMATOR ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 51
1
006 021
851 212 P465
HSHC SCREW M6X16 AC
007 017 024
851 390 P125
LOCKWASHER M6
010
851 224 P095
CSFHM SELFBLOCKING SCREW M4X30 AC
011
851 542 P015
SKIFFY WASHER FOR NYLON CAP
012
851 542 P025
NYLON CAP TYPE 06–6–5
018
851 350 P115
NUT M5 AC
019
851 383 P305
WASHER 5,3/15X1,5 AC
020
851 390 P115
LOCKWASHER M5
022
851 383 P315
WASHER 6,4/18X1,5 AC
023
851 383 P335
WASHER 8,4/25X2 AC
025
832 411 P013
CONTROL DESK SCREEN PLATE /9”B
027
830 997 G045
COVERS KIT. (Column right and left covers + Collimator cover + Wig–Wag . . . . . . . . 9 . 62
covers kit + C Arm support left and right covers + Horizontal arm cover.)
Valid from serial :
9 . 49
1
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
828 726 G015
861 205 P015
5
113
828 752 G025
84
26
32
39,67
9 . 50
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : ”C ARM” SUPPORT. ( 9” )
828 726 G015
Range : 2
Component
number
F
R
U
Code
number
Description
002
832 630 G025
WELDED ”C ARM” SUPPORT. ( 9” version)
003
851 256 P245
HSCPS SCREW M8X10 AC
004
828 488 G045
9” MODIFIED BRAKE ASM
005
828 696 P015
CLAMP 45X5X6
006
851 212 P265
HSHC SCREW M5X16 AC
007
851 383 P305
WASHER 5,3/15X1,5 AC
008
851 390 P115
LOCKWASHER M5
009
851 630 P325
TRACTION SPRING DIN 17223C 10,9/60,8
010
851 847 P085
RETAINING WASHER dia 6–8 mm
9 . 51
1
1
xl.
Assembly Name : 9” COLLIMATOR ASSEMBLY
828 752 G025
Range : 2
Code
number
Description
F
R
U
026
861 400 P014
GEARMOTOR
1
032
851 674 P075
DRIVING–BELT
2
039 067
854 306 P215
SUB MSW
1
084
860 927 P014
GEARMOTOR
1
113
829 797 G035
MICROMOTOR ASSEMBLY
1
Component
number
Valid from serial :
9 . 51
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
29
27, 28
A
24
23
19
A
22
9 . 52
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : MONITOR CART ASSEMBLY / Basic version
827 908 G065
Range : 1
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
F
R
U
002
003
004
005
006
827 944 G035
832 402 P012
830 763 P012
831 220 P013
831 220 P023
WELDED FRAME ASM (Modular Monitor Cart)
FRONT UPPER SHELF
SEPARATION PLATE ( Mod.Mon.Cart )
WELDED LEFT FOOT ( Mod.Mon.Cart )
WELDED RIGHT FOOT (Mod.Mon.Cart )
007
008 076
009
010 077 127
011 078 128
830 781 G015
851 213 P055
832 403 P012
851 380 P135
851 390 P135
WELDED LOWER BIN (Mod.Mon.Cart )
HSHC SCREW M8X12 AC
REAR UPPER SHELF
WASHER M8
LOCKWASHER M8
012 118
013 031 119
134 143
014 032 120
135 144
851 212 P455
HSHC SCREW M6X12 AC
851 380 P125
WASHER M6
851 390 P125
LOCKWASHER M6
015
017
019
020
022
851 350 P125
830 871 P012
861 323 P014
851 443 P705
860 893 P044
NUT M6 AC
DOOR 3 OEM ( Mod.Mon.Cart )
IDLE WHEEL WITH INDEX
PIN Ø 4 x 8 AC
IDLE WHEEL ( Mod.Mon.Cart )
1
023
024
026
027
028
830 853 P015
851 350 P555
827 922 P034
827 919 P015
827 921 P015
M.C. WHEEL FIXING NUT PLATE
COUNTER–NUT M12 AC
SHAFT SUPPORT
CENTERING RING
ROTATION SHAFT
2
2
2
1
2
029
030
034
035
036
827 920 P015
851 212 P475
851 221 P515
851 221 P565
851 256 P315
BRAKE WASHER
HSHC SCREW M6X20 AC
HSFH SCREW M6X40 AC
HSFH SCREW M6X70 AC
HSHS SCREW M8X40 AC NON GALVANIZED
1
037
039
041
042 137
851 350 P135
851 224 P035
851 221 P065
851 380 P105
NUT M8 AC
CSFHM SCREW M4X8 AC
HSFH SCREW M4X16 AC
WASHER M4
043 104 110
116 131 138
044 105 117
053 107
851 390 P105
851 350 P105
851 367 P065
LOCKWASHER M4
NUT M4 AC
CAGED NUT C4844B
xli.
1
9 . 53
Valid from serial :
9 . 53
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
75
A
58
57
A
9 . 54
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : MONITOR CART ASSEMBLY / Basic version
827 908 G065
Range : 1
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
F
R
U
056
057
058
059
851 224 P665
851 870 P115
850 703 P185
851 350 P145
CSFHM SCREW M4X15 AC
FOOT STOPGAP
RUBBER SAFETY 4610026
NUT M10 AC
1
1
061
074 121
075
097
102
851 400 P275
851 367 P215
832 523 P014
851 501 P075
851 214 P235
SKIFFY WASHER 10MM
CAGED NUT C4806–B
LATERAL HANDLE
RAPID TYE C4402.6.32
PHILLIPS SCREW M4X16 AC
2
103 109 115
108
111
113
114
851 383 P295
851 212 P045
851 541 P065
830 807 P014
830 873 P014
WASHER 4,3/12X1 AC
HSHC SCREW M4X10 AC
STOPGAP Dia 12,7
STANDARD COVER ( Modular Monitor Cart ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 63
GRND PLATE ( Mod.Mon.Cart )
125
126
129
130 136
133 142
141
851 367 P285
851 213 P065
851 367 P075
851 212 P055
851 212 P465
830 761 P013
CAGED NUT M8 C4808–B
HSHC SCREW M8X16 AC
CAGED NUT C4844C
HSHC SCREW M4X12 AC
HSHC SCREW M6X16 AC
INTERMEDIATE PLATE ( Mod.Mon.Cart )
Valid from serial :
9 . 55
AVT :
1
1
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
42 , 45
43
A
A
37
29
9TR1
9Tb3
9 . 56
36
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : MONITOR CART WIRING
828 804 G055
Range : 1
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
F
R
U
004 012 038
005 013 040
014 026 039
007
851 212 P055
851 383 P295
851 390 P105
851 212 P465
HSHC SCREW M4X12 AC
WASHER 4,3 x12
LOCKWASHER M4
HSHC SCREW M6X16 AC
008 041
009 017
851 383 P315
851 390 P125
WASHER 6,4/18X1,5 AC
LOCKWASHER M6
010
833 040 G015
MDA MEMORY KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 92
011
015
016
828 950 P045
851 212 P455
851 380 P125
MONITOR CART LABEL
HSHC SCREW M6X12 AC
WASHER M6
020
021
022
023
024
854 026 P135
854 026 P335
854 026 P345
854 026 P375
851 201 P045
DIN SUPPORT 35X50
WEIDMULLER TERMINAL 16 MM2
WEIDMULLER TERMINAL 16 MM2
TERMINAL END PLATE
HH SCREW M5X10 AC
025
027
028
029
030
851 380 P105
851 350 P115
818 770 P413
860 920 P024
851 213 P065
WASHER M4
NUT M5 AC
WARNING LABEL ”ELECTRIC DANGER”
ISOLATION TRANSFORMER
HSHC SCREW M8X16 AC
031
032
033
034
851 380 P135
851 390 P135
851 367 P275
853 152 P075
WASHER M8
LOCKWASHER M8
RAPID CAGED NUT C4808A
Green/Yellow LABEL ”UL GRND”
036
831 256 G025
MAINS CABLE (MONITOR)
037
853 313 P075
” BNC–BNC” CABLE L=1,5M (MONITOR)
042
043
854 414 P045
832 434 P015
X–RAY WARNING LIGHT
WARNING LIGHT SUPPORT
1
1
045
046
047
854 405 P045
854 414 P055
853 575 P045
BULB 40V 10W
SOCKET FOR BULB BA15D
FERRITE CLIP DIA 10 MM
1
048
828 756 G035
MONITOR CART INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 59
2
2
Valid from serial :
9 . 57
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
MODULE 9
5
46
8 or 49
2
39
38
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
37
36
9 . 58
35
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : STENO 2 INTERFACE MODULE 9
828 756 G035
Range : 2
Component
number
Code
number
F
R
U
Description
002
003
004
005
006
832 918 P012
832 944 G015
851 367 P065
827 932 P015
832 848 G015
INTERFACE PANEL ( Modular Monitor Cart )
WELDED SUPPORT
CAGED NUT C4844B
KEY
PANEL 9 HARNESS
008
2 172 555
009
010, 014
011
013
851 206 P455
851 207 P045
851 207 P065
851 207 P095
9A1 TRANSPANEL for MDA memory
( see schematics A3 p.A–38 )
SHC M3X12 AC SCREW
SHC M4X10 AC SCREW
SHC M4X15 AC SCREW
SHC M4X30 AC SCREW
015
016
017
018
019
851 207 P065
851 212 P445
851 249 P055
851 350 P085
851 350 P105
SHC M4X16 AC SCREW
SHC M6X10 AC SCREW
SHC N* 6–32 UNC AC SCREW
M3 AC NUT
M4 AC NUT
020
021
022
025
026
851 355 P105
851 380 P085
851 390 P105
851 383 P275
851 383 P295
M4 LT NUT
WASHER M3 AC
WASHER M4 AC
WASHER 32/9X08
WASHER 43/12X1A
027
028
029
030
031
851 390 P085
851 390 P105
851 390 P125
851 400 P275
853 062 P015
SCHNORR WASHER VIS M3
SCHNORR WASHER VIS M4
SCHNORR WASHER VIS M6
SKIFFY WASHER 10MM
SELF LOCKING COLLAR1
032
033
034
035
036
853 152 P075
853 219 P225
853 454 P015
853 455 P015
853 455 P055
UL GROUND LABEL
COND 470K 630V
RESISTOR FIXING CLIP–2A 15
1E 25W RESISTOR
2E2 25W RESISTOR
037
038
039
040
041
854 004 P115
854 273 P225
854 273 P645
854 351 P015
854 351 P045
FASTON 12X6 TERRMINAL STRIP
AUX. RELAY 3NO–3NF 105V
TIMER 01SEC–3SEC
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE HOLDER 103X349
2
1
2
042
043
044
045
046
047
854 351 P065
854 352 P025
854 352 P055
854 362 P315
854 365 P045
853 065 P025
FUSE HOLDER HEAD
LONG FUSE 1A
LONG FUSE 5A
FUSE 500V 1A 10KA
CIRCUIT BREAKER 30A 250V
METAL COLLAR DIA 4.8
1
1
1
1
1
049
2 172 563
9A1 TRANSPANEL for DR4 / MD10 memories
( see schematics A3 p.A–38 )
1
xlii.
1
1
1
2
9 . 59
Valid from serial :
9 . 59
AVT : 8063
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
2
5
3
6
4
9 . 60
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : X – RAY HAND SWITCH KIT
829 866 G015
Range : 1
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
F
R
U
002
46–270 800 G5
HAND SWITCH
1
003
46–279 005 P1
HANGER
1
004
46–315 241 P1
COIL CORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
005
829 827 P015
X–RAY HAND SWITCH PWB. SUPPORT
2
006
829 785 G015
X–RAY HANDSWITCH PWB. 2A4
2
007
851 215 P415
CS SCREW M3X5 AC
008
851 380 P085
WASHER M3
009
851 390 P085
LOCKWASHER M3
010
851 350 P055
NUT M2
011
851 200 P465
HH SCREW M4X15 AC
012
851 383 P295
WASHER 4,3/12X1 AC
013
851 390 P105
LOCKWASHER M4
014
851 350 P105
NUT M4 AC
015
829 867 G025
X–RAY HANDSWITCH CABLE
018
851 202 P295
HH SCREW M12X30 AC
019
829 871 P015
X–RAY HS. PWB SUPPORT TEMPLATE
Valid from serial :
9 . 61
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 CCD–MDA COVERS ( FRU )
xliii.
9 . 62
IR Remote control
832 466 G045 (MDA)(1)
832 466 G025 (DR4)(1)
832 466 G035 (MD10)(1)
Column cover ( left + right )
831 227 G515 (2)
Wig–Wag cover kit
826 955 G035 (1)
“C Arm” support thermo cover (Left + right )
831 229 G525 (2) û 6”
831 230 G525 (2) û 9”
Horizontal arm cover
832 457 P011 (2)
Collimator cover
829 562 P042 (1) (without DAP and Laser)
829 562 P052 (1) (with display for DAP)
829 562 P062 (1) (for Laser without display)
Laser cap
Panel cover
2 185 094 (2) (without IC *)
2 185 092 (2) (with IC *)
2 185 093 (2) (white model
829 285 P042 (2)
with IC *)
* IC : Ion Chamber
Column cover
832 414 G015 (2)
Sealant
Back wheel cover
2 172 793 (2)
830 964 P023 (1)
Front wheel cover
830 963 P013 (1)
Power supply cable drum
830 966 G015
Monitor cart cable
828 955 G615 (1)
9 . 62
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
MONITOR CART COVERS ( FRU ).
xliv.
9 . 63
Rear cover (all versions)
832 137 P021 (2)
2 Monitors support kit
–
( 1 Monitor support kit )
829 334 G025 (N) – ( 832 442 G015 (N) )
Sony 9500 MDP Monitor Cart Cover
830 804 P013 (2)
Film repro kit (Visiplex) Monitor Cart Cover
830 806 P013 (2)
Sony UP910 Monitor Cart Cover
830 805 P013 (2)
Standard Cover ( use two parts for Visiplex if this option is not used )
830 807 P014 (2)
Sony UP890 Monitor Cart Cover
833 128 P014 (2)
9 . 63
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
DR4 or MD10 CABLES INTERCONNECTIONS (FRU : 1 ).
DR4 / MD10
DR4 / MD10
FRONT PANEL
R.X. CONTROL
DSM
DB 15 Male
REAR PANEL
R.X. CONTROL
DR
HARD COPY
VIDEO
DB 15 Female
BNC
Only in DR
(EMULATION)
SCREEN A SCREEN B
OUT
OUT
BNC
CAMERA
IN
BNC
POWER
DB 9 Male
BNC
HARD COPY
CONTROL
I.R. REMOTE
BNC
DB 9 Male
853 313 P065
Monitors
C or D
A or B
853 313 P075
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
MD10 Option
829 971 G025
C
A
B
D
830 062 G015
or
9 . 64
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
MDA CABLES INTERCONNECTIONS (FRU : 1 ).
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
RS232 IR receiver cable
833 050 P015
RS232 Interface cable
861 435 P015
833 055 P015
IR – PC cable
833 137 P015
833 065 P015
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
833 012 P015
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
833 054 P015
853 313 P015
833 053 P015
853 313 P015
830 062 G015
9 . 65
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
FRONT
view
M Serie” PLUGS
BACK
view
Female 14 pos.
Male 14 pos.
Female 26 pos.
Male 26 pos.
Female 34 pos.
Male 34 pos.
46 854 037 P335
46 854 037 P345
46 854 037 P355
FEMALE
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
46 854 037 P325
46 854 037 P215
É
É
Ç
Ç
ÇÇ
ÇÇ
ÇÇ
xlv.
GUIDE SOCKET
46 854 037 P845
PIN AMP
Ç
Ç
46 854 037 P315
46 854 037 P225
46 854 037 P035 14 pos.
46 854 037 P055 26pos.
46 854 037 P065 34pos.
46 854 037 P235
MALE
Ç
Ç
46 854 037 P135 14 pos.
46 854 037 P155 26pos.
46 854 037 P165 34pos.
46 854 037 P245
GUIDE PIN
46 854 037 P855
”M SERIE”
MALE for wire
Section mm2
ø ext. mm
Gold
Tinned
0,2 à 0,56
0,2 à 0,56
0,75 á 1,5
1,1 à 1,8
2 á 2,5
2 á 2,5
854 037 P615
854 037 P635
854 037 P655
854 037 P685
854 037 P705
SOCKET
”M SERIE”
FEMALE for wire
Section mm2
0,2 à 0,56
0,2 à 0,56
0,75 á 1,5
ø ext. mm
1,1 à 1,8
2 á 2,5
2 á 2,5
Gold
854 037 P625
854 037 P645
854 037 P665
Tinned
854 037 P675
854 037 P695
854 037 P715
9 . 66
9 . 66
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
PLUG 62 POSITIONS
MALE
KIT
829 732 G 015
854 039 P495
ÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇ
824 024 P016
FEMALE
854 039 P955
829 734 P015
KIT
829 733 G 015
9 . 67
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
O.E.M. REFERENCE.
O.E.M. REFERENCE
MODEL
PART NUMBER
VCR S–VHS SONY
625L/220V/CEI
SVO–9500MPD
45 067 461
VCR S–VHS SONY
525L/110V/UL
SVO–9500MD
45 067 462
PAPER PRINTER N / B SONY
CEI/220V
UP 910–EK4
861 190 P 015
PAPER PRINTER N / B SONY
UL/110V
UP 910–U / C
861 190 P 025
PAPER PRINTER SONY
CEI/220V
UP 890 CE
861 190 P 035
PAPER PRINTER SONY
UL/110V
UP 880 UL
861 190 P 045
REPRO VISIPLEX
625L/220V/50/60Hz
CCM 620
A2V 521
45 067 445
REPRO VISIPLEX
525L/220V/50/60Hz
CCM 620
A2VS 522
45 067 444
MONITEUR DISTAR
525L/625L/50/60Hz
FFD–ROT
36 004 047
9 . 68
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
9 . 69
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
9–2
sm 826 921 P615
LASER
Assembly Name : EXTERNAL LASER AIMING SPARE PARTS
Range :
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
F
R
U
832 343 G015
LASER SUPPORT ASM IMAGER 22CM
2
832 346 G015
LASER SUPPORT ASM IMAGER 16CM
2
861 365 P055
TARGET RETICULE
2
861 365 P025
LASER (external)
2
861 365 P035
LASER SUPPORT
2
Valid from serial :
9 . 70
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : INTEGRATED LASER AIMING SPARE PARTS
Range :
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
F
R
U
005
861 438 P015
LASER DIODE (ASM)
006
861 438 P025
LASER DIODE + CARBON FIBRE ARM ASM
2
007
861 438 P035
ROTATION AND MOTOR BLOCK
2
008
861 438 P045
LASER DIODE CONTROL MODULE
2
009
2 170 728
RED OUTPUT WINDOW
1
Valid from serial :
9 . 71
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
9–3
sm 826 921 P615
DOSE AREA PRODUCT METER
Assembly Name : DOSE AREA PRODUCT METER
Range :
Component
number
See also
page
F
R
U
Code
number
Description
861 370 P025
ION CHAMBER ASM
2
861 370 P055
ELECTRONICS MODULE *
2
861 370 P065
DISPLAY MODULE *
2
861 370 P075
OVERLAY *
2
861 370 P085
SET CABLES AND CONNECTORS
2
861 370 P095
SPACER
2
*
: with DR4 and MD10 memories.
861 439 P025
ELECTRONIC MODULE
2
861 439 P035
SINGLE CHANNEL BOARD
2
833 137 P015
DAP–TRANSPANEL CABLE
2
833 054 P015
PC–DAP CABLE
2
861 370 P135
SGNL COAX CABLE
2
861 370 P145
H.T. COAX CABLE
2
861 370 P155
SGNL FLAT CABLE
2
861 370 P165
P.S. FLAT CABLE
2
Valid from serial :
9 . 72
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
9 . 73
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
9–4
sm 826 921 P615
IMAGER
IMAGEUR 16/22 FOR STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000
9 . 74
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : IMAGEUR 16/22 FOR STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 CCD–MDA
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
001
2 123 013
IMAGEUR 16 CCD STENO 525–LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 77
002
2 123 012 – 2
IMAGEUR 16 CCD STENO 625–LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 77
003
2 122 357 – 2
IMAGEUR 22 CCD STENO 525–LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 79
004
2 111 958
IMAGEUR 22 CCD STENO 625–LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 79
Valid from serial :
9 . 75
AVT :
F
R
U
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
IMAGEUR 16 CCD STENO 525–LINE 2 123 013
IMAGEUR 16 CCD STENO 625–LINE 2 123 012 – 2
A
A
9 . 76
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : IMAGEUR 16 CCD 525 LINE 2 123 013
IMAGEUR 16 CCD 625 LINE 2 123 012 – 2
Component
number
Code
number
Range :
See also
page
Description
F
R
U
001
2 120 442
II TUBE TH9449 HP H506
1
002
45 312 902
COVER, CENTER, PAINTED
2
003
2 134 681 – 2
CCD COMPACT CAMERA 525–LINE 16 CM EQUIPPED
1
004
2 134 680 – 2
CCD COMPACT CAMERA 625–LINE 16 CM EQUIPPED
1
005
58 079 229
POWER SUPPLY, II SYSTEM, STENO/RF TUBE HP
1
006
2 111 966
BOARD CAGE, CCD STENO, EQUIPPED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 81
2
007
45 312 654
UPPER COVER EQUIPPED
2
–
45 066 738
ANTISCATING GRID
1
008
91 694 905
BLANKING CAP, WHITE, D=10.5 H=4
2
009
45 312 903
COVER PAINTED LOWER
2
010
2 124 242
EMERGENCY MAINTENANCE KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 83
1
xlvi.
9 . 77
Valid from serial :
9 . 77
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
IMAGEUR 22 CCD STENO 525–LINE 2 122 357 – 2
IMAGEUR 22 CCD STENO 625–LINE 2 111 958
4
3
A
1
7
5
6
A
3
7
2
8
8
9 . 78
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : IMAGEUR 22 CCD 525 LINE 2 122 357 – 2
IMAGEUR 22 CCD 625 LINE 2 111 958
Component
number
Code
number
Range :
See also
page
Description
F
R
U
001
2 105 607
II TUBE
1
002
58079229
POWER SUPPLY, II SYSTEM, STENO/RF TUBE HP
1
003
2 193 568
COVER, LOWER, EQUIPPED
2
–
45 067 387
ANTISCATING GRID
1
004
2 111 966
BOARD CAGE, CCD STENO, EQUIPPED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 81
2
005
2 134 679 – 2
CCD COMPACT CAMERA 525–LINE 22 CM EQUIPPED
1
006
2 134 678 – 2
CCD COMPACT CAMERA 625–LINE 22 CM EQUIPPED
1
007
2 122 713
COVER, UPPER, WITH SEAL
2
008
91633383
BLANKING CAP, WHITE, D=20/15 H=4
2
009
2 112 048
EMERGENCY MAINTENANCE KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 85
1
xlvii.
9 . 79
Valid from serial :
9 . 79
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
BOARD CAGE, CCD STENO, EQUIPPED 2111966
4
A3
IMAGEUR 16
2
A1
3
A2
IMAGEUR 22
1
5
2107144
W30
A3 J2 HV
2119075
A6 J8
W31
J1
2119077
C191987
2119076
9 . 80
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : BOARD CAGE, CCD STENO, EQUIPPED 2111966
Range :
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
F
R
U
001
2111964
BOARD CAGE, CCD STENO, ASSEMBLY
1
002
36003627
POWER SUPPLY BOARD, CCD (A1)
1
003
2103697–2
VIDEO BOARD, CCD (A2)
1
004
2120439
INTERFACE BOARD, CCD (A3)
1
005
2111967
SET OF CABLES, BOARD CAGE, CCD
1
–
2107144
CABLE W30
–
2119075
CABLE W31
–
2119077
VIDEO CABLE
–
C191987
PROTECTIVE CONNECTION
–
2119076
GROUND CABLE
xlviii.
9 . 81
Valid from serial :
9 . 81
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
EMERGENCY MAINTENANCE KIT 2124242
(IMAGEUR 16 CCD STENO)
9 . 82
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : EMERGENCY MAINTENANCE KIT 2124242
(IMAGEUR 16 CCD STENO)
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
–
91694905
BLANKING CAP, WHITE, D=10.5 H=4
–
58079540
SLOW–BLOW FUSE, 5X20 2.0A 250V V 100A ULL
–
99052109
SCREW, HEX SKT HD CAP, M3X8/8, PASS SST
–
91455241
WASHER, M3, STL
–
2109925
SCREWDRIVER, MICRO–TECH
–
45559962
BAG OF LANGUAGE STICK–ON LABELS
–
45474344
IDENTIFICATION LABEL, GERMAN PRODUCT
–
45474343
IDENTIFICATION LABEL, ITALIAN PRODUCT
–
45474041
IDENTIFICATION LABEL, SPANISH PRODUCT
–
45474039
IDENTIFICATION LABEL, FRENCH PRODUCT
–
45474346
SPECIFICATION LABEL, GERMAN PRODUCT
–
45474345
SPECIFICATION LABEL, ITALIAN PRODUCT
–
45474040
SPECIFICATION LABEL, SPANISH PRODUCT
–
45474038
SPECIFICATION LABEL, FRENCH PRODUCT
–
45474336
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
–
2106275
EXTENDER BOARD
xlix.
Range :
F
R
U
1
9 . 83
Valid from serial :
9 . 83
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
EMERGENCY MAINTENANCE KIT 2112048
(IMAGEUR 22 CCD STENO)
9 . 84
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : EMERGENCY MAINTENANCE KIT 2112048
( IMAGEUR 22 CCD STENO )
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
–
91633383
BLANKING CAP, WHITE, D=10.5 H=4
–
58079540
SLOW–BLOW FUSE, 5X20 2.0A 250V V 100A ULL
–
99052109
SCREW, HEX SKT HD CAP, M3X8/8, PASS SST
–
91455241
WASHER, M3, STL
–
2109925
SCREWDRIVER, MICRO–TECH
–
45559962
BAG OF LANGUAGE STICK–ON LABELS
–
45474344
IDENTIFICATION LABEL, GERMAN PRODUCT
–
45474343
IDENTIFICATION LABEL, ITALIAN PRODUCT
–
45474041
IDENTIFICATION LABEL, SPANISH PRODUCT
–
45474039
IDENTIFICATION LABEL, FRENCH PRODUCT
–
45474346
SPECIFICATION LABEL, GERMAN PRODUCT
–
45474345
SPECIFICATION LABEL, ITALIAN PRODUCT
–
45474040
SPECIFICATION LABEL, SPANISH PRODUCT
–
45474038
SPECIFICATION LABEL, FRENCH PRODUCT
–
45474336
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
–
2106275
EXTENDER BOARD
l.
Range :
F
R
U
1
9 . 85
Valid from serial :
9 . 85
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
9–5
sm 826 921 P615
MEMORIES
3
7
MDA MEMORY
5
6
SCSI Controler
board + cable
Loaded SCSI disk
2
8
Infrared receiver
board
9 . 86
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : MDA MEMORY
832 983 G015
Range : 0
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
F
R
U
002
861 420 P015
EQUIPED PC
1
003
861 424 P015
RS 232 BOARD
1
005
861 426 P015
AVIAS BOARD
1
006
861 427 P015
MIDAS BOARD
1
007
861 429 P015
VGA BOARD
1
008
833 049 G015
833 076 G515
TOUCH SCREEN FRONT ASM
TOUCH SCREEN + ELECTROLUMINESCENT ASM
1
1
833 074 G515
LOADED IDE DISK
1
833 075 G515
LOADED SCSI DISK (ILLUSTRATED)
1
861 423 P015
SCSI CONTROLER BOARD + CABLE
2
832 466 G045
IR REMOTE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 62
1
861 440 P015
INFRARED RECEIVER BOARD
1
Valid from serial :
9 . 87
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : DR4 MEMORY
Range :
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
F
R
U
861 360 P025
BOXED DR4 MOTHER BOARD SERIAL
1
861 360 P035
INFRA RED RECEIVER SERIAL
2
2175577
DR4 / MD10 REMOTE CONTROL CABLE
2
832 466 G025
I.R. REMOTE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 62
1
832 455 G015
POWER SUPPLY CABLE
2
2175685
BOXED DR4 MOTHER BOARD PARALLEL
1
2175687
INFRA RED RECEIVER PARALLEL
2
Valid from serial :
9 . 88
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : MD10 MEMORY
Range :
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
F
R
U
861 361 P065
MD10 MEMORY SERIAL
1
861 361 P035
INFRA RED RECEIVER SERIAL
2
2 175 577
DR4 / MD10 REMOTE CONTROL CABLE
2
832 466 G035
I.R. REMOTE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 62
1
832 455 G015
POWER SUPPLY CABLE
2
2 175 688
BOXED MD10 MOTHER BOARD PARALLEL
1
2 175 690
INFRA RED RECEIVER KP ( KEYBOARD PARALLEL )
2
2 169 586
FLAT KEYBOARD MD10
2
Valid from serial :
9 . 89
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
9–6
sm 826 921 P615
MONITORS
Assembly Name : MAGNETEK MONITOR
Range :
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
F
R
U
2 153 979
TV MONITOR NOT ROT.
1
2 153 980
TV MONITOR ROT.
1
Valid from serial :
9 . 90
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
9 . 91
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
9–7
sm 826 921 P615
KITS (MONITOR CART)
Assembly Name : MDA MEMORY KIT
833 040 G015
Range : 2
Component
number
Code
number
See also
page
Description
F
R
U
003
827 681 G015
CEI MAIN CABLED
1
004
833 012 P015
TRANSPANEL–AVIAS CABLE
1
005
853 313 P035
COAX CABLE 75 OHM LG = 2M
2
006
851 212 P045
HSHC SCREW M4X10QC
007
851 383 P295
WASHER 43/12X1A
008
851 390 P105
SCHNORR WASHER M4
009
851 367 P075
CAGED NUT C4844C
010
833 031 P014
PC CLAMPING RAIL
012 018
853 313 P065
BNC COAX CABLE
013 017
829 736 P015
FLEXIBLE MAGNET
019
851 250 P115
UNC Nb 10 SCREW
020
851 400 P285
SKIFFY WASHER FOR M 12MM SCREW
021
833 136 P014
SUPPORT
022
833 135 P014
CONNECTOR SUPPORT
023
851 350 P085
NUT M3 AC
024
851 380 P085
WASHER M3 AC
025
851 383 P275
WASHER 32/9X08
026
851 390 P085
SCHNORR WASHER M3
027
851 206 P435
HSHC SCREW M3X8 AC
029
2 192 808
PC IRON SHEET SUPPORT
li.lii.liii.
1
9 . 92
Valid from serial :
9 . 92
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : VCR SONY KIT
830 117 G025
Range : 0
Component
number
See also
page
Code
number
Description
002
853 313 P015
”BNC–BNC” CABLE L=1.5M
003
827 681 G015
MAIN VOLTAGE SUPPLY CABLE CEI
004
830 952 G015
MAGNETO SONY REMOTE CONTROL CABLE
005
830 770 G015
WELDED SHELF ( Mod.Mon.Cart )
006
851 212 P055
HSHC SCREW M4X12 AC
007
851 380 P105
WASHER M4
008 019
851 390 P105
LOCKWASHER M4
010
851 206 P445
SHC SCREW M3X10 AC
011
851 390 P085
LOCKWASHER M3
012
851 383 P275
WASHER 3,2/9X0,8 AC
013
830 933 P015
SHELF SUPPORT ROD (Modular Monitor Cart)
014
851 374 P085
RIVET TUBTARA M6 SHEET 3–5,5 AC
015
851 350 P125
NUT M6 AC
017
830 804 P013
SONY 9500 MDP COVER ( Mod.Mon.Cart ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 63
018
851 383 P295
WASHER 4,3/12X1 AC
020
851 355 P105
BRASS NUT M4
025
830 883 P013
VCR REMOTE CONTROL BIN (Mod.Mon.Cart)
026
850 750 P335
TAPE *RUBAN TESALIX 4970
F
R
U
1
Valid from serial :
9 . 93
AVT :
2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : FILM REPRO KIT
830 043 G075
Range : 0
Component
number
See also
page
Code
number
Description
006
851 212 P055
HSHC SCREW M4X12 AC
007 029
851 380 P105
WASHER M4
008 017 028
851 390 P105
LOCKWASHER M4
016
851 383 P295
WASHER 4,3/12X1 AC
018
851 355 P105
BRASS NUT M4
021
830 766 P013
MATRIX SHELF
023
830 777 P013
REPRO FILM CASSETTE BIN
024
851 367 P075
CAGED NUT
025
851 221 P065
HSFHM SCREW M4X16 AC
026
830 046 P015
REPRO CASSETTE BIN SKATE
027
851 350 P105
NUT M4 AC
030
851 212 P045
HSHC SCREW M4X10
031
823 993 P015
SPRING BLADE
032
830 806 P013
MATRIX COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 63
Valid from serial :
9 . 94
AVT :
F
R
U
2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : PAPER REPRO KIT
830 043 G065
Range : 0
Component
number
Code
number
Description
002
853 313 P015
” BNC–BNC ” CABLE L=1.5M
003
827 681 G015
MAIN VOLTAGE P.S. CABLE CEI
004
830 062 G015
REPRO REMOTE CONTROL CABLE
005
830 770 G015
WELDED SHELF ( Mod.Mon.Cart )
006
851 212 P055
HSHC SCREW M4X12 AC
007
851 380 P105
WASHER M4
008 017
851 390 P105
LOCKWASHER M4
009
851 206 P445
SHC SCREW M3X10 AC
010
851 390 P085
LOCKWASHER M3
011
851 383 P275
WASHER 3,2/9X0,8 AC
012
830 933 P015
SHELF SUPPORT ROD (Mod.Mon.Cart )
013
851 374 P085
RIVET TUBTARA M6 SHEET 3–5,5 AC
014
851 350 P125
NUT M6 AC
015
830 805 P013
SONY UP910 COVER (Mod.Mon.Cart ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 63
016
851 383 P295
WASHER 4,3/12X1 AC
018
851 355 P105
BRASS NUT M4
See also
page
Valid from serial :
9 . 95
AVT :
F
R
U
2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : CCM 620 VISIPLEX
Component
number
F
R
U
GEMSnumber
Description
861 227 P055
VISIPLEX CCM620 – 1 HARDCOPY IMAG. 50 HZ
861 227 P065
VISIPLEX CCM620 – 1 HARDCOPY IMAG. 60 HZ
861 227 P075
VISIPLEX CCM620 – 2 HARDCOPY IMAG. 50 HZ
861 227 P085
VISIPLEX CCM620 – 2 HARDCOPY IMAG. 60 HZ
861 227 P095
VISIPLEX CCM620 – 1 & 4 HARDCOPY IMAG. 50 HZ
861 227 P105
VISIPLEX CCM620 – 1 & 4 HARDCOPY IMAG. 60 HZ
Valid from serial :
9 . 96
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Assembly Name : VISIPLEX SPARE LIST
Range : 0
Component
number
F
R
U
GEMSnumber
Description
Visiplex
reference
861 372 P015
861 372 P025
861 372 P035
HIGH VOLTAGE Board
REGULATOR Board
RECTIFIER BOARD
22–20–3799–01
22–29–10118–01
22–29–10125
1
1
861 372 P045
861 372 P055
861 372 P065
861 372 P075
861 372 P085
861 372 P095
COMPUTER INTERCONNECT Bd
COMPUTER INTERCONNECT (SPS)
MAIN Board (SPS)
MAIN Board SINGLE FORMAT
MAIN Board 1+4 ,OLD MOTOR
MAIN Board 1+4 ,NEW MOTOR
22–29–11383
22–29–11686
22–29–11680
22–29–9791–01
22–29–9791–03
22–29–9791–05
2
2
2
2
2
2
861 372 P105
861 372 P115
861 372 P125
861 372 P135
861 372 P145
HV POWER SUPPLY
HV POWER SUPPLY (SPS)
TOROIDAL TRANSFORMER
LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY(SPS)
34–29–10271
15–01–11654
34–29–10781
34–29–10978
15–01–059
1
1
2
2
1
861 372 P155
861 372 P165
861 372 P175
861 372 P185
861 372 P195
861 372 P205
POWER CORD–220V
POWER CORD–120V
POWER SWITCH
SHUTTER SOLENOID RIGH HAND
SHUTTER SOLENOID LEFT HAND
KEY BOARD INTERCONNECT ASSBLY
01–04–017
01–04–018
08–04–061
10–04–001
10–04–003
32–29–11212
2
2
2
2
2
861 372 P215
861 372 P225
861 372 P235
DARK SLIDE SENSOR ASSBLY
CRT ASSBLY
BEEPER ASSBLY
32–29–11326
32–29–10153–07
34–29–10782
1
2
2
861 372 P245
861 372 P255
MOTOR
MOTOR SUPPORT ASSBLY
34–29–10788
34–29–11346
2
2
861 372 P265
FRONT PANEL MEMBRANE SWITCH
34–29–11426
2
861 372 P275
861 372 P285
861 372 P295
861 372 P305
861 372 P315
861 372 P325
861 372 P335
861 372 P345
HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION BOARD (LLR)
OUTPUT BOARD
VERTICAL DEFLECTION BOARD
VIDEO AMPLIFIER
VIDEO AMPLIFIER
CRT BOARD (LLR)
LINE SMOOTHING BOARD (LLR)
MONITOR MOTHER BOARD
22–12–0840–5
22–12–1531–1
22–15–11006–2
22–15–3636–1
22–15–4047
22–15–4406–1
22–15–7433–1
22–29–11314
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
Valid from serial :
9 . 97
AVT :
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 C.C.D. – M.D.A.
REV 2
sm 826 921 P615
Blank page
9 . 98
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
Schematics
,$%&)" $!# '$(&$!# &+ $!# +12V, -12V, +5V power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$!# %)"%$ &+ % *#! Converter - % *#! X Ray head - Divider
Presence safety - Bellows & Thermal safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VHV regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCR Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I Detection - RAD signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluoro timer display - ABC hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLUORO kV selection - RAD kV selection . . . . . . . . . . . . .
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mode operation selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLUORO HIGHT QUALITY selection
FLUORO mA reference generation
mAs reference generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filaments heating reference generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mAs integrator
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filaments heating servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filaments heating supply
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kV/20 reference generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kV display
mA/mAs display
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exposure PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0 - 5 minutes Fluoro timer
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Collimator control - Collimator logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Collimator
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Imager control - Elapsed time counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching OFF PB
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C Arm UP/DOWN motorisation
% *#! - % *#! - % *#! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sweep inversion - Monitor coil rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$!# Card rack - $!# Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
&+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memories Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Imager 16 STENO CCD 625l (Mis Cables) Imager 22 STENO CCD 625l (Mis Cables) Interface CCD pwb Interface CCD 50 or 60 Hz CCD Power Supply pwb CCD Power Supply CCD Interface pwb CCD Interface ( 1/3 ) CCD Interface ( 2/3 ) CCD Interface ( 3/3 ) Video CCD pwb & Video CCD ( 1/7 ) Video CCD ( 2/7 ) Video CCD ( 3/7 ) 4
Video CCD ( 4/7 ) Video CCD ( 5/7 ) Video CCD( 6/7 ) Video CCD ( 7/7 ) CCD Stenoscop Interconnect pwb CCD Stenoscop Interconnect ( 1/2 ) CCD Stenoscop Interconnect ( 2/2 ) Deflection pwb Deflection ( 1/2 ) Deflection ( 2/2 ) Video pwb Video
A. T. Power supply pwb A.T. Power supply B. T. Power supply pwb B.T. Power supply A–
Edition June 1997
A–i
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Blank page
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
A–ii
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
SYNOPTIC
MODULE 8
IMAGER
D.A.P.
Electronic Module
TV MONITOR
Monitor cart
MDA
Memory
System
MODULE 6
MODULE 7
COLLIMATOR
Iris
9A1
Transpanel
A2TP3 250mV
Flat field
TV CAMERA
REPROGRAPH
A2TP2
100mV flat
field video
preamp
(Option)
3A19 Minuterie
A2TP7 =
-2.1vdc 2.1vdc
Pin 6 =ov when
ÇÇ
ÇÇ
ÇÇ
ÇÇ
fixed
grid
IMAGE
INTENSIFIER
X Ray Head
2mm copper
= 3/32"
6
ratemeter
Hysteresis ABC
Measure
Ion
Chamber
mA
mA
KV
Analogic / Digital
Conversion
G90
3A9 CONSIGNE KV / mA
Magnitude comparator
ADC
110 kv Limit
FC 110
Lim. 110
Digital / Analogic
Conversion
G20
G21
G68
4585
40 kv Limit
Reference voltage
A
Magnitude comparator
G108
G126
A>B
G67
4585
B
Dis. KV
C
G22
G48
G31
Logic BP
+
Digital / Analogic
Conversion
4516
G94
G138
G125
UP / Down
SC
G97
4508
mA manual
Reference voltage mA
Fluoro
Reference voltage mA
Kv Demand
Maintains kvp in pulsed fluoro so
it doesn't start each pulse at 40
kvp demand
BUS KV/20 Code C0 – C7
3A26
Filaments
Heating
Measure
mA
5A1
Heating
Power
mA Demand
2A1
MODULE G
G137
G136
SC
7447
EPROM
2 x 4 Bit latch
mA / mAs
Counter
G66
G89
G90
EPROM
BCD to 7 Segments
Decoder
MODULE 5
Selected not actual
Alimentation
FC0
ER HLC TH
FC0
MODULE 9
mA – mAs
G121
4516
F KV/mA
Bin. Dec.
FC1
FCGR
Power supply
FC1 FCGR
5TR1
Interface
Mains
9TR1
mA(S) UP
Logic BP
mA–mAs
EPROM
A= B
2 x 4 Bit latch
2 x 4 Bit latch
G118
G132
G119
G133
EPROM
G65
2A1
MODULE G
Sec. GR
G120
3A7 AD / KV
+
–
MODULE 4
+ pulse for Rad
- pulse for Fluoro
EPROM
4516
HOLD KV
Selected
Foot switch, exp
switch, and
interlocks half
way test points
Converter
DAC
Clock
Counter
Rad
4028
G69
4508
KV
KV manual
–
2 x 4 Bit latch
KV
3A19
SCR
CONTROL
Stop mAs
mA
BCD to Decimal Decoder
Counter
Trou Clk
Stop mAs
terminates
exposure when
actual mAs =
selected mAs
D
7447
A<B
4585
U
G138
G172
EPROM
Int4Clk
2A1
MODULE G
BCD to 7 Segments Decoder
Lim. 40
G18
G19
Dem x
KV / 20 1v =20kvp
DAC
FC 40
120KV
3A12
KV / mA
Select
capa
aux
capa
prepo
Main
Scr
Main
Scr
4508
DAC
4508
G87
G88
5R
500W
SC
B
4585
SC
Cons. mAs
A
Magnitude comparator
mA(S) UP
Reference voltage mAs
G134
G135
ER HLC TH
Clock
4516
Counter mA – mAs
A–1
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
MODULE 5
9PL1
MALE
MODULE 91
FEMELLE – FEMALE
1PS1
LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
PL1
D.A.P.
Interface
F2
F4
C1
F3
See configuration page A–38
LV SUPPLY
9Tb1
9K1
o
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉ
9R1 – 2E2
9R2 – 1E
9Tb3
9TR1
A–2
o
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
See chapter 3,
§ 3.2.1.1
9R1,9R2 surge
resistors
9R2
1E 25W
MAINS AND LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLIES
150
MODULE 9 – INTERFACE
Carm plug or jumper plug for monitor
stand alone
9PL1
1
9R1
2E2 25W
A
9Sm1
9Tb3
2
2
1
LOAD1
LINE1
13 14
8
12
43 44
7
275V
C1
0MF47
MAINS
228V
6
11
C
5
155V
B
LOAD2
3
9K1
2
A1
AUX. COIL
A2
M
3
D
2
0V
21 22
3B
3
541A
2
33 34
B
8
1
Gnd
53
54
55
DR4
DR7
c
b
d
17
18
19
7
1
4
to inverter
a
1–5
MODULE 3 – CARDS RACK
K1 61
4Tb1.6
23
031B
33 34
48
49
50
9E3
24
25
26
12
3PL5
40
27
B
D24
39
A
2
15K4
150
140
210
37
D25
F31
1A
+
C32
470MF 1K5
007B
5
K1
A
50Hz
60Hz
D
C
B
200V
120V
108V
8
7
50Hz
6 A
560Hz
7
6 A 50Hz
5 60Hz
7
6 A 50Hz
5 60Hz
7
6 A 50Hz
5 60Hz
7
6 A 50Hz
5 60Hz
7
6 A 50Hz
5 60Hz
7
6 A 50Hz
5 60Hz
7
6
5
C
C
1 B
D
D
1 B
3 B
2
D
1
002
+ 12V
OUT 3
1 12V/1A
0V
+ 5,05V
+ 5,05V
5E20
4
3 B
2
D
1
C
C
4
3
2
1
D
4
3
2
B
B
1
003
D
4
D
19
SENSE
127V
10
a1
+12 V
3A19a1
a1
0V
3PL1.S
004C
1E1 5
E2
3A1.a35
7
4
114F
3A5
3A7
3A9
3A12
3A19
3A26
a3
b3
a3
b3
a3
b3
a3
a3
a3
3A5
3A7
3A9
3A12
3A19
3A26
a4
b4
a4
b4
a4
b4
a4
a4
a4
3A3.
3A5
3A7
3A9
3A12
3A19
3A26
a2
a2
b2
a2
b2
a2
b2
a2
a2
a2
L
1–4
1
1–2
2
1–2
3A3. a3
b3
0V
3A1.a13
2
M
–12 V
5
0V
+ 24V
3A3. a4
b4
16
12
OUT 4
24V/2A
090D
21V
a1
b1
3A26
017A
9PL1–24
15
SENSE
122C
3A12
3PL1.M
3
122A
OUT 1
5,05V/10A
23 5E20 2–2
3A7 a1
b1
a1
b1
3A9
1A1.PL1.2
10
27V
3A3. a1
b1
3PL1.F
2
22
100V
8
3
2
1
21
8
C
6
MODULE 3
1E1
5F2
3A
17
8
3
2
001
208V
4
1
5
0V
8
C
230 v
3PL1.B 016D
201B
9
CHAUFFAGE FILAMENTS
FILAMENTS HEATING
8
4
8
1E2
3
275V
3A5
W
X 901
16
8
C
3
002B
8
4
D
220V
3A3.
Emergency off
buttons on
console
4
5
6
21 22
9A1 TRANSPANEL
228V
0V
36
Keeps k26 from energizing Opens after time delay. If cable plug 9PL1 is
until time delay is reached disconnected it closes and trips breaker by energizing
and K1 opens
K26
240V
7
119D
5Tb1.3
9Tb1.12 29
27V
2
102D
24
0V
PL4
R30
230V
a36
9Tb1.7
R29
+12V
007B
26
K26
0V
SENSE –
3A7.b35
201B
J
1–1
E2
1
C
2
3PL3
5Tb1.
1
121B
3A1.a3
004C
122A
X 902
OUT 2
7
12,1V/2A + 12,1V
13
SENSE +
PL11
R28
100E
1A1.PL1.1
DALLE 1
LOW VOLTAGE PS
1E8
3PL1.H 017A
3PL3.X
3PL5.B
27V
Yellow/
green
Brown
Mod
.
d
4Tb1.5
220V
Avt.
a
7
Blue
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
2
+ 12V
K27
0
1
2
Serial No
8
5TR1
PL4
Date
15/07/96
remove jumper for "demo mode"
1
0V
Rev.
A
011B
1
9F4
1A
2
Monitor
and
accesories
10
11
541A
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
4CR7
9Tb1.5
120V
9
Monitor 2
4E10
4Tb1.
1
9F3
5A
4
Monitor 1
20
21
22
275V
9
9Tb1.
3C
58
59
60
55V
Time delay
1
MODULE 4 – CONVERTER
10
1
2
trip coil
JumĆ
per
32
2
9Tb1.6
A
4
LINE2
1
9TR1
33
9F2
1A
E2
1E2
E2
1
3–1
1
K
2
11
1A1.Tb3
+5 V
122C
ALIM. 90W
861371P015
Tb2.
2
CARD RACK GROUND
1E5
1A1
MOTEUR
ARCEAU
1
121/130
4
3 B
2
3
2
1
1
Tb3.
20
004
2
005
MODULE 5
006
007
008 / 010
A–3
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics
TOC
.
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
ÇÇÇÇÇ
PANELS 1 – 3 – 4 – 5
3A3 DIAPHRAGMES 2
832 502 G015
MODULE 1
E1 E2 E3 E4
E5
E7
E10 E11
E13
ALIM.
B.T.
A
A
A
PL1
L.V.
P. SUP
PL2
PL3
A
PL4
A
PL5
A
PL6
MODULE 3
1
R1
1
R2
C3
C4
1C1
Tb1
1
R3
MODULE 4
1
R4
R5
R6
R8
R10
R9
R11
C3
MODULE 5
R5
R6
R7
R8
A–4
C4
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
3PL1
PL1 PL3
3A19
3PL3
a17
C
A
2
a16
B
Stepped down inverter
current for scr safety
4K7
50W
X
1
2
4Tb1
4A1
4C1
PL1
5MF
2MF
4CR2
220K
275v
4Tb1–8
B
4C7
~
1
+
4CR7
220K
+
380v
4x
470E
7W
1
3
L
A
5
7
9
C
E
G
4A1
007B
007C
CR1
C35
PL1
E1
2
4
6
8
B
D
F
4R4
470K
4C3
4CR5
2MF
R
4C4
PL1
CR7
SKT12F
10DS
4R3
5MF
6 5
4A2
PL2
4A2
R10
R11
22E
22E
4E7
50W
PL2
1
2
4CR6
C365N
FA
4x
470E
7W
C11
100K
130–450pF
2500pF
4A2
VC
IN
Tb24 E6
2
Insert mA meter here
2K2
10
VC
C34
VC
OUT
E2
1K
4
10
R4
R7
R8
3K65
3K65
3K65
3K65
mesure
mA SC
6
021E
C6
100K
100E0
6
6
R10
PL2
15
1
K
5
7
4
10
1
1.8
9
2
2
0.5
10
1
5
J
3PL1–S
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Bellows switch
>70degrees C.
Thermal switch
>50 degrees C.
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
3
A
2
B
11
V
3PL3–W
a22
031C
SEC. BELLOWS
6Sa1
+ 12 V 008B
G166.B
6SaTh2
3A9.b7
TH
Mod
.
071A
b15
R507
R509 3
47K
2K2
R506
100K
+ 12 V
MODULE 8
IMAGEUR IMAGER
3A26.a1
008C
a11
C508
10K
R504
4
470E
832 502 G015
b16
3A7.a16
C505
10K
3A3 DIAPHRAGMES 2
a12
3A3
a22
a23
3A5
b17
b18
3A7
All boards plugged in before HV inverter can fire
(exception 3A1 digital interface) Enable for main scr
SECURITE PRESENCE CI
PB PRESENT SAFETY
012
013
014
021F
3A19 Inhibits exposure
3PL1
1E4
mesure
mA Gr
HD281
2
081–090
5
3X
30S6
5A1
PUISSANCE
CHAUFFAGE
6
6A1
CI DIVISEUR
035B–E
3A19
COMMANDE SCR
011
8
021D
3
11
D
C27
R5
2
4CR6
9
AC
1
M
7
MAIN SCR
8
4
W33
16
4CR1
3
2x100M
2 x 22K
6
1
MAIN SCR
7 VA
C9
PL1
C
200K
R17
9
10K
FC
2500pF
1
dicharges 4C3 and
4C4
E4
R12
4
N
CAPA PREPO
R13
2200pF
CR4
Adds 4C4 for Rad
200K
2200pF
5
4A1
SELECT. CAPA
AUX.
mesure kv
R14
C19
8
PL1
OUT
AA
E1
100K
7
S
PL2
R18
10K
R15
3
7
VA
OUT
130–450pF
2
H
2K2
C16
CR2
CR3
1
2
C28
VA
IN
2500pF
L3
005B
E3
IN
P
3A12
kV/mA
1K
E5
2x100M
2500pF
1R1
7A2
LASER
CONTROL
M
0V
+12V
6PL1
3x
0E68
50W
2
voltage doubler caps
1R2
4CR4
4
–
5Tb2–1
1R4
C365N
3/5
4C5
4000MF
~2
4CR1
L1
4TR1
4CR3
4E10
2 x 22K
1
237K
005A
2
5
6
4C2
4C6
0MF47
H
MODULE 6
CUVE RX – X RAY HEAD
6PL1
4TR2
4R2
2A4
031B
1C1
4DS1
+12V
008B
X RAY
Hand Switch
MODULE 4
ONDULEUR – CONVERTER
Caution
measure
voltage
before
servicing
1
3PL3
LASER P.B.
036B
1R3
1
Y
015
016
017
TH
054F
a29
a28
Lights warning light and
disables High Dose Fluoro
a21
a22
3A9
031F
a32
12 V CI
3A19
a20
a19
3A26
018 019
/ 020
A–5
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
3A12 kV mA 829 825 G025
14
4011
13
12
11
10
9
8
2
3
4
5
6
GND
7
VCC
1
4040
16 15 14
VCC
Q11
Q10
13
Q8
12
11
10
9
Q9 Reset Clock Q1
12 Bit Binary counter
40106
14 13
VCC
1
A–6
2
12
11
10
9
8
Q12 Q6
Q5
1
3
Q7
Q4
Q3
Q2
4
5
6
7
GND
3
4
5
6
GND
7
2
8
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
start exposure
3A19.a18
a14
G33.D
12
SEXP
103B
a13
11
035B
R15
220K
A
a1
R60
+12V
a3 E6
C177
C176
C56
C130
C204
C501
10MF
100K
100K
100K
100K
100K
C179
C178
C57
C129
C205
C500
10MF
100K
100K
100K
100K
100K
100K
+12V
0V
Card rack
a4
–12V
R63
LF356
2
+12V
6
A55
3
R64
4K7
4K7
10K
2
1
+12V
D65
42K2
R58
R44
1K87
5K62
R11
a12
2K2
098A
B
3A19.a5
A152.B
R12
7
C13
100K
10K
OX
Order xray
031A
starts in steno
goes to digital
and back to here
R7
10K
R50
12 11
13
R40
10K
4K7
2K2
8
5
C8
G33.C
220K
10K
D224
Real time kv
feedback
Va
anode
R140
a35
6
C85
R84
1K
2K2
= 1kv
R189
7
2
953K0
3
A315
R185
46K4
953K0
3
=1kv
1K
R98
30K1
15K4
R232
kV COMPOSITE
4M7
027E
1K
8
6
31K6
D99
R105
R96
2
2K2
5
R117
9
10K0
R115
11K0
A114.C
10
8
R116
6
10K0
LM324
R118
3
D324
A114.B
5
LM324
023B
R171
11K0
1M
1K
6K8
R170
R173
R319
11K0
R317
R306
23K7
3
A314
D325
6
D507
10K
R508
R172
1K
2K2
13
Actual Kvp
A114.D
14
–12V
4K7
G34.B
4
3
2K2
a18
3A19.a19
DEM X
Pulse stream to fire
031D inverters
R121
10K
E2
R124
+12V
100K
R155
5K36
LM324
R16
R162
47K
2
100K
A160
6
R161
R163
15K
2K2
3
R158
D159
G34.C
5
6
10K
a16
A26.a24
kV 85 o/o
081D
D164
10K0
D174
1M
2
D125
R156
10K
R128
1
R120
12
R321 C323
10K
R96
4K7
LF356
2
024D kV COMPOSITE
R500
6
10K
A114.A
CONSIGNE kV/20
G34.A
6K8
A122
R126
3
2
Desired Kvp
E4
R127
2
100K
LM324
+12V
R123
7
3
–12V
R320 C322
+12V
10K0
D119
LF356
A313
Mod
.
LF356
1
6
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Avt.
13
95K3
R110
20K5
2
0
1
2
Serial No
6
A97
R113
022B
R112
10K
Date
15/07/96
3
G34.F
12
Rev.
A
301K
R111
R318
R157
1K
30K1
R195
9
95K3
95K3
C198
D194 D193
100K
Mesure mA Sc
C199
018D
100K
4
R100
LF356
R104
C137
6
A102
3
7
100K
23K7
7
15K4
C95
71K5
121K
R307
E
R91
3
R93
Q92.B
301K
2
10K
R316
Fluoro mA
R103
+12V
1M
R197
6
2K2
CONSIGNE kV/20
R311
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
2 Q92.A
8
9
LF356
R300
6
3
4K87
LF356
6
A180
A138
R136
LF356
3
A312
3
121K0
2
R135
R131
10K0
10K0
R186
D134
LF356
6
R310
R184
100pF
E7 1v
2
10K0
1M
10
G34.D
10K
D88
G33.A
71K5
C78
4K7
R308
R305
9
5
R101
6
A132
R309
LF356
All unmarked diodes are 1N6263
1
R89
1
2
2
10K
2K
2
3
2
R133
R216
121K0
100pF
018B
10
4
4
6K8
R181
R304
R302
C303
8
555
22K
1v = 20kv
E5
C301
cathode
8
Vc
6
220K
E8 1v
829 825 G025
Q79
C82
1K
3A12 CI kV / mA – 2
5
3
7
1
4K7
PL1
10MF
2K2
6
Gnd 4
220E
8
6
4
C77
D139
R141
46K4
3
Mesure kV
D
D83
100K
5
R80
+12V
G33.B
10E
12K1
R86
G32.C
220K
031E
9
RX REQ
+12V
R87
6A1
PL2
9
a15
040B
3A19.a34
D4
5082H
4
3
+12V
R9
CLOCK
G32.B
10
6
2K2
R5
PRI
8 KHZ
3K3
11
8
G30.C
R76
a11
tube arc to
terminate exposure
for good
R3
Tube arc counter
C
INT 4 CLQ
031C Goes low on forth
4
3
+12V
C
10
2
33K
+12V
3A19.a29
4040
3A19.a26
B
R81
Presence of
current in inverter
a9
8
9
6
Q3
G30.A
1
D48
kv drops
below 30
kv = tube
arc
D43
R41
G32.D
10
LF356
C42
031D
+12V
16
G32.E
G31
33K
–12V
G30.B
R6
G32.F
D49
R47
6
A46
2K2
R10
a6
3
CONSIGNE kV/20
025D 028E
Tube arc interupts
exposure up to four
3A19.a25 times
TROU CLQ
47K
40K2
5
a5
470K
R51
R45
6
3A19.b5
CONSIGNE kV/20
D53
C54
100K
2
kv command
1v =20kv
+12V
R52
1M
–12V
PRX
116C
R14
G32.A
6K8
R62
R61
R59
13
E1
+12V
R202
R201
95K3
95K3
R210
R209
2
187K0
A192
10
LF356
187K0
3A19.a28
120 kV
exceeded max kv of
110 (kvp reached
120kvp)
3A19.a23
Mesure mA Sc
031C
LM324
3
R200
a27
8
A152.C
6
a8
081E
6
3
Rad mA
R208
95K3
95K3
C211
D207 D206
4K7
C212
5
1
1v =1mA
13
Mesure mA Gr
F 018D
Presence of xray
3A3.b12
R215
95K3
4K7
R214
2
187K0
A152.D
A203
R213
187K0
3
LF356
6
a7
14
12
R153
LM324
R151
2
10K0
95K3
3A26.a32
Mesure mA Gr
081C
1v = 10mA
10K0
A152.A
a10
1
(Mesure mA Gr)
3
LM324
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
A–7
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
14 13
VCC
4012
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
12
11
10
9
8
2
3
4
5
6
GND
7
14 13
VCC
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
12
11
10
9
8
Q
Q
C
R
D
S
Q
Q
C
R
D
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
14 13
VCC
4023
1
2
14 13
VCC
40106
1
4093
1
2
Dual D Flip Flop
14 13
Vcc
4013
PL1
CL
GND
7
D
13 12
+TR –TR
C
R/C
C
R/C
CD
1
2
3
CD
11
+TR –TR
10
9
Q
Q
A–8
4
5
Q
6
7
GND
8
Q
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
X
0
0
Q
Q
X
X
1
0
0
1
X
0
1
1
0
X
X
1
1
1
1
T =RX X CX
Q
Q
X
Dual MONOSTABLE
16 15 14
Vcc
S
0
1 : High level
4538
R
0 : Low level
X : Don’t care
3A19 COMMANDE SCR 2
828 982 G035
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Fluoro five minute
time shut off
3A12.a26
4’ 57’’
a30
106B
OX
from
digital
via 3a1
A
201E
8
a6
D8
D10
3A7.a34
007B +12V
10K
X
V
5
a12
100K
7
RAD
R16
R15
a9
+12V
47K
5Tb1
–1
C14
10K
100K
016E
PL1–A
INT 4 CLQ
D
030B
a26
3A12.a27
030E
a28
Q1
033E
Q1
033E
+12V
030D
100K
4K7
4
100K
a25
1K
039B
C176
C94
10K
11
a27 R45
R100
2K2
2K2
G119.B
G120.C
E166
22K
R218
3K65
619E0
4
13
5
G114.B
6
10
10
9
4K7
Clock
C104
021C
C129
C211
3A26.a20
T1B
9
C196
C193
10MF
10MF
R68
G216.E
10
R252
220E
C255
4CR7
22K
BZX83C6V2
R325
D250
BZX83C3V3
220E
012C
15
100NF
3
Q
Q
4
6
Q
R261
1K5
10K
12
13
4K7
G122.D
11
10K
G121.B
11
C
D180
R179
220K
D186
R257
Q259
E260
G161.E
11
R177
2K26
4K7
2
10K
R72
R194
R195
47E
220K
G216.A
1
2
R264
TR269
10K
15E4
IT235
D267
1N5061
R285
47E
C67
C197
4K7
10MF
R105
R106
10K
1K
100pF
9
8
4K7
4
3
5
G216.C
6
13
G216.F
12
10K
R102
R50
220K
10K
10K
C103
10K
11
10
R190
4K7
Q189
2N2222
R284
2N2222
R331
D271
BZX83C3V3
C277
4CR6
22K
R274
BZX83C6V2
220E
012C
10
220E
100NF
C333
MAIN SCR
100NF
Q278
BD140
220E
4K7
Q298
R283
R286
TR291
3K3
15E4
IT235
D289
Q178
2N2222
off if mising
12v
033
220K
1K5
R280
G113.E
R51
220E
D329
C275
R279
Q281
On if missing
12 volts
470E
11
R273
2
+12V(A)
D107
G161.D
2N5064
3
1
10E
10K
–12V(C)
E282
C108
G216.B
Q330
R272
D270
R266 C265
100E
BZX85C12
R217
MAIN SCR
100NF
R263
BZX85C12
12
012C
1
BD140
4K7
G122.A
Q1
220E
Q256
220E
Q
3
220E
C327
1K5
R258
R262
10
4CR4
22K
R318
R343
C321
100NF
C328
10
R181
220E
BZX83C6V2
D315
RAD
R317
D341
C319
13
R
BZX83C6V2
1K
R192
Q
2
2
10E
1N5061
1N5061
S
2N5064
3
1
+12V(A)
R187
–12V
7
2N2907
10K
032
D314
R310 C309
–12V(C)
C198 R188
9
Q1
D
Q320
R316
BZX83C3V3
031E
11
018D
IT235
C340
2N2222
R S
TR313
15E4
100E
1
2
R308
T2B
Q
TROU CLQ
G121.A
D
5
BD140
BZX85C12
6K8
C
100NF
D311
14
4538
SELECTION CAPA
AUXILIAIRE
C339
Q300
220E
R305
14
9
a32
031
220K
1N5061
G155.B
11
031E
G216.D
16
2
D323
D312
031D
Q185
4K7
12 V CI
12 volt daisy chain
interlock thru all
boards
2N2222
100K
5
Clock
8
R306
6
R154
100K
D182
R215
G161.C
5
12
SX
a21
10E
C253
D268
R183
21K5
47E
F
2N5064
3
1
1N5061
10K
1K5
R302
8
R200
032A
R251
D249
R245 C244
R301
Q303
+12V
10K
4
12
13
10K
+12V
033C
330E
IT235
4K7
C153
032D
2N2222
1K
TR248
15E4
+12V(A)
+12V
5
D139
1
PL1
Q324
R243
1N5061
555
G161.A
2
PREPOSITIONNEMENT
CAPA
Q235
D246
3K3
2
G161.F
DEM X
G122.B
4
3
+12V
Alternately fires
main scrs
8
Q210
Mod
.
SYX GR
C18
100NF
C322
G128
1
R52
a11
470E
C344
–12V(C)
6
8
9
5
RAD
7
033C
D191
a34
R17
10
BD140
BZX85C12
R307
038A
10MF
10K
BZX83C6V2
3A12.a35
3K3
– 12 V
E304
G113.D
R140
4
G115.E
11 11
R208
10K0
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
Avt.
Clock
1K5
R240
6K8
828 982 G035
13
5
G120.B
100K
R199
041D
G112.C
4K7
R175
3
4
C162
Clock
220E
R237
2N2222
3A19 CI COMMANDE SCR2
8
D220
12
C209
+12V
R201
9
6
8
100E
Clock
10K
R207
3
1K
22K
C126
470K
G122.C
A204
G113.C
5
D247
R127
R221
R163
W165
G118.D
6
4K7
R241
10K
6
46K4
R98
2K2
R130
10K
6
9
031D
R205
R242
C99
2K05
10
+12V
2M2
Serial No
8
SEXP
TROU CLQ
2
One pulse
at exposure
start
220K
R47
E164
035A
13
LF356
4K7
220E
10E
5
G120.D
D31
10K
Start
exposure
3A5.b8
47K
R236
Q238
D174
R101
R206
D97
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
2K2
R219
4
033C
+12V
2K2
0
1
2
4K7
2K2
G119.A
Clock
9
C85
R70
R214
E239
220K
+12V
3
10K
6K8
Date
15/07/96
R96
6
R184
R44
Rev.
A
R43
D54
R53
R110
8
PRI
Presence of Inverter
current to prevent cross
firing of scrs
330E
SEXP
3A3.a17
3A12.a14
+12V(A)
R95
10K
+12V
C109
12
D157
4
12
a18
+12V
032E
1
10
R212
220K
100K
DEM X
3K3
030B
E
2K2
R42
10K
9
11
116A
021A
SEXP 032D
R84
G114.D
8
+12V
C213
C93
R39
2K2
2
8
13
G114.C
7
Q
R
6
10K
G112.B
+12V
032D 033D
R92
–TR
PRE Rad
3A26.a31filament
enable
081D
10K
10K
TROU CLQ
R41
C19
470E
4538
5
038A
G161.B
+12V
D156
a10
G155.A
4
R38
031E 032C
3
5
G117.A
R91
100K
2
10K
R71
1K
R46
032D
6
5
G118.B
10K
R40
1
R33
a19
2K2
3
C89
100K
D158
4
1 3
E124
G120.A
100K
f max
2K2
Clock
R32
R146
220K
G115.B
2
3
4
5
R111
a36
TROU CLQ
4K7
R36
1K
If closed then Fluoro only
No RAd
3A12.a9
R145
RAD
2
1
032D 033D
a35
tube spits upto 43A12.a5
R90
a23
120 kV
3A12.a18
R37
a22
085D
3A26.a21
G117.B
2
2MF2
T2
6
Q
+TR
T1
G115.C
G113.A
2
a20
SEC BELLOWS
STOP mAs
6
3
D87
10K
5
3PL6–L
+12V
2
G118.A
1
C86
C74
S76.B
2K2
R63
–8
2K2
SYX SC
3A26.a28
081F
10K
330K
1
+12V
220E
R88
4K7
C28
+12V
R159
C160
R144
13
11
12
R35
a15
470E
+12V
10K
D143
3
8
11
C147
100K
038A
Inhibit
exposure
1
D57
Fluoro
filament
enable
goes high
at 5 minute
fluoro time
out
+12V
2K2
10K
R27
10
038A
3
R55
G119.C
12
RAD
G114.A
12 2
13
10K
G112.A
1
+12V
R80
C66
10K
A
4
2K2
R65
2A4
5E21
R58
R34
9
47K
007C
10K
220E
+12V
If closed then
2
fluoro disabled
+12V
from hand switch
47K
2K2
C6
when Rad
R77
100K
selectecd
100K
038A
G116.A
6
3
1
8 G118.C
R79
9
RAD
10
2
R11
R69 S76.C
R64
PL1 PL3 3PL3
Pulse
stream to
regulate
inverter
firing rate DEM X
via closed
loop kv
control
10K
R56
13
10K
9
10
RAD R5 S76.D
R7
a7
BPCL
C
220K
100K
D9
038A
X RAY
C59
C60
G112.D
2K2
R3
4
3
13
116C
R48
G113.F
SX
066A
Hand switch
R61
1K
G113.B
11
1
R62 032F +12V
1K
R78
B
100K
22K
2K2
S76.A
116F
3A3.b18
R49
C22
R4
3A7.b8
102C
+12V
R21
47K
051A 021B
201C
PEDALE DE SCOPIE
FLUORO FOOT SWITCH
R24
100K
a5
3A1.a17 3A3.b28
OX
R25
12
3A1.a15 3A7.a7 3A12.a6
OX
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
+12V
Half way test point: flip S76a closed,
pull 3A1 and fluoro. you should be
able to make xray but will not get any
monitor video. This seperates
mda/generator problems.
a13
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
034
R288 C287
100E
R294
D292
1N5061
220K
7
1
2
R295
220E
D335
C297
1N5061
3
10E
10K
D290
2N5064
BZX83C6V2
D293
BZX83C3V3
R337
C299
22K
R296
220E
6
220E
4CR1
012C
C328
–12V(C)
10034
Do not hang scope in this
area. It may trigger scr
unintentionally
035
A–9
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
PL1
3A19 COMMANDE SCR 2
A–10
828 982 G035
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
3
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
+12V
R20
A
3A7.a29
100K
a14
G115.A
R73
R26
3K3
1K
a8
R12
2
1
3A26.a36
GR
RAD
470E
C75
066C
081E
C13
10K
10K
RAD
032B 033C
034B
3A12.a32 3A3.a8
103D
3A1.a22
111D
D
G115.F
12
13
RAD
032B
032A
+12V
DETECTION I
013A
4L1
+12V
4Tb1 PL3
10K0
R123- refer to
Job card rg 203
4TR1
1b
B
a16
+12V
4
D29
+12V
2b
C
R81
2
R83
10K
a17
R30
2
10K
– 12 V
R169
9
A135
4K7
6
R171
a29
R173
3A12.a11
A137
D133
PRI
3
8
4K7
2K26
2K2
021C
D170
R132
D151
2K15
C134
1M
10K0
6K8
2
10K0
G115.D
R152
R149
R148
R141
R131
6K8
LF356
6
3
4L3
E125
R150
D82
1E
2W
3
Current sense from inverter
E172
10K0
50K
1
E1
R168
R123
4A1
B
R167
R138
C136
10K0
22pF
PRI
031D
1K
R142
237K0
+12V
W350
–12V
+12V
+ 12 V
a1
W351
R226
+12V(A)
10E
0V
– 12 V
C
a3
a4
C231
C229
C202
C224
C222
100K
10MF
100K
10MF
100K
W354
E233
C232
C230
C203
100K
10MF
100K
W352
R228
C342
C326
C332
C338
100K
100K
100K
100K
E234
C225
C223
10MF
100K
L227
–12V(C)
W353
10E
100H
–12V
3A 19 COMMANDE SCR2
828982G035
MASSE CARD RACK
–12V
All unmarked diodes are 1N6263
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
D
036
037
038
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
039
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
040
A–11
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
BA
4093
14 13
VCC
12
11
10
9
8
PL1
2
3
4
5
6
GND
7
14 13
VCC
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
1
74LS100
1
2
3A5 MINUTERIE
832 501 G015
BA
PL2
BCD COUNT SEQUENCE
Count
OUTPUT
COUNTER 7490
14
13
12
11
7490
10
9
8
GND
CPO
Q0
Q3
Q1
CP1 MR1 MR2
Q2
MS1 MS2
VCC
1
2
3
4
5
6
Q0 / 12
Q1 / 9
Q2 / 8
Q3 / 11
L
H
L
L
L
L
L
L
2
L
H
L
L
3
H
H
L
L
4
L
L
H
L
5
H
L
H
L
g
f
6
L
H
H
L
B
C
7
8
H
H
L
L
H
L
L
H
1
2
9
H
L
L
H
0
1
7
MODE SELECTION
MR 1 / 2 MR 2 / 3 MS 1 / 6
H
X
A–12
H
H
X
L
X
H
OUTPUT
MS 2 / 7
X
L
H
Q0 / 12
L
L
H
Q1 / 9
L
L
L
Q2 / 8
L
L
L
Q3 / 11
L
L
H
16
15 14
13
12
11
10
9
a
BI/
RBO
b
LT
RBI
c
d
e
D
A
3
4
5
6
7
VCC
GND
8
PIN
MAN 71A
0
RESET / SET INPUTS
H
7447
A B C D a
L L L L L
b c
d e
L L L
f
g
L L H
1
H L L L H L L H H H H
2
L H L L L
3
4
L H L
1
14
a
2
13
L H L
H H L L L L L L H H L
L L H L H L L H H L L
5
6
H L H L L H L L
L H H L H H L L
H L L
L L L
L
X
L
X
Count
X
L
L
X
X
X
L
L
Count
Count
7
H H H L L
L L L
H H H
8
L L L H L
L L L
L L L
X
L
L
X
Count
9
H L L H L
L L H H L L
1
Cathode a
2
Cathode f
3
Commun Anode
6
3
f
b
g
11
e
c
10
6
7
d
DP
9
8
NC
7
Cathode e
8
Cathode d
9
Cathode DP
10
Cathode c
11
Cathode g
13
Cathode b
14
Commun Anode
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
+ 5V
+ 5V
+ 5V
PL1
+ 5V
PL2
a1
+ 5V
+ 5V
divide by ten
A
R219
R218
R217
R216
R215
R221
R220
G184
50 HZ free running oscillator
3A12-a30
PRX CP
1
R4
a5
G158
3
1K
106B
G143
G142.A
G144
2
R37
680E
051A 101B
b7
b1
b3
b2
b5
b6
b4
DS15
00.01
7 x 150E
+ 5V
+ 5V
reset total time
+ 5V
PL1
PL1
Sm 19
a36
b3
a6
D6
R5
100E
051C
2A1
MODULE G
4
R39
G142.B
G159
6
47K
5
R38
G142.C
9
8
330E
C70
C3
100K
4MF7
+ 5V
G142.D
12
3A5 MINUTERIE
divide by 10
832 501G015
a2
C178
PL2-a4
+ 12V
C80
10MF
a3
0V
E214
a4
– 12V
12 volt interlock
131A
C181
C111
100K
C182
C183
C110
10MF
100K
100K
220E
+ 12V
PL2-b13 131E
PL2-a12
051F
PL2-b6
+ 12V
111A
R79
PRESENCE CI
C
4K7
a23
017D
+ 5V
+ 5V
R241
R240
R239
R238
R237
R243
R242
G187
G161
– 12V
a22
R107
R65
20K
With 2.1vdc at
CdeRX adjust
R65 for 0 volts
out at A82 pin 6
R47
1K
b9
120D
R10
10K
3
D
3A19-a18
6
6
A71
035B
10K
R9
R40
4K7
2K2
C8
3A1-a33
b14
100K
2K2
r66 gain
3
R125
10K
R12
100K
R44
C14
2K2
All unmarked diodes are 1N6263
4K7
5
A73
3
R35
1K69
12
A121.B
G141.D
1
2
R68
4
R69
058B
10K
10
D128
8
G141.C
A121.C
R117
R36
– 12V
10K
9
8
10
R129
5
6
22K
G141.A
5
4
9
G141.B
4
6
R15
470E
b13
C13
1K
10K0
1M
– 12V
kV/20 AUTO
9K09
R120
10K
a9
058B
3A7-a28
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
3A7-a6
HOLD kV
051A
high if error more
negative than -.87
volts
Analog 1v =20 kv
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
R123
10K0
R118
E
3A7-b29
3
+ 12V
R67
3A1-a23
a7
A74.A
11
1M
R119
sample and hold
integrator
6
13
+ 12V
+.87v
a13
1M
High if error
>.87 volts
D127
7
10K
-.87v
R45
R124
7
10K
6
A121.A
Abc "deadband" adjusted for 1.75 volts
accross R67. mA is a function of kvp (via
eproms). This circuit prevents oscillation if
on the edge of eprom step.
HYSTERESIS ABC
R126
1M
2
10K
HOLD kV
E
R11
1
R66
6K8
R86
R122
R60 response
R60
2
+ 12V
5K
4K7
Pulsed fluoro
Selected
R81
C109
b7
b8
A82
3
10K
470K
SEXP
R80
LF356
R41
3PL2
X
Start
exposure
15K
2
Cde RX
5
C113
100K
8
680K
D83
R108
C72
IH5020CPA
6
100K0
1M
– 12V
2A1
MODULE G
C280
R85
R115
LF356
10.00
824 607 G015
D84
4K7
2
DS18
D46
22K
3A3-a25
120D
a13
a9
a12
a11
a15
a14
a10
7 x 150E
A74.B
2.1 vdc at
proper
brightness
(250mV flat
field video at
monitor
01.00
b11
R236
100K
100K
DS17
7 x 150E
+ 5V
C179
10MF
111A
a1
PL2-a7
b13
b8
b12
b10
b15
b14
b9
R233
R232
R231
R230
R229
R235
R234
G186
G160
+ 5V
00.10
+ 5V
13
045A
Fluoro
time
totalizer
DS16
7 x 150E
11
PL1-a1
a6
a2
a5
a4
a8
a7
a3
10
3A7
AD / kV
B
R226
R225
R224
R223
R222
R228
R227
G185
divide by 6- 60 sec/min
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
Goes low when kv is
satisfied and pulsed fluoro
is selected
100K
041
042
043
044
045
046047048 049
/ 050
A–13
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
Dual D Flip Flop
4 Bit Magnitude Comparator
16
4585
15 14
A3
13 12
B3 A > B A < B
11
10
9
B0
A0
B1
1
A2
2
A = B A > B A < B A = B A1
3
4
5
6
COMPARING
7
14 13
Vcc
Q
A3=B3 A2>B2
8
4013
OUTPUTS
CASCADING
A3 B3 A2 B2 A1 B1 A0 B0
A3>B3
X
X
X
Cascading Inputs
B2
INPUTS
X
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1>B1
X
X
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0>B0
A<B
X
A=B
X
A>B
1
A<B
0
A=B
0
A>B
1
X
X
1
0
0
1
X
X
1
0
0
1
X
X
1
0
0
1
CL
12
11
10
9
8
Q
C
R
D
S
Q
Q
C
R
D
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
GND
7
D
R
0
0
1
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0=B0
0
1
1
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0=B0
1
0
X
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
Binary UP / DOWN Counter
4516
0
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0<B0
X
X
X
1
0
0
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1<B1
X
X
X
1
0
0
X
A3=B3 A2<B2
X
X
X
X
X
1
0
0
A3<B3
X
X
X
X
X
1
0
0
X
16
15 14
13
12
11 10
9
VCC
CLOCK Q3
Preset
enable Q4 P4
P3
P2 Q2 UP / Reset
Down
Carry
P1 IN
Q1 Carry OUT
1
4
2
3
5
6
7
Q
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
X
0
0
Q
Q
X
X
1
0
0
1
X
X
0
1
1
0
X
X
1
1
1
1
0 : Low level
CL
CI
U/D
X
1
X : Don’t care
PE
R
ACTION
X
0
0
No Count
0
1
0
0
Count UP
0
0
0
0
Count DOWN
GND
X
X
X
1
0
Preset
8
X
X
X
X
1
Reset
1 : High level
A–14
Q
0
1 : High level
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0=B0
S
0 : Low level
X : Don’t care
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
1K Hz
R304
a7 R53
3A19-a5
OX
R302
10K
1K
R46
031A
C40
6K8
A
045D
3A5-b13
a6 R29
3A3-a15
10K
low = Abc satisfied HOLD kV
116B
PL1
8
PL1
2N2222
R157
12
a15
G30.D
R156
R62
100K
a1
R75
R61
4K7
2K2
C164
G148.C
5
C146
R27
D12
G70
100K
10MF
2K2
A<B
5
G108
6
D180
1N6263
2K2
+5V
+5V
+5V
G48
G126
R57
C60
220E
1
G124.A
12
9
13
2
22K
G68.F
057D
11
G149.B
G149.C
R177
3
470K
G124.B
5
4
5
22K
1
G5.C
11
057E
G107.A
G6.A
10
12
2
3
052D Fluoro = 0v
4
13
+5V
+5V
+5V
kV CO
2
a13
b17
DS38 R28
6
5
053D
G107.C
G68.C
8
AUTO
9
kV CO
10
PRESENCE CI
b18
057C
052A
+5V
SC
071B 3A9-b31
3A3-a19
116A
C13
a3
0V
10MF
+12 V
C14
+5V
10MF
G56.C
C16
6
+5V 045A
DS10
R42
R49
100K
10K
PL1
PL1
R93
R26
10K
4K7
13
11
12
10
G56.F
F
3A5
CI MINUTERIE
PL5
PL2
a15
R18
DS20
150E
a12
a34
Q123
2N2222
b34 R127
4K7
5
4
6
Rad = 5v
091A
AD kV 3A7
G30.C
826 853 G 045
3A12-a23
CLIGN 106A
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
a19 2 hz square wave
47K
2
+5V
1
R95
150E
042C
FC 40
SC
054C
G5.B
R104
2K2
C94
100K
R96
4K7
a16
3A9-b16
TH
017F
>50 degrees C
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
10K
ready light on = 5v ok
051
G89.A
68K
R105
R116
10K
3A9-a23
All unmarked diodes are 1N6263
3
6
b6
3
4
G56.E
G89.B
R115
470E
1K
5
9
30hz to drive kv quickly after
holding down kv up/down switch
fo> 2 seconds
R106
2A3 MODULE D
C18
9
10
8
9
470K
10K
R24
FC 40
8
G6.D
C22
R25
1K
100K
G125
8
2
FC 110
3A9-a24 091C
+5V
G56.B
10
11
C17
1
D50
150E
131A
DS24
12
13
b5
470E
R28
4
3
G5.A
30Hz
a12
+5V
2
G56.A
G6.E
G6.F
G97
4508
470K
10MF
100K
2A1 MODULE G
68K
10K
1
4K7
R38
+5V
R11 C21
R10
1N6263
C20
1MF
053B
up/down switch depressed
D179
+5V
C19
R33 D32
5
C15
47K
3Hz
+5V
R4
FC 110
R7 3 hz to drive kvp slowly for first two seconds kvp
D8
100K
a2
+5V
470pF
E4
+5V
E
+5V
056C
C9
a1
+12 V
100K
063A
SC
116B 3A3-a31
R3
100pF
a10
-a18 kV C7
-a7
C6
-a17
C5
-a6
C4
-a9
C3
-a13
C2
-a20
C1
-a19 kV C0
4K7
C301
5 x 150E
3A9
G138
R300
017D
DS37 R27
b7
b24
b27
b28
a23
a24
b23
b22
SC
G6.B
1
FC 40
3
DS21 R29
D
071C
1MF
052A
6
b5
2K2
BUS kV/20
13
C78
AUTO
G107.B
G65.B
9
10
11
12
R87
100K
6
4
G31
SC
D88
220K
DS22 R30
G69
4508
+5V
056E
R84
C74
220E
G30.B
5
4
4
+5V
b9
1
G68.B
3
6
C
R72
G65.A
2
4
3
5
6
13
4
4K7
470pF
11
5
R73
gnd
C34
+5V
G107.D
12
470K
R71
3A5-a9
064A
10K
10
11
G149.D
8
R178
220K
kV / 20
AUTO
9
FC110
R58
3A5-a7
300K Hz
R35
2
R59
a28
8K66
G149.A
+5V
041B
R13
DS8
R43
G90
b29
3K01
045A
1
b8
R39
1K
8
0V
R181
+5V
+5V
3
4K7
desired kvp
from abc
circuit
+5V
G6.D
100MF
100K
+5V
10MF
10
Sm32
G148.A
+5V
6
2A1
MODULE G
Sm31
1
C51
1N62
63
10K
B
10K
2
+5V
D163
R151
R162
C36
R23
13
10K
+5V
+5V
GR
11
10K
+5V
Sm49
W9
E2
W10
062A
E1
2
Q142
150E
G148.B
A>B
Abc needs less kvp
1
3
9
+5V
"on" =
manual
mode
053D 053C
AUTO
G30.A
E3
G68.D
100K
3
470K
AUTO
054B
R158
4
Abc needs more kvp
R161
22K
22K
2
R305
1K
R160
C159
G68.A
1
11
C41
AUTO
045A
10
R303
6K8
a8
G124.C
100K
R37
3A9-b34
071B
12
13
470K
052
053
054
055
056
057
058059 / 060
A–15
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
40106
14 13
VCC
1
A–16
2
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
PL1
PL1
a11
+5V
R80
100K
A
b12
R100
R85
470E
470pF
+5V
Sm26
SC
052D
G47
8
G139.A
470pF
2
Sm33
a6
Hlc = High level
fluoro
4
R120
3A7 AD / kV
826 853 G045
100K
1N6263
3
+12V
470E
C102
G137.B
G139.C
470pF
R82
a7
6K8
058B
R101
470E
76B
Sm35
100K
032A
W9
150E
b17
10K
R187
300K Hz
R117
D118
G139.B
470pF
R77
OX
C189
10MF
470E
C99
6
3
4
5
R143
a31
R306
6K8
+12V
C307
1K
10K
150E
G137.C
B
R121
b14
pulsed fluoro
6
R144
+12V
b31
G139.D
470pF
8
G137.D
9
9
8
R135
Sm52
R112
470E
470E
C113
10
a14
"S" led in maS display
12
G139.F
R147
R312
6K8
R145
R314
6K8
2
R136
R316
6K8
R44
C
Sm50
b32
a29
4K7
42K2
R318
8
a21
C319
1K
C165
Gr
036A
10k
G56.D
9
3A19-a14
C317
1K
R45
FL
10K
G137.A
R52
SP
C315
1K
13
1
b2
3A1-a6
C313
1K
+12V
150E
100K
b30
BLM
10k
G137.F
12
3A1-a16
10K
+12V
13
R103
a30
C311
11
150E
DS36
10
G139.E
470pF
R86
a9
G137.E
11
ER
3A9-b8 071A
R310
6K8
1K
R122
3A1-a31
10k
+12V
b13
116B
3A3-b29
C309
1K
150E
normal fluoro
dose
D
R308
6K8
470E
C110
R83
a8
5
R109
470E
Sm48
3A19-a6
b8
C119
R98
470E
R188
5
11
+5V
R114
6
G150
1
AUTO
a16
9
12
13
150E
Extended radiography =
single pulsed fluoro
snapshot
G89
G47
470E
C92
R76
a5
053A
R91
470E
Rad
Gr
R111
a17
+5V
470E
C81
045A
3A9-a29
071D
10K
BP mA (s)
UP
10K
Sm51
a25
b1
3A9-a30
C63
R66 R176
10K
2A1 MODULE G
D
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
470K
220K
1
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
2
3
G47.A
5
4
G47.B
6
G47.C
a14
3A9-a34
Clock 1
071F
Mod
.
R54
10K
47K
220K
13
12
11
10
G47.E
9
8
G47.D
a15
3A9-a33
Clock 2
071F
062
063
064
1.2 HZ slow
change mA/mAS
C64
R55
G47.F
061
BP mA (s)
Down
071E
065
12 HZ fast
change
mA/mAS
066067068 069
/ 070
A–17
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
DUAL 4 BIT LATCH
TRUTH TABLE
4508
24 23 22
Vcc
21 20 19
Q3B D3B Q2B D2B
Out.
disa Stro. Reset
D0A Q0A
A
A
A
17 16
18
Q1B D1B Q0B
15 14
13
Reset
Disable
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
X
1
0
X
X
X
1
X
X
D0B Out. Stro. Reset
disa B
B
B
D1A Q1A D2A Q2A D3A Q3A
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
7
9
10
11 12
D input
Strobe
Q output
3A9 CONSIGNE kV/mA 2
G65
Latched
G132
Voir tableau
See chart
Voir tableau
See chart
0
Z
1 : High level 0 : Low level X : Don’t care
828 980 G035
G66
Z : H. Impedance
Voir tableau
See chart
B A
G120
Dual D Flip Flop
4013
14 13
Vcc
CL
12
11
10
9
8
Q
Q
C
R
D
S
Q
Q
C
R
D
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
GND
7
D
R
S
Q
Q
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
X
0
0
Q
Q
X
X
1
0
0
1
X
X
0
1
1
0
X
X
1
1
1
1
1 : High level
0 : Low level
Voir tableau
See chart
G121
Voir tableau
See chart
X : Don’t care
Binary UP / DOWN Counter
4516
16
15 14
13
CLOCK Q3
Preset
enable Q4 P4
P3
12
11 10
9
VCC
1
2
3
CL
CI
U/D
X
1
P2 Q2 UP / Reset
Down
Carry
P1 IN
Q1 Carry OUT
4
5
6
7
PE
R
ACTION
X
0
0
No Count
0
1
0
0
Count UP
0
0
0
0
Count DOWN
GND
X
X
X
1
0
Preset
8
X
X
X
X
1
Reset
1 : High level
0 : Low level
X : Don’t care
4 Bit Magnitude Comparator
16
4585
15 14
A3
13 12
B3 A > B A < B
11
10
9
B0
A0
B1
1
A2 A = B A > B A < B A = B A1
2
3
4
5
6
COMPARING
7
A<B
X
A=B
X
A>B
1
A<B
0
A=B
0
A>B
1
X
X
X
1
0
0
1
X
X
X
1
0
0
1
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0>B0
X
X
1
0
0
1
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0=B0
0
0
1
0
0
1
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0=B0
0
1
1
0
1
0
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0=B0
1
0
X
1
0
0
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0<B0
X
X
X
1
0
0
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1<B1
X
X
X
X
1
0
0
A3=B3 A2<B2
X
X
X
X
X
1
0
0
A3<B3
X
X
X
X
X
1
0
0
A3=B3 A2>B2
8
X
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1>B1
X
1 : High level
A–18
OUTPUTS
CASCADING
A3 B3 A2 B2 A1 B1 A0 B0
A3>B3
X
X
X
Cascading Inputs
B2
INPUTS
0 : Low level
X : Don’t care
PL1
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
+ 12V
RESET
+ 12V
075F
R7
10K
6saTh2
TH
G123.D
13
R9
2K2
8
11
TH * 078B 072B
12
b7
R8
6K8
A
C6
10K
A168
AD584
3
078C
TH
1
2
3A7
b8
066B
R14
R16
2K2
100K
R15
68K
C17
10K
G124.A
R98
4K7
ER 072B
F kV mA 2
F kV mA LE
ER 078C
+ 5V
C91
100K
C71
100K
+ 5V
a35
CONSIGNE mA SCOPIE
6
a27
Fluoro mA demand based on kvp
selected/currently using
+ 5V
12
13
A69
3
G124.F
2
1
3A26
2
G94
4
b31
ER
R79
4K99
073B
075E
093A
3A9 CONSIGNE kV mA 2 (1)
828980G035
R195
4K22
C100
100K
mA / mA s
081E
G120
SC
072A
+ 5V
+ 5V
a8
AUTO
B
R62
100K
b34
051A
D75
R47
R63
4K7
2K2
AUTO
G86.A
073D
G127.C
1
3
G66
ER
TH *
HLC
G90
To mA / mAs DISPLAYS
C7
094F
12
13
AUTO
2
D48
073C
+ 5V
+ 5V
a10
SC
R55
100K
b31
051D
+ 5V
SC 071E 073C
D76
R42
R56
4K7
G127.A
2
1
074E
G127.E
10
11
+ 5V
C0
BIN DEC
SC 071E 071D
2K2
G89
G121
074A 074C
D77
SC
072D mA(s) UP
C7
b7
Digital
desired
kvp
signal
G84.B
4
4
3
6
AUTO
BUS kV/20
a20
b23
C78
4K7
G129.A
3
C0
SC
12
FC GR
8
R54
2K2
4K7
a21
R51
100K
5R–500W
300W LE
G139.A
9
1
8
G128.C
+ 5V
072B
CONS. mA s
+ 5V
+ 5V
+ 5V
D154
+ 5V
G118
4508
G132
G119
4508
mA(s) UP
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
10
2
G87
9
a29
D148
071E 073C
074E
10
11
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
+ 5V
+ 5V
AUTO
G139.C
13
074C R39
066C
R147
100K
2
072B SC
mA(s) UP
1
081C
C97
10K
094D
+ 5V
+ 5V
093E
a19
b24
8
To mA / mAs DISPLAYS
072B
a13
a24
G127.D
9
R96
2K2
a9
a23
Selects maS
integration scale
a11 range
a25
0 logic from
0,16 to 5mAs
073F
a6
b28
D
G86.B
FC 01 071E
FC 0 071E
FC GR 071D
Clock
a17
b27
060D
5
072B SC
a7
b24
C
a18
FC 01 min fl mA =0.1mA
FC 0 min Rad mAS =0.16
FC GR max Rad mAS =160
C38
10K
R149
2220K
G65
R152
22K
12
11
C151
10K
C0
13
G128.D
R146
220K
+ 5V
R53
100K
a25
mA(s)
DOWN
a30
66C
2
R52
2K2
6
R41
4K7
072B SC
072B SC
075C FC0
C40
4K7
12
R153
22K
G129.B
5
5
5
G139.B
3
4
6
G88
C150
10K
C7
6
4
G129.D
+ 5V
G128.A
3
4
075C FC01
E
1
G128.B
11
G86.C
071F
9
9
+ 5V
13
mA(s) DOWN
11
G86.D
11
10
R57
4K7
12
Clock2
066D
071
a33
R44
4K7
R60
2K2
+ 5V
4
C99
100pF
R46
4K7
a34
G83.G
3
R109
072E
a15
12
G135
4516
13
R61
100K
R59
2K2
100K
C106
1MF
R110
C113
470pf
G83.G
5
2K2
6
8
D104
C43
4K7
R102
R103
2K2
C107
10MF
1
11
12
3
3
9
2
G85.C
A167
6
a36
a33
081D
b30
C169
100K
C170
100K
a26
CONSIGNE mAs
mA(s) UP
G125.A
2
G85.B
5
072D
6
4
1
+ 5V
Clock
072C
+ 5V
10
13
R116
47K
072B
073
G134
4516
R114
47K
+ 5V
C45
4K7
072
3
R166
4K7
G125.C
10
G83.A
220K
D108
G133
R165
4K99
D111
D117
5
G125.B
4
C115
470K
SC
072B
9
R207
R208
100K
2K2
G84.C
5
+ 5V
D210
G83.D
8
SC
R58
100K
2
12
13
R164
4K99
3
G127.F
+ 5V
R112
47K
G83.E
F
+ 5V
8
10
G129.C
072D
a14
4
10
mA(s) UP
Clock1
073A
C171
100K
G127.B
G83.F
066D
SC
072B
+ 5V
mA(s)
DOWN
13
8
SC
72B
6
RESET
6
074
071A
C211
10MF
075
A–19
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
DUAL 4 BIT LATCH
3A9 CONSIGNE kV/mA 2 828 980 G035 / G045
G65
G132
TRUTH TABLE
4508
24 23 22
Vcc
21 20 19
Q3B D3B Q2B D2B
Out.
disa Stro. Reset
D0A Q0A
A
A
A
17 16
18
Q1B D1B Q0B
15 14
13
Reset
Disable
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
X
1
0
X
X
0
X
1
X
X
Z
D0B Out. Stro. Reset
disa B
B
B
D1A Q1A D2A Q2A D3A Q3A
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
7
9
10
11 12
Strobe
D input
4013
Q
1
CL
12
11
10
9
8
Q
Q
C
R
D
S
Q
C
R
D
S
5
GND
6
7
2
3
4
D
R
S
Q
Q
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
X
0
0
Q
Q
X
X
1
0
0
1
X
X
0
1
1
0
X
X
1
1
1
1
1 : High level
G120
Voir tableau
See chart
Z : H. Impedance
0 : Low level
Voir tableau
See chart
X : Don’t care
Binary UP / DOWN Counter
4516
16
15 14
13
CLOCK Q3
Preset
enable Q4 P4
P3
12
11 10
9
VCC
1
2
3
CL
CI
U/D
X
1
0
P2 Q2 UP / Reset
Down
Carry
P1 IN
Q1 Carry OUT
4
5
6
7
PE
R
ACTION
X
0
0
No Count
1
0
0
Count UP
0
0
0
0
Count DOWN
GND
X
X
X
1
0
Preset
8
X
X
X
X
1
Reset
1 : High level
0 : Low level
3A9 CI Consigne kV / mA
3A9 Consigne kV / mA PCB
X : Don’t care
828 980 G035
4 Bit Magnitude Comparator
16
4585
15 14
A3
13 12
B3 A > B A < B
11
10
9
B0
A0
B1
1
2
3
4
5
6
COMPARING
7
8
OUTPUTS
CASCADING
5R – 500W
828 230 P605
F kV / mA2
A<B
X
A=B
X
A>B
1
A<B
0
A=B
0
A>B
1
G66
828 232 P605
Dis. kV
X
X
X
1
0
0
1
G67
828 229 P305
X
X
X
1
0
0
1
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0>B0
X
X
1
0
0
1
G120
828 234 P305
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0=B0
0
0
1
0
0
1
G121
828 233 P305
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0=B0
0
1
1
0
1
0
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0=B0
1
0
X
1
0
0
G132
828 231 P305
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0<B0
X
X
X
1
0
0
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1<B1
X
X
X
X
1
0
0
A3=B3 A2<B2
X
X
X
X
X
1
0
0
A3<B3
X
X
X
X
X
1
0
0
A3=B3 A2>B2
A2 A = B A > B A < B A = B A1
Eprom
G65
INPUTS
A3 B3 A2 B2 A1 B1 A0 B0
A3>B3
X
X
X
Cascading Inputs
B2
X
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1>B1
mA / mAs
BIN DEC
X
1 : High level
A–20
B A
G121
Dual D Flip Flop
14 13
Vcc
G66
Voir tableau
See chart
Latched
1 : High level 0 : Low level X : Don’t care
Voir tableau
See chart
Voir tableau
See chart
Q output
0 : Low level
X : Don’t care
Cons. mAs
PROGAMMATION CI 2A1 PUPITRE MODULE G
Fonction de Sm35
Sm35 function
Sm58. 1–4 (A)
2–3 (B)
ON
ON
ON
ON
Sm59. 1–4 (A)
2–3 (B)
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Sm60. 1–4 (A)
2–3 (B)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
PL1
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
A
2A1
MODULE G2
PL3
b20
+5V
2
DS61
HLC
See programming
4
R243
150E
Q242
G130.A
G126.D
2N2222
S246.B
8
9
1
OX HLC 077D
3
2
R244
4K7
Iris controls
dose. Normal
and HLC
+5V
+5V
R65
100E
Sm35
4
1
3
2
R231
150E
b22
HLC
+5V
HLC
Q62
079C
2N2222
1
072B
MODULE 8
IMAGER
G122.B
R64
150E
S58
B
PL1
In U.S. when 50 degrees C is
hit system stays in HLC. In
Europe system drops to
Normal Dose.
S59
4
R228
4K7
b21
2
1
2
S60
S59
3
R227
100K
R230
2K2
G124.B
4
3
G124.C
TH*
6
5
+5V
C229
10K
b17
G124.D
H11A5100
8
8
6
Closed for
S140.A
U.S.A.
2
G123.A
4
13
5
TH
4
OX HLC
120F
b6
R11
6K8
C13
10K
3
R142
47K
1
072A
G124.E
R
IRIS
R64
1K
2
C49
220K
0V (24V)
b35
3PL2
125D
4
3
4
ER
11
G130.B
G126.C
6
+5V
G122.A
R12
2K2
S140.B
125D
G126.B
11
12
072A
R10
10K
b33
2N2907
XJ1
14
+24V
G130.D
5
3
C
3A3.a29
Q141
R143
1K
2
1
G123.B
1
Order xray and High
level dose selected
R145
1K5
G126.A
4
a7
R144
10K
Q131
10
9
PL1
A
R155
470E
G123.C
R156
10K
S60
3
9
072A
b32
+5V
R245
100K
HLC 077B
6
5
G126.F
13
12
S246.A
10
OX HLC
078A
D
3A9 CONSIGNE kV mA 2 (2)
828980G035
E
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
F
076
077
078
079
080
A–21
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
14
4011
1
4023
12
11
10
9
8
2
3
4
5
6
GND
7
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
14 13
VCC
1
40106
13
VCC
2
14 13
VCC
1
2
3A26 CHAUFFAGE FILAMENTS 4
A–22
829 357 G055
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
3A3 DIAPHRAGMES
reduced power switch
derates mA at
selected kv's
A
S133–B
117E
R68
R27
a17
22E
7
22E
RP 083C
R65
10K
G185.D
6
5
2K2
8
9
100K
R10
+5V
C53
a7
R54
4K7
2K2
C55
47 mA / 60–69kV
R14
+5V
a8
4K7
4K7
C59
3A9.a16
30 mA / 100–110kV
R18
+5V
098B
90K9
61K9
71K5
100K0
4
098A
C63
3
8
Q110.A
IH5012CDE
2
If closed allows fluoro on large
focal spot for tube alignment
Q110.D
14
1
13
Q110.C
11
16
3A12.a7
R39
R90
2K15
100K0
a19
C
PRESENCE CI
a32
5
Q110.B
018F
3A9.a11
0 logic from 0.16
mAs to 5 mAs
075C
Controls mAS
integrator gain
3A9.b30
R40
C91
33K2
2K2
3
4
5K
Q217.B
47K
R246
100K
22K
R81
5
2
C198
7
R139
G184.D
1K
3
D
kV 85%
R41
R94
33K
075E
R42
100K
+12V
R32
a24
100K
C95
083C
10K
R82
C85
R37
a31
4K7
035A
R38
100K
+12V
R88
G185.F
10
11
A138
mAS integrator
RAD
100K
6
A180
3
R181
R145
33K
2K2
C89
R48
a36
100K
G185.B
10K
4
G184.F
R47
R100
4K7
040A
084C
22K
100K
kV 85%
R7
R8
100K
100K
12
13
082E
085D 087B
RAD 087B 088D
RAD
C101 2K2
10K
exposure
start
4K7
6
G186.B
2K2
8
10
D290
9
Not used
8
9
+12V
11
G188.C
12
G184.E
10 11
13
5
10
R76
R30
1K
a21
+12V
G187.F
3
G184.C
3
6
4
4 5
10K
G188.B
Q216.B
6
PRECHAUFFAGE SCOPIE
FLUORO PREHEATING
R590
R591
2K2
2K2
R3
5K
3
2
1
R575
R241
100K
6
IH5019CPA
8
1K
C574
5
1K
33K
10K
E
R305
RAD
150K
C219
6
10E
2
A257
2K2
1V/mA
Consigne mA SC
desired fl mA
eprom based
R253
R595
2K2
030E
3
3A12.a8
a23
R36
3A9.a35
a27
R87
100K0
46K4
075A
R199
2
2K2
FL mA adjust
C260
100K0
A105
3
6
R221
220K
LF356
C223
1MF
R9
100K
R585
1K
C586
1K
R251
2
3
33K
A222
082D
R258
10K
R225
100K
AD741KH
100K0
+12V
R596
100K
4MF7
6
1K
kV85%
R218
R224
C570
082D
10K
D259
LF356
100K
actual Fl mA
feedback
Mesure mA SC
RAD
–12V
R254
100K
R256 D255
7
R242
C593
082D
STOP mAs
12
5
C285
3A19.a23
031C
1K
C78
10 13
G184.B
D592
085B 086E
087B 088C
6
stop Rad exposure at
selected maS. No photo
timing
reduced power 120
C203
100MF volt backup timer set
for 15 seconds
220 volt power
backup set for 7sec
G589
082D G186.D
4
LF356
1K
13
–12V
G187.C
G187.E
082D 084C
PRE
6
C599 Fluoro
100K
4
11
G187.D
+12V
11
2
G186.C
D250
D248
83E
2
1
RP
082A
R249
G185.A
4
12
5
R288
10K
G187.B
R247
2K2
IH5019CPA
1Rad
1K
8
3
2
1
2
1
3
C598
G186.A
PRE
R291
FILAMENT HEATING
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
1K
R294
G187.A
100K
A292
R295
9
2
2K2
3
G188.A
1
D141
AD741KH
100K
12
13
3
3A19.a8
R140
6
47K
R143
2
081D
4MF7
G184.A
kV 85%
G185.E
R33
10K
3A19.a10
CONSIGNE mAs
C147
R190
PRE
33K
4K7
028C
PRE
Presence of
x-ray
082D
R597
3
6K8
2
LF356
6
Q287.A
R149
R289
R293
+12V
D189
CONSIGNE mAs
3A12.a16
2K2
A214
082D
+12V
LF356
a33
1
1K
3
CONSIGNE CHAUFFAGE
FILAMENTS
Rad 1v = 10mA
087E FL 1v = 1mA
RAD
082D
R142
LF356
a26
kV 85%
C564
1K
4K7
100K
A134
2
2K2
8
9
A105
R151
3
1K
C560
6
2
C571
2
1N914
3A9.a36
44K2
8 1K
C561
2N2222
10K
R93
4MF7
100K
Q83
6
105K
2
1K
4
1K
L
3
22E
2
4K7
154K0
R6
R31
IH5019CPA
6
R144
4
R563
1K
C577
L
Prevents
filament boost
(rad) until kvp
reaches 85%
44K2
2
2K2
LF356
IH5019CPA
1
D146
R286
R80
a25
3
4K02
R5
AD741KH
+12V
a20
Q217.A
R245
6
A284
075E
Consigne mAs
selected/desired
mAS
R150
R112
C135
–12V
R111
selected rad mA based on selected kvp
IH5019CPA
1
S528–A
4K7
8
3
1
C148
IH5012CDE
7
100K0
2
100K
1K0
33K
6
R576
R527
R243
10K
030F
2
12
10
R215
Q216.A
R244
PRECHAUFFAGE GRAPHIE R4
5K
RAD PREHEATING
15
R252
Mesure mA Gr
Rad mA feedback
1v = 10mA
Mod
.
7
9
2K2
Avt.
5
C61
4K7
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Q108.B
6
1
2K2
R62
0
1
2
2
2K2
R20
Date
15/07/96
3
10K
100K
Rev.
A
All unmarked diodes are 1N6263
R60
4K7
R21
a10
48K7
10K
100K
a9
53K6
829 357 G055
IH5020CPA
R58
R19
3A9.a8
R117
4
C57
R16
+5V
41 mA / 70–79kV
R116
10K
100K
098A
R115
R56
R17
3A9.a12
R109
10K
100K
098B
R114
Q108.A
3
2K2
R12
R15
B
82E5
2
R113
10K
+5V
098A
3A26 CI CHAUFFAGE FILAMENTS 4
LF356
R529
R52
4K7
100K
a6
60 mA / 40–49kV
33 mA / 80–99kV
220K
3
S528–B
R13
Selected
Rad mA
based kvp
C104
19K6
6
A105
10K
2N2222
100K
a5
098A
3A9.b36
Q103
4K7
R50
R106
R11
55 mA / 50–59kV
3A9.a10
6K81
R102
+5V
C67
1K
19K6
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
2K2
2
R51
R49
G185.C
100K
R23
a13
R24
3A9.a14
+12V
C66
RP
2
R107
+12V
Q287.B
R581
6
IH5019CPA
8
1K
C582
5
1K
7
C580
+12V
F
SYX SC
Fluoro exp start
1K
R34
3A19.a15
a28
100K
4K7
035A
R86
R35
2K2
C84
10K
081
082
083
084
085
A–23
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
14
4011
13
12
11
10
9
8
2
3
4
5
6
GND
7
VCC
1
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇ
3A26 CHAUFFAGE FILAMENTS 4 829 357 G055
A–24
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
+12V
R510
1K
R511
A
8K66
a18
Q503
+12V
2N2907
R512
D509
68K1
+12V
R514
R513
3K32
R153
100E
C154
10MF
D231
R229
1N914
10K
C232
33K2
B
4
R233
7
R158
2K2
R230
9
G182
10
C
G182
1
220K
A
2
G155
082D
3
555
+12V
12
R204
5
D208
33K
1
R207
100K
5
G182
D
C156
100K
B
6
10K
2N2222
680E
R205
C172
4K7
Q162
R72
C73
470E
470pF
R167
4K7
C
R520
68K1
Q508
2N2222
R268
33K
D270
R269
2K2
R272
1M
2
6
D
D211
2
6
A237
3
10K
R557
100K
100K
C
R556
LF356
100K
D210
R273
7
22K6
A234
3
R235
R212
Pulse width
modulated
R283
Q213.A
Rad current feedback
IH5019CPA
3
R194
1K69
LF356
A278
AD534
C275
10K
1
3
4
6
10
6
2
A282
LF356
R64
1K10
3
–12V
+
~
~
C4
8A
16
5F3
470MF
56K2
5TR1
5CR3
Primary
–
4
V–
004F
1
17
6
C552
1K
R281
10K
5
–12V
R236
470K
R240
8
Q213.B Fluoro current feedback
IH5019CPA
a12
R22
C553
6
5
RAD
1K
082D
C296
100K
Filament drive to achieve disired mA
R239
CONSIGNE CHAUFFAGE FILAMENT
FILAMENT HEATING REFERENCE VOLTAGE
1M
085B
D279
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
3A26 CI CHAUFFAGE FILAMENTS 4
a2
+5V
a1
a4
470MF
2
4
All unmarked diodes are 1N6263
a3 E192
47K
a11
829 357 G055
+12V
C3
R65
21K5
If actual current feedback > desired
current then comparator goes high
and interrupts 180 HZ inverter
+5V
3
082D
R193
7
1K
1K
470K
E
PL1
C555
C238
082D
Fluoro
829 355 G015
RAD
1K
100K
RAD
10K
10.015
C195
10pF
100K0
4K7
–12V
C4
Q11
R19
V–
C280
10K
VHV C
J
Masse cuve
D6
V+
1
+12V
8
5–1
3
5A1 CI PUISSANCE
CHAUFFAGE 4
9
10K
2x1N5406
MJE
5852
Fluoro
C274
C209
R16
1E
2W
Current
safety
2
2N5457
S
2
10E
Q265
R271
1K
100E0
D
G
C43
D9
2N5192
2K2
47E
1W
BZX83
C3V3
–12V
2N2907
X–RAY
TUBE
0E15
7W
D24
R118
1K
Q266
10K
K
5–2
R7
Q121
C71
R525
8K66
+12V
R267
6PL1
4
Q15
R524
+12V
1
–12V
D526
PL2
1N5061
R519
4K7
R522
0E18
7W
D10
4
R70
47E
1W
Q506
R8
100E0
5
487E
D69
330E
2N2907
4K7
10.015
R22
48E7
P
1N5406
D3
2N4920
R160
C163
R119
R521
3
2N5192
BZX83
C9V1
R518
2N2907
N
R23
R26 a16
470E
3K22
D5
Q20
100E0
1K21
10E
1W
Q122
680E
2
470pF
Q123
R161
M
C92
470E
R120
2N2907
D164
2N2907
R25 a14
R74
2N5192
R166
22K
Q124
Q125
D14
1E
2W
R13
D79
a15
10MF
R523
D18
470K
R133
MODULE 6
X RAY HEAD
R12
4K7
33K
Q507
MJE
13009
D17
2N4920
C26
10E 1W
R174
3K3
180
degree
phase
shift
Q128
R130
10E
1W
Rad
Q21
2K2
470E
2N2222
D165
180
degree
phase
shift
9
D25
C75
R77
R178
Q176
BZX83
C6V2
2K2
R127
4
082D
Q206
330E
D173
R126
G183
5
10
C
RAD
10MF
C171
G183
8
V+
10E 1N5061
2N4920
6
13
22E
1W
R179
+12V
11
22E
1W
C175
22K
4
B
6
Q129
15K
G182
R132
D170
R168
3
A
2
R131
2N2222
1K
G183
1
3
RAD
free
6
running
2
C159 180 HZ
100K
8
Q505
4K7
R169
100E
18K7
4K7
11
D
13
R228
2K2
8
082D
R
PL3
R27
G183
12
3PL4
10E
R517
2N2222
RAD
R157
4K7
Q504
+12V
BZX83
C3V3
R516
Rad
R515
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
+12V
C261
C226
C136
10MF
100K
100K
C263
C227
C137
10MF
100K
100K
C559
1K
C558
1K
C277
C262
100K
100K
C276
C264
100K
100K
–12V
F
086
087
088
089
090
A–25
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
3A9 CONSIGNE kV/mA 2
PIN
MAN 71A
1
14
a
2
13
1
Cathode a
2
Cathode f
3
Commun Anode
6
3
f
b
g
11
e
c
10
6
828 980 G035
d
9
DP
7
8
B
NC
7
Cathode e
8
Cathode d
9
Cathode DP
DIS kV
828229 P305
PL1
10
Cathode c
11
Cathode g
13
Cathode b
14
Commun Anode
ÇÇ
ÇÇ
ÇÇ
ÇÇ
4 Bit Magnitude Comparator
16
4585
15 14
A3
13 12
B3 A > B A < B
11
10
9
B0
A0
B1
B2
A2
1
2
A = B A > B A < B A = B A1
3
4
5
6
INPUTS
COMPARING
7
A3=B3 A2>B2
8
OUTPUTS
CASCADING
A3 B3 A2 B2 A1 B1 A0 B0
A3>B3
X
X
X
Cascading Inputs
X
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1>B1
A<B
X
A=B
X
A>B
1
A<B
0
A=B
0
A>B
1
X
X
X
1
0
0
1
X
X
X
1
0
0
1
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0>B0
X
X
1
0
0
1
7447
16
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0=B0
0
0
1
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0=B0
0
1
1
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0=B0
1
0
X
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1=B1 A0<B0
X
X
X
A3=B3 A2=B2 A1<B1
X
X
X
X
15 14
13
12
11
10
9
a
BI/
RBO
b
c
d
e
RBI
D
A
VCC
B
A–26
A
g
f
C
LT
0
A B C D a
L L L L L
d e
1
H L L L H L L H H H H
2
L H L L L
L L L
L H L
f
g
L L H
L H L
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
3
4
H H L L L L L L H H L
L L H L H L L H H L L
1
0
0
5
6
H L H L L H L L
L H H L H H L L
H L L
L L L
1
0
0
7
H H H L L
L L L
H H H
L L L H L
L L L
L L L
H L L H L
L L H H L L
0
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A3=B3 A2<B2
X
X
X
X
X
1
0
0
8
A3<B3
X
X
X
X
X
1
0
0
9
X
b c
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
072A
R105
2K87
3A9 CONSIGNE kV / mA 2 828980G035
R82
5K62
2
A
G94
R80
10K0
3A7.b6
3
6
+5 V
10
4
3A26
C7
1
2
G36.F
12
G36.D
+5 V
058E
9
C7
+5V
G22
8
G36.E
G18
11
10
1K
5
+5 V
6
a12
a8
C34
10K
b36
C72
10K
30 mA
100 / 110 kV
a6
60 mA
40 / 49 kV
a5
55 mA
50 / 59 kV
a8
47 mA
60 / 69 kV
a9
41 mA
70 / 79 kV
a7
33 mA
80 / 99 kV
081A
081B
2A1 MODULE G2
DISPLAY kV
C73
10K
PL1
R29
1K
R205
10K
C50
10K
a10
R30
G36.C
B
a14
desire/selected kvp 1v = 20kv
CONSIGNE kV / 20
220 volt Full power mA values
R31
1K
D28
D27
a10
R35
1K
11
C33
10K
R37
1K
13
a16
R32
1K
D26
D23
D25
D24
C70
100K
C93
100K
G84.E
a23
3
021B
a12
G36.B
A69
G36.A
C0
FC40
minimum kv value (40)
3A12
b5
C92
100K
R81
10K0
+5 V
C74
10K
+5 V
PL3
a1
b2
DS25
+5V
R225
a20
a21
G19
+5 V
C0
3A7.b5
C
FC110
R204
10K
G67
G84.F
a24
12
C7
+5 V
+5 V
Q241
2N2222
Q240
R185
R220
R221
R219
R224
R222
R223
G138
2N2222
C7
100
R226
2 x 150E
R203
10K
DIS kV
Eprom
13
058D
+5 V
R206
10K
+5 V
a18
a13
a14
a12
a19
a15
a17
DS24
010
7 x 150E
+5 V
+5V
G21
R214
R216
R215
R212
R217
R213
R218
G172
C0
+5 V
+5 V
110kV
R193
10K
E3
G121
W245
E4
105K
D
G20
+5 V
074C
E5
2N2222
R198
10K
Q236
R190
a/b1
+ 12 V
a/b3
C162
10MF
C161
100K
C158
10MF
C157
100K
C159
100K
Q237
2N2222
+5 V
b18
22E
R184
R183
R181
R180
R209
R188
R186
G137
C160
10MF
0 V
a/b4
– 12 V
– 12 V
074B
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
092
Serial No
R201
10K
Avt.
DS40
b13
22E
Q239
2N2222
Q238
2N2222
R200
10K
Eprom
b15
b14
b12
b11
b16
b23
b17
+5 V
7 x 150E
R182
R202
10K
G120
DS41
6 x 100E
+5 V
+ 12 V
R45
R46
R44
R47
R42
R43
R187
R197
10K
+5 V
091
b25
2N2222
2N2222
C0
F
Q235
2N2222
a/b2
E
2 x 22E
R194
10K
071C
a22
R189
R199
10K
BUS kV / 20
001
+5 V
DISPLAY mA / mAs
b24
Q234
DS23
7 x 150E
R191
10K
R195
10K
C7
PWB Presence
2N2222
R196
10K
a21
018D
Q232
Eprom
C0
12v interlock
R192
10K
Q233
a11
a6
a5
a2
a7
a3
a10
Mod
.
+5 V
+5 V
G136
R177
R176
R174
R173
R179
R175
R178
b8
b7
b3
b1
b10
b5
b9
DS39
7 x 150E
093
094
095
096
097
098099 / 100
A–27
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
3A12 kV mA 829 825 G025
4012
14 13
VCC
1
4023
2
14 13
VCC
12
11
10
9
8
40106
3
4
5
6
GND
7
12
11
10
9
8
1
4040
2
3
16 15 14
VCC
Q11
Q10
4
13
Q8
5
12
10
9
Q9 Reset Clock Q1
12 Bit Binary counter
Q12 Q6
Q5
Q7
Q4
Q3
Q2
GND
1
A–28
2
3
4
5
6
7
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
13 12
11
10
9
Q
Q
16 15 14
Vcc
C
R/C
CD
+TR –TR
C
R/C
CD
+TR –TR
1
2
3
T =RX X CX
GND
6
7
11
2
12
Dual MONOSTABLE
4538
1
14 13
VCC
8
4
5
Q
Q
6
7
GND
8
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
+12V
+12V
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
A
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
R17
R66
R143
46K4
Mod
.
See job card
RG 206 5
minute timer
accuracy
G35
10e
+
8
10MF
6
045A
16
15
10
Q12 1
CLK
CLK
Q1
14
Q10
R
G37
4040
Q2
R
8
9
2
CR20
G35
100K
5
G36
3
8
11
Low = stop high voltage
inverter
7
a 26
1
4
3A19 - a30
5
031A
x-ray on indicator
2K2
Q141
PL1
Sm7
+5 V
BP COMMANDE CLICHE
X RAY CONTROL BP
2N2222
R154
a 26
10
2 HZ
PRX present when
xrays are emitted
G35
051C +12V
8
9
PRX
b 16
3A5
CI MINUTERIE
2A3 MODULE D
Sm26
+5 V
a 34
4K7
G74
a 26
5
+12V
6
1
R152
a36
042B +12V
b33
150E
a29
b1
5
+12V
BP Cl 3A19 - a7
27 VAC
29
9Tb1.12
PL4
9
9A1 TRANSPANEL
210
RAD
PL11
1
0 VAC
9Tb1.7
8
27
220K
8
W109
R106
G74
220K
a 36
R627
4K7
13
-TR
D624
103
13
Q142
2N2222
G74
DS175
Sonalert
10
W220
G75
W230
Q
10
13
6
9
3
4
5
W231
Q625
2N2222
MODULE 9 – INTERFACE
R/C
+12V
G75
12
11
G39.B
4538
10K
+12V
14
12
Q
+TR
R503
22E
1N5359
11
220K
W107
12
3PL6
+12V
10
C
Y
102
R108
9
+12V
22
+12V
7
CR221
003C
3
G74
3
R27
R623
K37
003C
101
+
1
8
9PL1
D42
D
Q
-TR
3
+12V
7
6
2
G39.A
4538
15
R38
100E
24
Q
+TR
a 32
040A
C39
220K
10
X–RAY
ON
150
140
3A19 - a8
003C
Monitor Cart
002C
10MF
R/C
CD
100K
C223
16
+12V
R222
031B
9PL1
2
C
4
R155
a13
470K
4
a 33
3A12 kV mA – 2
829825G025
R28
470K
10K
PL2
PL5
R153
+12V
C29
026A
2N2222
041A
11
4’26”
10K
Q140
PRX.CP (50Hz)
3A5 - a5
G35
470K
a 19
R132
150E
a3
4K7
a 30
C23
R131
4’57”
6
R22
150E
C
16
+12V
R21
a 21
+12V
G37
4040 Q11
11
a4
131A
100K
+12V
100K
1
+12V
console
X-ray
switches
13
12
E3
C68
PL1
R130
111C
G36
11
R24
CR26
3A3 - a10
054F
5
+12V
045A
CR25
10
a 33
3A7 - a19
9
10K
3A7 AD kV
b 15
CLIGN
a 23
4
2 HZ Oscillator
R73
2
4
B
3
10
G69
555
100K
PL1
12
1M
G35
3
7
C70
Sm14
470K
10K
100K
100K0
RAZ MINUTERIE SCOPIE
FLUORO TIMER RESET
C19
G35
1
R72
R217
R71
2A1 MODULE G
C67
1M
2 13
+12V
for thermal display lights
and intermittant operation
of buzzer
R18
R504
10K
104
CD
13
105
107
106
/ 110
108109
A–29
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
Dual D Flip Flop
4013
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
14 13
Vcc
Q
1
CL
12
11
10
9
8
Q
Q
C
R
D
S
Q
C
R
D
S
5
GND
6
7
2
3
4
R
D
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
X
0
0
Q
Q
X
1
0
0
1
X
X
0
1
1
0
X
X
1
1
1
1
Contr.
12
0 : Low level
11
10
Out
2
14 13
VCC
1
2
9
In
Contr.
4
3A3 DIAPHRAGMES 2
832 502 G015
X : Don’t care
8
Out
Out
3 In
In 1
4023
Q
X
14 13
VCC
1
Q
1
1 : High level
4016
S
Out
2
Contr.
Contr.
In
3
4
5
6
GND
7
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
13 12
11
10
9
Q
Q
Dual MONOSTABLE
4538
16 15 14
Vcc
C
R/C
CD
+TR –TR
C
R/C
CD
+TR –TR
1
2
3
4
14 13
VCC
12
11
T =RX X CX
40106
PL 1
Q
Q
5
6
7
10
9
8
GND
8
BA
M 1.1
PL1
E2
1
2
3
4
5
6
GND
7
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
E3
7A1 FROTTEURS
4093
14 13
VCC
1
2
3A5 MINUTERIE
832 501 G015
BA
PL2
A–30
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
b31
PL5
b30
PL12
3A3 CI DIAPHRAGMES 2
A
BP01
R245 b31
47E
7W
Sm12
C246
R8
100K
b5
47E
7W
a4
b6
121A
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
+12V
–12V
Serial No
G156.E
R8
100K
R56
Aluminum
radio
transluscent
blades
G168.B
5
4K7
+12V
131A
Sm16
b35
8
3
XX
4
Z
R4
G166.E
R52
4K7
a35
10
11
4
3
G164.A
R18
100K
R66
1
b7
FC GR1
5
RAD
5
R20
2
13
12
W85
R86
G157.A
100K
G166.F
13
2
13
12
2K2
G163.C
+12V
R14
100K
G164.C
G164.B
6
5
8
G180.A
2
9
8
2K2
8
6
G163.A
D
Z1
b27
S501.A
Sm17
G181.B
4
6
MONO OFF
+12V
+5V
b26
G167
R34
R84
4K7
6 inch field of view switch
2 3
1
2K2
5
C83
832 501 G015
E
6
10K
14
G165.A
C
D
Q
4013
Q
112D G178.C
1
RAD
2
10
9
5
8
G178.B
Z
6
C113
R108
D110
100K
1N914
G168.C
8
100K
1N914
G167.E
+12V
11
R121
G167.F
1N914
R122
R123
4K7
2K2
13
10
G167.B
220K
R126
+12V
100K
R127
3
4
D50
F
G165.B
C
9
D
4013
Q
G178.A
3
13
RAD
12
D117
100K
1N914
+12V
1K
1
C120
20K5
R72
R23
2K2
4K7
R80
R29
2K2
4K7
+12V
D118
100K
1N914
Q246
R240
R203
R201
13K3
10K
G176.B
9
2
40K2
4
R202
R30
8
5
5
NO
a18
100K
FC GR2
7Sa4
10
3
X
7
NO
a20
R253
100E
7A2 CI
DISQUE
Z
5
8
D255
2
–
+
7M2
+12 = close
- 12 = open
300E
BZX83
C2V7
VOLETS INFERIEURS
LOWERS BLADES
D256
100K
Transluscent
BZX83
C2V7
Q241
2N2222
+12V
Q189
3
BD139
LM324
A175.A
a23
Q190
BD140
–12V
G172.E
10
11
D193
R231
R195
1N5061
R227
47E
G177.B
5
8
R208
4
6
6
40K2
10
R206
9
8
R198
100E
UNIQUEMENT EN
BICHAMPS
ONLY WITH 2
FIELDS II
BD139
LM324
A175.B
a24
7
BD140
–12V
R229
F
C230
–12V
12
4
–
+
7M4
9
4
9 inch II
normal fov or
6 inch II norml
fov
1
0V(12V)
100K
13
7
M.1.1 115A
100E
47E
G172.F
6
R228
4K7
G178.D
C
Q192
5
D194
R232
CHAMP/FIELD 16
1 FIELD II
CHAMP/FIELD 22
2 FIELDS II
Q191
+12V
RAD
9
+
7M5
100K
20K5
G172.D
–
+12V
G177.A
G177.C
8
R205
10K
1
T2A
QA
11
R207
13K3
2
2
lead
aperature for
6 inch field of
view.
–12V
RAD
D49
E
C199
47E
6
5
CHAMP/FIELD 16
1
20K5
10K
R76
470E
007C
T
C74
b19
3A1.a19
C
1K
W
+12V
C254
47E
R204
10
12
a16
100K
680E
G176.C
11 13
NO
FC Sc2
7Sa2
R196
8
6
+12V
-TR
QA
CD
10
R24
680E
+12V
4538
R119
FC GR1
7Sa3
6
+12V
7A1 CI
FROTTEURS
R243
5
G155.B
2
Q
R115
T1A
+TR
9
4
R247
G176.A
2
T2A
QA
10MF
4
8
10K
C116
U
–12V
3
10K
C128
C124
R114
2
a9
100K
2N2907
2N2222
G172.B
1
220K
1
R12
limit
switches
close when
max
opening
reached
NO
+12V
Q249
Q251
33K
+12V
C104
RAD
FC Sc1
7Sa1
9
10K
1K
-TR
QA
CD
R105
+12V
12
1
R242
1N5061
+12V
G172.A
2
4K7
Low for 9 inch fov
high for six inch fov
zoom
D125
100K
4MF7
10
4K7
12
1
10K
2N2907
4538
D111
2K2
T
4K7
+12V
R245
10
G172.C
+12V
3
4K7
G155.A
+12V
R112
R11
R244
9
10K
112B 113A
113D
R252
4K7
3
+12V
8
4
G164
7
4
8
9
G167.D
9
10
10MF
T1A
+TR
Lead blades
+12 = close
- 12 =open
G181.C
C109
C109
10K
+12V
6
100K
a30
2
47K
1
R33
a2
b2
4
G167.C
5
G180.C
12
3
220K
S501.B
MONO OFF
11
13
R502
3
R60
G162.A
3
5
+12V
R106
1K
9
11
FC Sc2
R500
10
G181.A
3
4K7
2N2222
+12V
78F
RAD
R137
Q142
150E
832 440 G015
G179.C
11
13
12
119C
R135
12
13
1
BP02
a21
4
4K7
6
2
Z
3
VOLETS SUPERIEURS
UPPER BLADES
R248
G179.B
3
112E
G180.B
FC GR2
RAD + Z
1
FC GR2
C57
4
+
7M3
10K
R250
2
4
10K
2A3 PUPITRE
MODULE D 2
10K
5
a6
100K
C71
9
Z
5
3
4K7
G156.B
13
1
G163.B
300E
–
G179.A
2
4
2
BPF2
RAD
5
2K2
+12V
112E
3
C78
BP02
6
RAD
118E
4
3
6
BPF2
1
BP02
RAD 112B 112E
R58
4K7
RAD
FC GR2
CLIGN
10K
040A
8
2K2
R10
100K
10
4K7
C61
R9
a8
R62
4K7
+12V
106A
3A19–a8
RAD
2N2222
FC Sc2
9
R138
Q141
150E
12
FC GR2
FC Sc2
R36
a28
R5
C59
G162.B
CLIGN
R54
G156.C
11
4
Causes blades to flash on console
if blades need to be opened.
BP02
a16
a10
1
FC Sc2
RAD
1
G158.F
12
10
G156.F
10K
R13
2
1
R6
C53
FC GR1
10
11
BZX83
C2V7
6
7
+12V
FC GR2
3
C67
3A12–a23
CLIGN
G164.E
G157.B
6
112E Z
BP02
R68
4K7
a33
FC Sc1
J
2N2222
+12V
2K2
10K
100K
2
D226
100K
–12V
G156.E
G158.A
FC Sc2
G164.F
C65
R19
a14
10
13
4
BPF2
4K7
+12V
b34
12
BPF2
R17
a3
RAD
C224
Q211
R212
FC Sc1
XX
4K7
+12V
C
4K7
FC Sc1
154E
BZX83
C2V7
680E
1K
G169.C
R16
D225
100E
R213
6
11
R223
R210
RAD + Z
6
R144
Q140
2N2222
Sm14
5
33K
G158.E
150E
a13
11 6
G161.B
3A5
MINUTERIE
b36
G169.B
Q216
2N2907
1
13
slip ring
collimator
continuous turn
+ = cw
- = ccw
–
7M1
115F
a21
680E
FC GR1
R35
10K
Sm13
10
10K
+
M.1.1
R214
R215
3
10
R217
2N2222
G168.A
2K2
C51
a22
BZX83
C6V2
D
ROTATION
M.1.2
2N2907
Q222
4K7
2
G160.C
12
3
BP01
4
112E
BP01
100K
3PL1 PL1
Q218
4K7
4
10 13
11
Z
G158.B
11
1
G157.B
G168.D
13
9
8
FC GR1
12
G164.E
BP01
10K
100K
112B
BPF1
10
11
G160.A
2
6
5
5
R221
4
G157.C
9
R220
G159.C
12
6
5
6
D
2K2
a1
a14
9
C55
R3
a5
RAD
8
D90
4K7
G159.B
3
4
8
RAD
G156.D
10
11
a8
+5V
9
2
RAD
Mod
.
BPF1
R7
a7
C92
R219
112E Z
G169.A
1
BPF1
+12V
9
2
G160.B
b33
B
FC Sc1
FC GR1
+12V
BZX83
C6V2
G159.A
1
BP01
Sm15
Lead
opaque
blades
Avt.
8
FC Sc1
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
b9
D89
100E
+12V
Sm11
Collimator
rotation
switches
R39
BPF1
832 502 G015
A–31
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
3A3 DIAPHRAGMES 2
4093
14 13
VCC
1
40106
14 13
VCC
1
A–32
2
2
832 502 G015
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
3A19.a18
Start Exp
SEXP
R26
4K7
a17
R75
2K2
A
J6 423
C73
10K
R25
100K
035B
*
R139
10K
G161.D
12
11
+12V
3A7.a10
Fluoro selected
SC
a19
051D
Electronic Radiography
(Single pulsed fluoro)
"Snapshot"
3A7.b31
ER
AUTO
3A7.b5
b29
R37
100K
FC110
3A19.a15
SYX Sc
1
12
13
PRX
Open to unblank
tv without xray
R93
2K2
C91
10K
R134
2K2
5
6
b12
1
13
C63
10K
030A
R511
2K2
6
5
1
5
3
6
9
8
R532
100K
1
5
Z1
112D
D
Sm 21
PL2
PL5
b15
a32
a35
a6
PRESENCE
CI
016D
a9
3A5
2A3 PUPITRE
MODULE D
Emergency
off buttons
on console
+12V
0V
(12V)
MINUT.
–12V
R47
100K
R48
4K7
13
R153
2K2
Sm 4
3A7
PL1
b4
PL2
b17
+5V
PL1
a35
C184
100K
+
C186
100K
+
C185
10MF
C200
100K
C187
10MF
AD / kV
3A26.
a17
PL1
a17
a/b2
b17
C103
100K
b32
a13
b13
a16
b16
2N2907
R150
10K
R96
1K
3A19.a6
OX
b28
S133.B
ER
b33
L
1.7
C98
220K
R136
4K7
MODE 1
Mag to 6 inch
fov on 9 inch I.I.
3PL5
a36
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
G177.D
13
R518
2K2
G161.C
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
G176.D
11
G162.E
14
12
A
3PL2
W
1
1.11
–ABD
9A1 (K27)
Transpanel
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
MODULE 8
IMAGER
Auxiliary coil
R173
100K
301
+
to
440
A175.D
R174
100K
+
R520
1K
a25
C521
10K
11
12
A175.C
a29
13
9
8
3A5.b9
RX
041D
3A5.b10
041C
SYX Sc
117C
117B
R517
47K
10
ZOOM
-
12
3A9.b6
077C
OX HLC
10
C519
100K
031A
2A1 PUPITRE
MODULE G
116
R44
1K
4
RAD
112D
ON = POWER DERATING
R516
100K
126C
Q149
004C
C102
10MF
C183
10MF
+12V
3A5
MINUT.
F
2
+ 24V
+
C197
100K
120 Vac
7
081A
Monicon only
high = sets max
beam to 1500nA
low = standby
beam = 400nA.
4
832 502 G015
+5V
+
X – RAY ON_
1.15
2N2222
G155.16
C182
100K
15
Cde
–12V
E
BEAM MAX
Q152
+12V
a/b4
S
3A3 DIAPHRAGMES 2/CCD
a/b1
a/3
b20
12
a12
E188
18
G163.D R154
10K
11
C100
10K
a11
1.18
C131
220K
R151
100K
Q209
4016
V
5
2
+12V
C97
10K
R101
2K2
R27
100E
Q132
H11A5100
Open = down = off to set up
camera standby beam
(400nA) when fluoroing
a27
Unblank tv
when logic
GO
TO BLACK
high
4
R130
100E
2
+12V
R514
1K
C515
220K
R129
1K
G158.D
1
a34
CCD
Interconnect board
5
2
G158.C
+ 5v
R99
2K2
0V (24V)
CAG
Q512
H11A5100
2
R46
4K7
a33
S133.A
R513
1K
Q145
H11A5100
R45
100K
CLTV_
2N2222
4
S133.C
R64
2K2
16
1.9
Q148
G166.C
BEAM
6
SYX Sc
117F
R16
4K7
C235
10MF
S133.D
G166.C
5
M
126D
8
+12V
R503
100K
GOTO BLACK
C79
10K
R15
100K
+
a32
close to turn on
AGC for service
mode
+12V
R41
4K7
4
R42
4K7
R70
2K2
+12V
3A12.a13
R238
10K
2
1
ER
+12V
R77
4K7
3
C147
220K
R94
3K3
3PL2
5
117F
R40
100K
R28
100K
R239
200K
R236
10K
2
G162.F
a31
b18
*
G171.A
1
C69
10K
R21
100K
035A
C
3
R43
1K
Q145
H11A5100
D237
1N6263
2
R22
4K7
a15
1
R143
6K8
G161.A
C87
10K
058D
Low during Fluoro
R38
4K7
C81
10K
R88
2K2
+12V
051A
Max Kv
R82
2K2
065B
3A7.a8
B
R32
4K7
+12V
4
6
13
R31
100K
*
G171.B
5
R95
1K
G171 5V POWER SUPPLY
117
118
119
120
A–33
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
40106
14 13
VCC
12
11
10
9
8
2
3
4
5
6
GND
7
14 13
VCC
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
1
4093
1
32
TB2
F5
34
22
24
2
1
2
32
14
34
11
3
1
a
21
K34
b
22
24
12
14
11
21
31
a
K44
b
PL1
1A1 MOTEUR ARCEAU DC
TB3
A–34
F18
832 359 G015
W41 W42
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
MINUTERIE
PUPITRE MOD. D
111B
+12V
PL1
2A3
PL5
PL2
3A5
Sm23
A
+12V
1
006B
7
006D
b3
a31
b4
b32
Sm22
C36
10MF
2
0V
R10
47K
100K
PL1
R11
1
G16.B
2
1
4
3
5
6
b35
R24
2
10K
4
F
G16.F
8
R14
R15
b36
47K
2A1
3A7
R13
PUPITRE MOD. G
AD kV
100K
2 x 1N5061
Tb2–
21
1
D4
F5
10
11
3
2
1K
2
4
PL1
12
5TR1
3–1
19
Tb3–
1
2
5
6
11
24
12
22
24
21
0V
(12V)
R50
R49
46E4
46E4
21
D22
34
31
32
D20
+24V
2
440
4MF7
31
10
32
4Tb1–
R51
3PL4
J6
3PL2
b
Y
c
Z
d
a
b
3A3.b32
3A9.b32
b
c
c
Y
1–24
7
Z
1–25
8
a
1–26
9
b
1–27
4
c
1–28
5
d
1–29
6
423
3PL6.c
4
W42
+24V
4a
3
5
0V (24V)
W41
0V (24V)
X902 12
to
CCD
INTERCONNECT
BOARD
C48
D23
34
18VAC
006C
301
22
4
6E8–7W
3A
MODULE 8 IMAGER
1M1
F18
X902 11
Not
connected
20 E2–3–2
14
K6
1
C ARM
UP / DOWN
MOTION MOTOR
14
11
D21
2
a
0V (24V)
27VAC
5E20
b
H11A5100
0V (24V)
1N5061
4 x MR752
005D
K44
10K
Q30
R29
10K
D7
3
23
G16.E
12
D45
1N5061
2N2907
2K2
3A
22
13
1
5
0V (24V)
Q33
R31
G17.A
a
C12
D3
C
b
+24V
1K5
+12V
Sm9
b7
H11A5100
R32
+12V
a32
832 359 G015
K34
10K
0V (24V)
1K
1
b11
D35
1N5061
Q25
Sm5
B
5
007B
b6
2N2907
R26
G17.B
4
2K2
C8
Q28
1K5
+12V
G16.A
9
1A1 MOTEUR ARCEAU DC
R27
100K
0V
(12V)
R9
PL1
C37
3PL3
E
+24V
+12V
3a
141B
119C
080B
3PL6.W
d
This print is wrong. 24 volts comes from low voltage power
supply to TB3-1. F18 is not on the supply side but is actually
on the return gnd side. This supply is fused in the camera.
+24V
141B
d
0V
3PL3.T
3A9.b35
080B
D
3A3.a33
119A
2
To BNC–BNC Connector
(Module 3)
Video
3
141A
0V +24V
2
1
J4
427E
MODULE 7 COLLIMATOR
E
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial
No
Avt.
Blue
BNC/BNC Plug
SGNL
ION
CHAMBER
Mod
.
H.T.
ELECTRONIC
DAP
MODULE
DR4/MD10 memories only
DR4/MD10 memories only
mGycm2
F
White
SG.DAP
MDA memory only
141B
3PL2.D
3PL2.K
White
1
Red
2
Test
Pulses
129
121
122
123
124
125
126
/ 130
127128
A–35
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
BA
PL1
S32
3A5 MINUTERIE
832 501 G015
BA
PL2
CL
Dual D Flip Flop
4013
14 13
Vcc
Q
12
Q
11
C
10
R
9
D
Q
Q
C
R
D
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
S
GND
7
R
D
14 13
VCC
1
A–36
2
12
11
10
9
8
4023
3
4
5
6
GND
7
Q
Q
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
X
0
0
Q
Q
X
X
1
0
0
1
X
X
0
1
1
0
X
X
1
1
1
1
1 : High level
40106
S
14 13
VCC
1
2
0 : Low level
X : Don’t care
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
+5V
051F
101C
111B
046B
111E
PL5
PL2
3A5 MINUTERIE :
H/V Sweep Inversions – TV Monitors Coil Rotation
H / V SWEEP INVERSIONS
a7
+5V
R248
150E
G140.A
2
1
Q195
A
R25
100E
+5V
a11
1
Not connected
C27
470K
G140.D
+5V
+5V
9
R256
100K
S32–2
R255
4K7
R203
2K2
b16
+5V
8
R101
470E
4
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
Q55
4N32
3
4
R29
100E
+5V
G106
4013
1
R28
100E
a26
R258
4K7
R205
2K2
G140.C
5
G140.E
11
6
10
R105
470E
2
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
a27
Not connected
4
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
Not connected
a28
Q57
4N32
C204
10K
Rev.
A
Not connected
3
C31
470K
b17
B
2
G140.B
C202
10K
R257
100K
S32–1
a25
3
2N2907
Sm10
R24
100E
MODULE 9
MONITOR CART INTERFACE
Sm9
R247
150E
G140.F
a10
12
+5V
+5V
13
PL5
Q194
2N2907
R167
100K
C
+
Rotate Monitor A
+5V
D164
1N6263
R156
2K2
1
C165
10MF
+ 12V
2
DSM uses monitor yoke rotation
MDA does not
R252
4K7
G163.B
R199
2K2
3
b14
C198
10K
Sm7
R265
100K
R262
2K2
D
Sm6
R249
100K
R266
2K2
9
C208
10K
E
Rotate Monitor B
6
8
R212
100K
D210
1N6263
R213
2K2
G163.E
11
D211
1N6263
RAZ
ROTATION
Q151
2N2222
R153
22E
D264
1N6263
R33
2K2
10
3PL5
a24
M
9PL1
3–5
PL11
R43
1K
4
K35
D44
8
b25
K
3–1
34
9A1 TRANSPANEL
5
2N2222
D157
1N5359B
002C 102D
+ 12V
B
27
150
1
210
007B
R168
22E
R169
470E
b24
PL6
S
3–3
36
+ 12V
6
6
45
Q171
2N2222
D172
1N5359B
R47
1K
R173
22E
R174
470E
R175
10K
2N2222
K34
5
b26
U
3–8
41
7
R45
1K
50
Q176
D48
D40
MONITOR B
when used with
DR4 / MD10
K33
D177
1N5359B
8
Q59
2N2222
Not connected
C58
1MF
+
PL20
R34
1K5
5
23 21
22
A/B selection (split screens) forces both
monitors to drive fully ccw when split screen
selected on DSM 200 (DSM 600 did not rotate)
MDA digital uses electronic rotation
a17
b11
b13
042C
b10
R193
150E
3A5 MINUTERIE
832 501 G015
AVIAS
5
a2
F
38
43
Q156
MONITOR A
when used with
DR4 / MD10
5
D152
1N5359B
R154
470E
R170
10K
+5V
a5
b23
5
G163.D
R197
2K2
C196
10K
R209
2K2
K36
D46
47
R155
10K
b8
Sm5
G163.C
D263
1N6263
R250
4K7
R148
22E
R149
470E
R150
10K
b12
+5V
4
+5V
C261
10K
R41
1K
TV MONITORS COIL ROTATION
Sm8
R251
100K
6
G163.A
23 21
22
MDA
MEMORY
2A3 MODULE D2
a21
131
132
133
134
135
136 137138139
/ 140
A–37
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
With MDA Memory
liv.
A–38
2 172 555
With DR4 & MD10 Memories
2 172 563
A–38
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
3PL6
MODULE 9
MONITOR CART INTERFACE
9PL1 PL12 PL11
PL20
210
A
X PERM
3A1 – a20
MF +
3A1 – a27
MEMO +
3A1 – a26
MG +
3A1 – a24
VISU +
3A1 – a25
L
10
15
17
M
7
2
15
F
17
10
12
K
2
9
14
E
14
3
13
BNC – BNC
Video
from Imager
(module 8)
8
30
X PERM
9
9
MF +
27
27
MEMO +
8
8
MG +
7
7
VISU +
25
25
6
24
6
24
26
38
26
VIDEO
from Imager
9
31
AVIAS
126D
1
J
Common 3A1 – a30
18
1
SW52
+12 volts
used to
generate
X PERM
X PERM + 3A1 – a8
N.U.
N.U.
N.U.
B
3A1 – a9
3A1 – a14
3A1 – a35
PULSES
8
C
9
7
D
16
14
N
8
12
Connection used
when DR4 / MD10
Solder
junction
9A1 TRANSPANEL :
39
SW53
33
15
33
15
34
34
16
16
35
35
17
32
17
32
14
14
31
31
13
12
12
30
30
28
28
10
29
10
29
11
11
36
11
36
10
18
18
4
37
37
19
19
2 172 555 :
MDA
2 172 563 : DR4 & MD10
PL11
PL12
Solder junction
002C 102D
37
20
2
c
42
21
3
D
b
57
23
5
K
Z
47
22
4
140
210
3PL2
126F
B
+12 V
007B
27
1
7805
0F47
PL10
3PL5
134
0F47
5
CARM
MODULE 3
CARD RACK
C
16
W
+24V ( 3PL4-Z ) 125C
TEST
11
PL13
0V (24V) ( 3PL4-c ) 125D
Electronic
DAP module
From Imager
(module 8)
H
Connection used
when MDA
3
4 10 11 5
2
PL7
GND
+ 5V
PL14
TXD
Remote
Printer
1
5 1
IR RECEIVER
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial
Avt.
Mod
.
DAP
Interface board
Electro.
Luminesc.
Display
PL15
PL16
Video
Printer
PAPER
PRINTER
4 1 3
PL23
Remote
Printer
4
2
PL1
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
No
7
7
3
C–OUT Y–OUT
0V–C
0V–Y
3
4 1 3
PL22
PL21
VCR
OUT
VCR
IN
y–OUT
0V–Y
PL17
PL18
MDA
MEMORY
Video
OUT
C–IN
Y–IN
0V–C
0V–Y
1 2
J2
Video board
523B
VCR SVHS
Sony VCR
SVBK–120 Interface
Video in
2
2
AUX OUT
FILM
PRINTER
SK1 0V
Touch Screen
Control
3 1 7
13
Video out
1 2
J2
Video board
523B
Monitor B
Monitor A
Power Supply
002B
Power Supply
002B
SPARE
MODEM
COM6
COM5
5
D
Display
Driver
COM3
MDA
MEMORY
141
142
COM2
P
COM4
Multi RS232
2 5
COM1
143
144
145
147
146
/ 150
148149
A–39
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
4012
14 13
VCC
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
12
11
10
9
8
2
3
4
5
6
GND
7
14 13
VCC
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
12
11
10
9
8
Q
C
R
D
S
1
4023
14 13
VCC
1
4093
1
40106
2
2
14 13
VCC
1
2
Dual D Flip Flop
4013
14 13
Vcc
Q
CL
Q
Q
C
R
D
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
GND
7
D
4538
C
R/C
CD
C
R/C
CD
+TR –TR
1
2
3
11
+TR –TR
10
9
Q
Q
A–40
4
5
Q
6
7
GND
8
Q
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
X
0
0
Q
Q
X
X
1
0
0
1
X
X
0
1
1
0
X
X
1
1
1
1
0 : Low level
X : Don’t care
3A1 INTERFACE DSM
T =RX X CX
Q
Q
0
Dual MONOSTABLE
13 12
S
0
1 : High level
16 15 14
Vcc
R
828 988 G035
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
+12V
3A1 INTERFACE DSM
+12V
+12V
A
R111
470E
SP
204D
OX*R1
204B
T1
203B
T4
3
5
2
4
G82.A
11
+12V
B
C619
10K
C613
10K
G116.D
R614
100K
R148
68K
+12V
D149
8
9
4
C109
100K
6
+12V
R620
220K
+12V
R146
187K0
202E
+12V
1
STOP HYST
G104.A
203B
ON RESET + MCH
13
T5
9
+12V
+12V
C616
10K
G600.C
8
G105.B
4
3
Radiographic
1
G104.A
3
G105.E
10
11
3A19–b19
R631
220K
G104.D
D632
+12V
3
D
Order Xray
from 3A19
G106.B
R28
3A19–a6
OX
3
R27
100K
RAD
4K7
a22
R50
2K2
4K7
a6
40
R501
100E
8
R36
2K2
R3
Pulsed
Fluoro
4K7
R4
100K
13
12
10
11
OX
G79.E
11
1
10
G77.A
3
5
G78.A
G78.B
3
G78.D
4
2
1
9
RAD
G100.D
9
8
G105.C
6
5
R56
2K2
2K2
3
4
+12V
202D
8
202D
R31
100K
3A7–b31
ER
066B
HYST
045C
2 second delay for anode cooling
between ER pulses
ACP
R71
2K2
100K
OX
3
4
5
2
RAD
13
+12V
202F 208C
SP
201A
209B
201F 202C
G106.F
13
12
G106.D
3A5–a13
HOLD kV
041D
13
R52
2K2
R19
R641
470E
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
G106.A
R34
R35
2K2
2K2
C53
100K
G116.E
10
a33
12
202C
12
9
11
10
ON RESET
202D
OX
204E
ACP
G100.C
13
5
G101.B
R604
200K
6
201A 204A
208A
OX*R1
G100.F
R92
R84
2K2
2K2
12
13
OX*R2
R606
100K
6
5
G80.E
11
ACP
R69
100K
R634
100K
204C
208C
9
D605
G99.C
205B
10
R611
ER
202B 203B
202E
47K
R610
8
+12V
2K2
2
SP
T1
RAD
202D
204B
ACP
203D
204B
5
T1
6
8
202D
SP
202E
ER
202
1
2
G116.A
9
G118.A
1
SN
207B 208C
209B
SN
201B 204C
208C 209A
R637
100K
G601.B
D638
1n914
C636
10K
E608
208D
STOP DSM
206C
OX OUT
9
R136
61K9
D137
E122
T3
207C
+12V
G119.B
G642.D
2
G115.A
40
3
202D
1
201F
G115.B
C612
100K
204E
ACP
T2
+12V
T3
D635
1N914
+12V +12V
10
D68
1N914
C135
1MF
C633
10K
G116.C
OX*
+12V
209B 209C
+12V
C91
10K
201C 203E
11
Mod
.
2
1
202F 209C
C70
1K
Avt.
C74
10K
S602.B
3
R32
470E
G80.F
13
Serial No
D83
1N914
STOP HYST
G81.A
201
ER
12
X PERM
C607
10MF
4K7
C73
1K
8
9
C640
1K
F
ER
Rev.
A
T1 + T2
a23
a18
G105.F
12
11
G101.A
209D
203B 205C
D33
1N914
G116.F
C72
10K
R20
100K
3A5–a13
OX*
+12V
R14
a31
OX Manager
G103.B
G79.D
207C
201B
C603
10K
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
C57
10K
G77.B
202F 203D
SP
C37
10K
R54
203D 207C
9
8
4
G79.B
6
C45
10K
201C 202E
1
S602.A
203B
Normally closed
+12V
E
ON RESET + MCH
G103.A
OX OUT
RAD
G600.B
203F
4
SP
G601.D
6
4
3
SN
G80.D
9
40 2
G78.E
C51
10K
SP
066B
G78.F
C43
10K
R17
R18
100K
040A
3A7–b30
R10
R11
100K
031A
3A19–a8
R44
2K2
11
13
5
G116.B
OX OUT
R12
12
13
+12V
201C
203D
206C
R13
100K
10
8
8
ON RESET
D26
1N914
G601.C
9
G81.D
10
S502.A
4K7
a17
3
2
11
G81.C
9
202B 202C
G643.A
4
12
6
ON RESET + MCH
202E
202C
R42
2K2
G600.A G600.D
1
G500.D
4
4
3
208D
6
5
2
G622.A
ON RESET
114F
11
13
G500.B
5
G105.B
12
STOP DSM
G80.C
1K
+12V
13
8
+12V
a19
G500.A
2
3
11
D629
1N914
C627
10K
13
12
1
2
204C
RAD
202D
11
3
1
R628
100K
12
G601.A
2
8
9
D626
1N914
+12V
T2
205C
208A
208B
209C
10
G104.D
OX*
1
C630
10K
R625
100K
201B
201F
205C
208C
209A
G643.C
9
G105.D
C29
10MF
202E
E124
G117.A
1
ER
( single pulsed
fluoro)
208B
10
11
202E
D618
1n914
C624
10K
C Electronic Rad
T2
+12V
12
STOP DSM
D139
T1
E127
G622.A
201B
208B
G105.E
3
D621
R140
187K0
E123
G117.B
T5
G622.A
SP
202D
+12V
2
10
Pulsed Fluoro
+12V
OX*R1
204D
STOP HYST
R617
100K
C138
4MF7
D145
E126
G622.A
5
208D
+12V
+12V
D143
+12V
T4
D615
1N914
+12V
R142
100K
6
5
E121
C144
4MF7
G106.C
E125
11
203F
C141
4MF7
+12V
C147
4MF7
13
SN
Normal Fluoro
R152
100K
G81.B
2
1
12
10
9
11
G119.A
R113
100E
+12V
G82.B
R114
100K
C112
4MF7
G105.A
T4
+12V
Q110
555
R151
200K
209D
X PERM
C108
10MF
R132
150K
202D
+12V
R107
100E
R150
200K
T1
+12V
8
R609
100K
2
203
204
C67
10K
R66
100K
D65
1N914
205
A–41
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
4012
14 13
VCC
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
12
11
10
9
8
2
3
4
5
6
GND
7
14 13
VCC
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
12
11
10
9
8
3
4
5
6
GND
7
12
11
10
9
8
Q
Q
C
R
D
S
Q
C
R
D
S
5
GND
6
7
1
4023
14 13
VCC
1
4093
1
40106
2
2
14 13
VCC
1
2
Dual D Flip Flop
4013
14 13
Vcc
Q
1
2
CL
3
4
D
S
Q
Q
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
X
0
0
Q
Q
X
X
1
0
0
1
X
X
0
1
1
0
X
X
1
1
1
1
1 : High level
Dual MONOSTABLE
4538
16 15 14
Vcc
13 12
C
R/C
CD
C
R/C
CD
+TR –TR
1
2
3
11
+TR –TR
10
9
Q
Q
T =RX X CX
A–42
4
5
Q
Q
6
7
GND
8
R
0 : Low level
X : Don’t care
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
3A1 INTERFACE DSM 828 988 G035
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
ÇÇÇÇÇÇÇÇ
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
G642.E
3A1 INTERFACE “DSM”
828 988 G 035
A
204D
11
OX*R1
9PL1
10
6
3PL6
G643.B
G118.C
E59
13
204B
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
9A1
TRANSPANEL
4
5
T2
205B
MODULE 9 – INTERFACE
203F
PL12
12
R24
1K
6
SN
4
Mod
.
a26
F
17
10
12
MEMO +
C60
10K
G102.B
13
SN
150
PL11
5
203E
140
102D
10
11
T1
002C
11
12
205B
T2
203B
T5
G102.D
8
10
9
G102.C
E58
B
9
10
12
11
G100.A
13
1
2
13
11
R23
1K
a25
E
14
3
13
VISU +
12
G75.B
202D
SP
5
204D
OX*R2
6
C22
10K
G77.D
4
G76.B
SN
203E
T5
G99.B
4
6
3
C
203B
G99.A
2
5
1
D95
G106.E
1N914
11
R86
202E
R94
2K2
T4
ER
R21
1K
10
a24
K
2
9
14
MG +
203B
C55
10K
2K2
C93
10K
+ 12 V
202E
ER
5
SP
6
G75.A
G79.C
6
OX OUT
11
10
202C 205D
11
OX OUT
OX OUT
T3
15
a30
203E
J
1
1
18
COMMON
205C
D89
a15
3
C41
1K
2
MF +
SN
S502.B
7
C61
10K
G104.B
2K2
C653
100K
M
13
X PERM
G76.A
031A
R651
2K2
a27
12
202D
3A19.a5
R652
9
8
G76.D
D
1N914
G500.C
3
2
4
5
5
202D
R639
100K
R25
1K
4
D650
R9
470E
1N914
209D
2
1
G77.C
10
8
9
OX
202D
RAD
202D
R90
R98
2K2
2K2
204B
T2
205B
C97
2K2
G99.D
11
T1
13
T1 + T2
D87
12
203E
1N914
R88
R96
2K2
2K2
+ 12 V
C95
10K
E
+ 12 V
G76.C
a3
+ 12 V
C128
10MF
007C
a35
0V
C129
100K
10
C130
100K
9
8
OX*R2
SN
R38
220E
204D
202A 203D
207C
203F
X PERM
E49
007C
a8
H
11
G116.E
10
11
C5
10MF
8
16
X PERM.
C6
100K
X PERM. +
E131
Card rack
C62
10K
G79.A
STOP DSM
12
F
Not used
R14
4K7
R15
4K7
a20
L
10
a9
C
9
7
a14
D
16
14
17
15
A/B+
4
206
R46
2K2
C43
10K
G80.B
a21
C48
1K
13
R63
100K
RAZ ROTATION
3A5–b23
12
1
D64
1N914
203B 204C
205F
G79.F
R16
470E
3
G80.A
2
1
R39
2K2
C40
10K
207
208
R7
4K7
209
R8
4K7
A/B
210
A–43
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
211 to 300
441 to 500
A–44
: reserve.
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
SCHEMATICS :
IMAGER 16/22
A–45
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
IMAGER 16 STENO CCD 625l
MIS CABLES
A–46
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
IMAGER 22 STENO CCD 625l
MIS CABLES
A–47
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
INTERFACE CCD BOARD
Video out to
video Board
To video Board
CCD
Gain
A–48
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
INTERFACE CCD 50 or 60 Hz
A
-9 volts
B
Ribbon
cable
Composite
sync
CCD
chip
+7 volts
Not used (for
r&f LIH)
+5 volts
V. Drive
H Drive
C
CCD
Gain
D
Raw video out to
J2 on video Board
E
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
F
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
A–49
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
CCD POWER SUPPLY BOARD
A–50
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
CCD POWER SUPPLY BOARD
A
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
5 V
5 V
5 V
R 5
4. 22K
T P 5
2
6 8
I + B
S
5 V
R 6
681
V +
2
O
V –
3
1
U 3
L M3 5 D
G
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
T P 2
Mod
.
E D GE 6 2
4
0 V
1
+ Vs
0 V
GND
3
I –
0 V
U 2
l m3 1 1
7
Date
15/07/96
80 degree C
warning
buzzer does
not shut off
camera
5
1
B
L S 1
T MB _ 0 5
1
Rev.
A
J 1
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9
B9
A1 0
B1 0
A1 1
B1 1
A1 2
B1 2
A1 3
B1 3
A1 4
B1 4
A1 5
B1 5
A1 6
B1 6
A1 7
B1 7
A1 8
B1 8
A1 9
B1 9
A2 0
B2 0
A2 1
B2 1
A2 2
B2 2
A2 3
B2 3
A2 4
B2 4
A2 5
B2 5
A2 6
B2 6
1
0 V
0 V
0 V
2
Vo u t
1
5 V
0 V
T P 1
P T 1
1
– 1 5 V
1
P S 1
24T5. 15K
C 3
S E NS E _ + 5 V
47uF
2 35V
1
4
5
1uH
1
C 5
6
C 1
7
220uF
2 50V
R 2
3. 83K
– Vi 1
– Vi 2
+15V
0_15V
13
–15V
12
ON| OF F
CA S E
0 V
0 V
24 volt supply from
stenoscop LVLE
supply to 1A1
elevator board to
CCD power supply.
1
0 V
0 V
L 3
0 V
0 V
L 4
0 V
1
1uH
D S 3
$555–2303
GR E E N
2 mm
1
2 4 V
C 2
1uH
2
47uF
2 35V
R 1
4. 75K
0 V
0 V
1
14
2
2
3
100nF
50V
0 V
+ 1 5 V T P 3
1uH
9
0 V
1
2
L 2
10
2
D
2
1
1
D S 1
$555–2303
GR E E N
2 mm
S E NS E _ 0 _ 5 V
+5V
+ Vi 1
0_5V
+ Vi 2
2
0 V
L 1
2
8
R 3
2. 15K
1
2 AT _ 2 5 0 V
2 4 VI N
2
3
4
1
11
2 4 V
D S 2
$555–2303
GRE E N
2 mm
1
2
C
Thermal sensor 10
mV/degree C
F 1
5
0 V
6
0 V
S 1
1
E
D S 4
$555–2303
GRE E N
2 mm
1
C 4
47uF
2 35V
ON / OF F
B2 7
A2 8
B2 8
A2 9
B2 9
A3 0
B3 0
A3 1
B3 1
0 V
2
R 4
2. 15K
A2 7
0 V
– 1 5 V
T P 4
1
0 V
Ma l e
St r a i g h t
Ed g e
0 V
F
31
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
A–51
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
CCD INTERFACE BOARD
A–52
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
CCD INTERFACE BOARD
( 1/3 )
A
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
Auto = 5volts
manual = 0volts
+9 volts DC
AGC on/off
J1
CCD Interface Board
B
331B
333D
Auto (for
AGC on/off)
C Iris
R&F
only
331D
Control
Not used
to video board
5 volts = fluoro on
unblank camera
D
Mag
to video board
331B
R&F
331B
E
Sweep
reversal
not used
F
J1
CCD Interface Board
J1
CCD Interface Board
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
A–53
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
CCD INTERFACE BOARD
( 2/3 )
A
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
Edge focus
DS1 Getter gas
detection. Flashes
at power up then
goes out.
326D
327B
B
Center focus
Edge focus
326D
Size
I.I. size
C
Zeners
limit
voltage to
Iris motor
Center focus
D
348B
326C
330B
To
Iris
E
HLC
high dose
Iris feedback
F
331
A–54
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
CCD INTERFACE BOARD
( 3/3 )
A
Parabola generator
333D
B
C
Roundness
D
E
Agc/Abd
window size =
40% image
diameter
Size
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
F
341
342
343
344
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
345
Avt.
Mod
.
346
347
348
349
350
A–55
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
VIDEO CCD BOARD
Agc display switch
R = normal
S = display
Preamp video
TP35 is the solder dot
X1 video cal
generator = B
pos
A–56
R10 Cal
Gen. level
adjust
To monitor (MDA)
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
VIDEO CCD BOARD
( 1/7 )
A
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
+ 1 5 V
C6
R2 4 3
0 V
+ 1 5 V
R2 2 6
100
+ 1 5 V
100
+ 1 5 V
1 0 0 n F6 3 V
C1 1 1
C7
3
L 1
1
0 V
0 V
2
Q1 8
Q1
S O3 9 0 4
1
4. 7uH
27pF
63V
B
2
SST 4 4 0
C1 2
R2 4 4
2
3
S
47nF
63V
T P 1 1
1
variable gain amp 0.5 to 5 times in AGC
1
+1 5 V
R2 6
R2 0 3
1K
R2 4 1
150
C1 5
+1 5 V
R2 5
– 1 5 V
6
2
R2 3
33
C
R2 4 0
R2 2
33
D
3
CL P 1 A
G
1
2
C1 1
D
G
4
Q1 9
SST 2 1 1
S
1
2
S
SU
1K
clamp to 0 volts
7
5
R2 7
R2 2 2
100
C1 0
2
150
– 1 5 V
1
2
22
Q2 1
3
33pF
63V
2
O1
R3 6
150
C2 1
P OS T A GC1
R3 9
750
0 V
2
P OS T A GC2
4. 7uF 25V
To AGC command
C1 1 3
100nF
VCC
Main video to Gamma
5
1
+1 5 V
33pF
63V
2K
R3 8
1K
O2O
6
V + L T1 2 2 3
7
A R2
220
C2 0
R2 2 9
100
4. 7uF25V
R3 1
S
3
0 V
R2 0
220
1. 5uF
25V
1
I –
I +
0 V
1. 5uF
2 25V
R3 4
0 V
C1 1 0
100nF 63V
DE T V OL
1
V –
2
L 2
4. 7uH
0 V
4 8
C1 9
– 1 5 V
1
4. 7uF 25V
1
S O3 9 0 6
0 V
1
2
150
– 1 5 V
R3 2
video to black level
and threshold
C2 2
R3 7
2 2K
I +
Q1 8
SST 4 4 0
– 1 5 V
1
7
220
1
2K
R8
4. 7K
R2 2 3
A R1
L T12 2 3
V +
6
O2O
O
1
5
I –
S
1
V –
4 8
C1 6
3
– 1 5 V
R3 5
3
R2 2 7
2. 7K
+1 5 V
0 V
2
T P 1 2
Bandwidth
factory adjusted
1
2. 7K
4. 7uF 25V
1
100
R2 2 5
22
R2 2 4
R2 2 8
3K
Q2 0
S O3 9 0 4
D
G
33
R2 4 6
2. 7K
3
100nF 63V
2
63V
– 1 5 V
U
B P G1 _
0 V
1M
R2 3 2
R2 3 6
1K
6
1
0 V
T
51
1
R2 4 2
2K
R2 4 8
D
G
3
Q3
SST 1 1 2
CA L GA I N
10
C1 4
J 2
2
E
3
1 5
4
3
200
200
2
1
R2 9
33K
1
S COP I E
3
2
R1 4 3
2
Q1 5
S O3 9 0 4
C6 7
1
GRA P HI E
2. 2nF
63V
C1 1 2
1. 5uF
0 V
47K
NON
CABL
25V
100nF63V
R1 4 6
1
SST 3 0 9
R2 3 5
100
1
3. 3K
1
V T E S T
R1 4 5
2
– 1 5 V
2. 2K
4. 7K
AGC gain control
C1 1 5
– 1 5 V
0 V
C6 6
0 V
2
Q2 2
3
V –
5 4
0 V
5. 6pF
63V
3
R2
R1
I +
R2 3 1
R1 4 4
100
S
Cal Gen. video
1
G
S
R3 0
1. 8K
1K
2
P RE A GC
from CCD
4. 7K
+ 1 5 V
0 V
I –
1
R2 0 4
10
2
3
R2 4 5
0 V
R2 3 4
T P 2
0 V
1. 5uF 25V
A R1 1
7
l t 1012
V +
6
OO 2
O1
8
R2 3 0
DG4 1 9
2
100
D
4. 7uF
2 10V
+ 1 5 V
factory
adjusted
3
R2 8
100K
U1
2
8
C9
VI DEO
I N
1
G
1
R7
200
2
C1 1 4
R2 3 3
GA I N
1
GN
VL
1
Preamp video (for abc)
2
3
MA X
2
3
5
0 V
X 9
S1
D
V–
V+
S2
7
4
R2 1
33
I N
D
– 1 5 V
V TEST = 1 volt pulses in
manual varies in auto.
Integrated ABC brightness
pulses injected during blanking
interval for AGC.
2
CR1 9
$ B A R4 3
0 V
3
C1
C1 1 6
8. 5–40pF
100V
33pF
63V
10uF 16V
0 V
GA I NCONT
CL P 2 A
R1 = fluoro gain preset. with 100mV at
TP2 adjust R1 to give 250mV at TP3
TP1 = GND
F
351
352
TP1 = GND
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
A–57
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
VIDEO CCD BOARD
( 2/7 )
A
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
Gamma &AGC
corrected video
B
Post AGC
video
C
D
Fluoro on
V. Rate
E
Gamma ADJ. job card 353. With 1000mv at
tp2 (preamp) video, adjust R9 to get 640mV
at TP3 (monitor). This presents "blooming"
and saturation of digital A/D (saturates at 1v
composite
F
361
A–58
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
A
VIDEO CCD BOARD
( 3/7 )
50 mV black
level setup
B
Gamma and
AGC corrected
video
C
H clamp
D
E
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
F
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
379
Avt.
Mod
.
380
A–59
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
A
VIDEO CCD BOARD
( 4/7 )
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
B
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
C
Integrator
DC voltage to
variable AGC
gain Amp
D
manual gain (fixed
resistor in manual
mode).
E
AGC gain (adjust for
250mV at TP3 flat field
video in "AUTO")
5 pulses during
vertical blanking
interval
F
381
A–60
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
A
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
VIDEO CCD BOARD
( 5/7 )
Mod
.
B
Integrated
ABC dc video
pulses added
to V. blanking
interval for
AGC operation
5 pulses during
V. blanking
interval
C
TP2
preamp video
D
Black level threshold
compensated AGC window
E
To ABD to develop
2.1 volts dc at proper
brightness (Used by
steno for ABC)
F
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
A–61
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
A
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
VIDEO CCD BOARD
( 6/7 )
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
B
C
H blank 12 micro
seconds
D
X1 = test signal generator
A = normal
B = cal. mode
Remove J2 coax before
turning on test generator
E
F
401
A–62
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
A
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial
No
Avt.
VIDEO CCD BOARD
( 7/7 )
Mod
.
B
C
D
Collimator black level
threshold adj.
Black level Treshold
compensated AGC
window
E
AGC window
F
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
A–63
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
CCD STENOSCOP INTERCONNECT BOARD
A–64
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
A
CCD STENOSCOP
INTERCONNECT BOARD
( 1/2 )
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
B
C
D
E
F
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
A–65
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
CCD STENOSCOP INTERCONNECT BOARD
( 2/2 )
A
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
B
C
D
E
F
431
A–66
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
SCHEMATICS : MONITOR
BLOCK DIAGRAM
H. YOKE
LIGHT
SENSOR
BOARD
SELECTION
BOARD
BRT 220K
W1
100 / 120 Hz
W4
W2
W6
CONT 12V
0V
NC BR
NC
W7 120/100 Hz
W8
NC
1
J1
2
3
1
4
5
2
3
4
J4
H. COIL
GND
V. INP
1
2
3
4
OUT
1
V. COIL
J2
IN
1
2
VIDEO IN
J2
1
2
3
4
GND
CONT.
10K
J5
BLK
HS
DEFLECTION
BOARD
G1
0V
0V
5V
J6
6
5
4
3
2
1
W11
W5
0V 27V
W8 W7
62V
W6
W9
12V 95V
W5 W3
FOCUS
H.V.
POWER
SUPPLY
J1
W4
W2
W3
W1
F1
K
FOCUS
G2
G1
F2
VIDEO
BOARD
8
7
4
3
2
1
CRT
YOKE
GND
TB1
J3
W8
27V
HPV 0V
1 2 3 4 5 6
W6
W7
W2
4 3 2 1
J1
C VID
J7
2
GND
FR
W3 W2
1 2 3 4 5 6
TB2
G2
2 3 4 5 6 7
J2
L.V.
POWER
SUPPLY
W2
W1
95V
0V
W5
W6
6.3V
+12V
W8
W7
NC
W9
GP1
VAC
ANODIC V
A–67
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
DEFLECTION BOARD
TOP VIEW OF MONITOR
WITH CARDS LOCATION
ÍÍ
ÍÍ
ÍÍ
ÍÍ
ÍÍ
ÍÍ
Position and cards description
1 : L.V. Power supply
2 : Deflection board
3 : H.V. Power supply
4 : Video board
5 : Selection board
6 : Light sensor board
A–68
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
From L.V. Power supply
549A
545E
A
Brightness control
549B
549C
549B
B
C
D
E
DEFLECTION BOARD
( 1/2 )
508
509
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
F
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
509
Avt.
Mod
.
510
A–69
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
DEFLECTION BOARD
TOP VIEW OF MONITOR
WITH CARDS LOCATION
ÍÍ
ÍÍ
ÍÍ
ÍÍ
ÍÍ
ÍÍ
Position and cards description
1 : L.V. Power supply
2 : Deflection board
3 : H.V. Power supply
4 : Video board
5 : Selection board
6 : Light sensor board
A–70
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
A
DEFLECTION BOARD
( 2/2 )
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
B
C
D
E
F
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
A–71
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
TOP VIEW OF MONITOR
WITH CARDS LOCATION
VIDEO BOARD
ÍÍÍÍÍ
Position and cards description
1 : L.V. Power supply
2 : Deflection board
3 : H.V. Power supply
4 : Video board
5 : Selection board
6 : Light sensor board
A–72
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
A
B
122D
or
144C
C
D
VIDEO BOARD
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
E
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
F
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
A–73
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
TOP VIEW OF MONITOR
WITH CARDS LOCATION
H.V. POWER SUPPLY BOARD
Position and cards description
1 : L.V. Power supply
2 : Deflection board
3 : H.V. Power supply
4 : Video board
5 : Selection board
6 : Light sensor board
A–74
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
A
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
H.V. POWER SUPPLY BOARD
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
Serial No
Avt.
Mod
.
B
C
D
E
F
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
A–75
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
L. V. POWER SUPPLY BOARD
TOP VIEW OF MONITOR
WITH CARDS LOCATION
Position and cards description
1 : L.V. Power supply
2 : Deflection board
3 : H.V. Power supply
4 : Video board
5 : Selection board
6 : Light sensor board
A–76
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
MODULE 9 – INTERFACE
9Tb1.
A
220 VAC
from
9TR1
002B
4
or
11
2
or
9
1
or
8
B
C
D
E
CON. 4 pin
CON. 7 pin
L.V. POWER SUPPLY BOARD
Stenoscop 2 Series 6000 / 9000
C.C.D. – M.D.A.
F
541
542
543
544
545
Rev.
A
Date
15/07/96
0
1
2
10/10/96
09/01/97
20/06/97
546
Serial No
547
Avt.
Mod
.
548
549
550
A–77
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
Blank page
A–78
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
SECTION 1 - THEORY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
TITLE
SECTION 7 - THEORY
PAGE
7-1
7-1
MODULE 9, POWER CIRCUITS (MONITOR CART)
7-3
7-2
CONVERTER MODULE 4
7-5
7-3
HV CIRCUITS
7-4
BOARD 3A12 kV/mA
7-11
7-5
3A19 SCR COMMAND
7-13
7-6
3A19 BOARD
7-15
7-7
ABC HYSTERESIS
7-17
7-8
TIMER DISPLAY
7-17
7-9
3A7AD-kV BOARD
7-19
7-10
3A7 AD/kV BOARD
7-21
7-11
3A9 kV/mA BOARD
7-23
7-12
7-9
7-11-1
Auto Fluoro Mode
7-11-2
Manual Fluoro Mode
7-23
7-23
7-11-3
Rad mAs Reference
7-23
3A26 FILAMENT CIRCUITS
7-27
7-12-1
Fluoro Mode
7-27
7-12-2
Rad Mode
7-27
7-13
3A26 FILAMENT CIRCUITS
7-29
7-14
FLUORO TIMER
7-31
7-15
3A3 COLLIMATORS
7-33
7-15-1
6” Single Field Image Tube
7-33
7-15-2
6”-9” Dual Field Image Tube
7-33
7-15-3
Circular Collimators
7-33
7-16
3A3 BOARD
7-35
7-17
C-ARM MOTOR DRIVE
7-37
7-18
3A5 TIMER
7-18-1
7-39
TV Monitor Image Rotation
7-19
LAB EXERCISE
7-20
TV CAMERA
7-39
7-41
7-43
7-20-1
Power Supply (PL1)
7-43
7-20-2
Pre-Amp and Video Board (PL2)
7-45
7-21
SYNC AND MASK BOARD (PL3)
7-47
7-22
SCAN CONVERTER AND FOCUS (PL5)
7-49
7-23
IRIS CONTROL
7-51
7-24
DSM VMI MONITOR CIRCUITS
7-53
7-25
1010 FORMATTER
7-63
7-26
VIDEO AMPLIFIER
7-69
7-26-1
Smoothing Board
7-69
7-26-2
V Defl
7-69
7-26-3
H Defl
7-69
7-26-4
CRT Board
7-69
7-26-5
Output Board
7-69
7- 1
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
7-27
ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT LAB EXERCISE
7-71
7-28
MONICON 3 LAB EXERCISE
7-73
7- 2
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
M
K1
9 PL1
Delay
220V to Monitors & DSM
R1 and R2
Power on
275V
230/120
AC
Module 4
Converter
9Sm1
Line Transformer
9TR1
5TR1
Module 3
(Console
stop
buttons)
K3
To LV PS
Panel 1
+ 12v, +5v
X-ray Tube
Filaments
C Arm
Motor
K1
Safety
Interlock (9PL1)
K5
Image
System
9 A4
Module 5
MSI XR 0348
7- 3
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
Module 9, Power Circuits (Monitor Cart)
Illustration 7-1
7- 4
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-1 MODULE 9, POWER CIRCUITS (MONITOR CART)
Refer to Illustration 7-1.
Line Transformer 9TR1, input tapped for either 120 or 230v AC, 60Hz operation.
9TR1 supplies 275VAC to the converter on Module 4 and 5TRI on Module 5
5TR1 supplies power to the
± 12 v and + 5v DC supplies on Panel 1, the x-ray tube filament circuits, C-Arm drive motor and the image system.
9TR1 also provides power for the TV Monitors and the Memory System.
Power to 9TR1 is applied by depressing the 9Sm1 Power ON button (back side of Memory Display Cart).
9Sml is released by actuating the Console Stop buttons energizing relay K3 and the auxiliary coil of 9Sml.
On “power-up,” Line Transformer 9TR1 is energized through R1 and R2 (current limiting) and then through K1 after the delay M. (R2 used only
on 120 VAC operation)
If the interconnecting cable plug, 9PL1, to the Memory Display is removed, relay K5 will be energized and will open 9Sml by energizing its
auxiliary coil.
7- 5
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
275V AC
from
9TR1
Rectifier
&
Filter
VA
CC
12
CC
34
4CR7
V1
CR2
V2
CR5
CR1
L1
VL
4TR1
HV
L3
CR6
Load
4TR1- TOROIDAL TRANSFORMER
TR2- H.V. TRANSFORMER
LOAD- HIGH VOLTAGE RECTIFIERS, VOLTAGE DOUBLER, FILTER AND X-RAY TUBE.
3A19
1
1R3
a17
a16
36B
2
3PL3
C
B
1
MODULE 4
CONVERTER
2
4Tbl
4DS1
4TR2
4A2
PL2
4CR2
4R2
4E10
-1
4C1
5
6
4C2
1
4CR3
-1
+
+
4C6 4CR7
2
- 2
4Tb1-8
4A1
L1
+
4TR1
E1
4C5
4
H.V.
Transfor.
Pri.
4CR4
4CR5
L3
CR7
7
5B
4C4
4C3
4E 7
4R 3
4A2
4R4
6
5
R10
PL2
4A2
PL2
1
4CR6
2
6
4A2
4A1
PL1
SELECT. CAPA
AUX.
1
2
16
CAPA PREPO
15
7
MAIN SCR
MAIN SCR
3A19
COMMANDE SCR
6
11
10
MSI XR 0349
Module 4
Illustration 7-2
7- 6
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-2 CONVERTER MODULE 4
Refer to drawing top of Illustration 7-2.
At T=0 assume CR1 is turned on in the RAD mode. Capacitors C1 and C2 discharge through CR1, 4TR1 and HV.
At the same time C3 and C4 are charging up.
When C1 and C2 are discharged CR1 turns off.
Next CR6 is triggered ON. Now C3 and C4 discharge through HV, 4TR1 and CR6.
Current flow through HV primary produces the high voltage in its secondary to the transformer load consisting of voltage doublers and the X-ray
tube.
When C3 and C4 are discharged CR6 turns off and the process is repeated.
Power to the input of HV is proportional to the value of C, the voltage Va and the pulse frequency, or the rate at which CR1 and CR6 are
triggered. Refer to the actual Converter Schematic (lower drawing Illustration 2), minimum triggering between CR1 and CR6 is 30
established by the SCR command Board 3A19.
3A19 Board enables selecting capacitors C1 and C4 in the RAD mode by turning on CR4.
3A19 Board enables controlling CR7 to permit presetting capacitors C3 and C4.
4TR1 is used to sense CR1 and CR6 conduction current. The current flow data is used on board 3A19.
In fluoro, only capacitors C2 and C3 are used.
7- 7
µsec;
and
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
This page intentionally left blank.
7- 8
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
6A1
CI DIVISEUR
8 24 428 G15
PCB Presence Safety
Illustration 7-3
7- 9
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Doubler
From
Converter
Module 4
H. V.
Transformer
LS SS
6A1
1000 / 1
Divider Kv
Measuring
Ckt
Measured Kv
to 3A12
Doubler
Measured mA Sc
(FL)
6A1
MA / MAS
MEASURING CKT
Rad (+)
5A1
Measured mA Gr
(Rad)
Fil.
Trans
FL (-)
3A19 Open 6 Sa1
stops converter
6 Sa1
Open at 70_C
+12V
Open at 50_C
6 SaTH2
3A3
TH
3A7
MSI XR 0 347
HV Circuits
Illustration 7-4
7- 10
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-3 HV CIRCUITS
Refer to Illustration 7-3.
Board Interlock Circuit.
Refer to Illustration 7-4.
The HV Transformer derives its input power from the converter on Module 4
The secondary of the HV Transformer is fed to doubler circuits, the output of which is applied to the x-ray tube.
The 2000/1 divider furnishes the actual measured kV to 3A12.
The MA/MAS measuring circuit provides an indication of the actual MA/MAS during fluoro and rad operation.
If the x-ray Tube Head temperature reaches 70°C, 6Sa1 opens and stops the converter.
6SaTH2 opens at 50 °C head temperature to develop the TH signal used on 3A7. It reduces the fluoro power to 154W, and actuates the
temperature indicator on the Console Display. A positive pulsed filament transformer output energizes the x-ray tube large focal spot for rad
operation
A negative pulsed filament transformer output energizes the x-ray tube small focal spot for fluoro operation.
7- 11
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
FL Timer
3A19
SEXP
Op 55, G32,
G33
3A3
PRX
a5 3A19
TROU CLQ
Arc Det Op46
Monostable G32,
G30 ,Counter
G31
3A19
OX
CR4
3A19
PRI
3A19
(Shuts down
Converter
after 4
arcs)
Indicates
shutdown
INT4 CLQ
OSC G79
Integrator Op 97
3A19
Clock
3A9 Selected Kv/20
Op102
6A1
Measured Op180
Kv
KV* = ( KV -1 ) 1.1
20
20
Compare
Op132
Op114
KV Error
C137
3A19
Demx
Op122
Adder
Compare
Op114
Select KV/20
R232
6A1
Measured mA SC
(FL)
6A1
Measured mA Gr
(Rad)
KV Composite
Op160
Op168
Op 152, 192, 203
(Followers)
3A26 KV85%
3A19
120KV
3A26
Measured mASc
Measured mAGr
MSI XR 0353
Board 3A12 kV/mA
Illustration 7-5
7- 12
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-4 BOARD 3A12 kV/mA
Refer to Illustration 7-5.
SEXP from 3A19 generates x-ray ON. It is used to produce the
PRX
signal to 3A3.
PRX
increments the fluoro time counter and the total x-
ray exposure time counter on 3A3.
Op46 detects arcing in the HV system. A large voltage drop in the high voltage system is considered due to arcing. Counter G31 after
counting four arcs, interrupts x-ray. LED CR4 indicates the x-ray shutdown. The signal indicating any arcing on A5 is used by the hysteresis
safety circuit on 3A19.
kV measured and MA fluoro measured are combined to produce the kV composite signal. MA measured corrects for HV system bleeder
current.
The kV composite is stored on capacitor C137 and fed to the comparator Op102. Op102 compares this signal with the kV/20 selected value.
The clock input resets C137 to update the information to the comparator.
Op97 integrates the error output from Op102. G79 activates the integrator Op97 when it is triggered by the
starts, the converter is running at maximum frequency to rapidly increase the kV. During this time the
PR1
signal . When the exposure
DEMX is present to 3A19. When the
kV/20 composite reaches the kV/20* reference at the input to comparator OP122, the converter frequency is changed to now correct for any
OP97 integrator error output. Each error correction again requires developing the
PRI
DEMX signal.
monitors the main SCR’s current and is used to trigger the monostable osc G79.
Op160 compares the kV/20 Composite with its reference kV/20 selected input. It produces the kV 85 output when the kV/20 composite
reaches 85 of the selected kV/20 level.
Op 168 produces the
120kV
output when the kV/20 composite exceeds its reference input.
7- 13
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Signal through
memory
Interface
X-ray Button
BPCL
FS
Rad
Sec Bellows
(3A26) Stop MAS
(3A12) INT4 CLQ
(3A12) 120 Kv
OX
S76A
Closed if
memory
interface
is not used.
G112, 116,118
Logic
G118, 113, 117,
115 Logic
TR248
Q235
Q238
G128
555 Clock Timer
Clock
G119, 120
Logic
3A12 DEMX
3A26 +12V
& SX
SEXP 3A12, 3A5, 3A3
PRE 3A26
SYXSC 3A26
To converter
4CR7 (Preset C3 & C4)
Rad
SEXP
PRI
3A12 TROU CLQ
Bistable
Flip-Flop
G114, G117
G115, G155
Q303
Q300
Q256
Q259
TR269 To converter 4CR6
Main SCR
Q281
Q278
TR291
G122D
G122A
G216, G113,
Q189, Q178
To converter 4CR4
(Select all
capacitors in
(Rad)
Clock
Q
G121A
_
Q
TR313
To converter 4CR1
Main SCR
To Q181, Q259, Q303, Q238
MSI XR 0354
3A19 SCR Command
Illustration 7-6
7- 14
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-5 3A19 SCR COMMAND
Refer to Illustration 7-6.
The
signal
OX
(command
a)
BPCL
b)
FS
c)
FS - Foot Switch Rad
X-ray)
is
developed
-
by
any
of
Console
the
following
to
the
logic
X-ray
-
Foot
circuits:
button
Switch
fluoro
OX signal is passed through the Memory System and returned. If Memory is not used, S76A must be closed and board 3A1 must be removed.
OX flips the bi-stable Flip-Flop to momentarily turn on Q238 and Q235 and switch ON converter SCR CR7. This enables discharging converter
capacitors C3 in fluror, and C3 and C4 in RAD.
The
action
Sec Bellows
=1
(x-ray
Int 4 CLQ
=1
(no
Stop MAS
=1
(not
120kV
=1
(not at 120kV)
The OX signal also enables developing the SEXP,
takes
head
place
temperature
provided:
less
than
70°C)
arcing)
end
PRE
(Rad) and
of
Rad
exposure)
SYX SC (FL) signals.
When SEXP =1 to flip-flop G119Band 120B) , G121A latch Q and
Q
outputs alternately enable the drive circuits to TR269 and TR291.
Converter SCR’s CR6 and CR1 thus cannot be switched ON simultaneously. They will be driven alternately by the G128 clock output.
The clock G128 is triggered by PRI = 1 and the following input signals:
DEMX = 0
TROU CLQ =1 (no HV leakage )
SEXP = 1
In RAD operation TR313 will switch ON converter SCR CR4. This enables selecting additional converter capacitors.
All drivers Q181, Q259, Q303 and Q238 will be locked out if SX is not present or +12V supply drops below 6.2V.
7- 15
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Comparator
A135
4TR1
+
E125
GR
3A7
G115
Rad
G115
Rad
3A19 Current Detector
Illustration 7-7
7- 16
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-6 3A19 BOARD
Refer to Illustration 7-7.
4TR1 senses the Converter current through the main SCR’s CR1 and CR6.
The secondary of 4TR1 is rectified and drives the comparator A135. A135 compares the level from 4TR1 with that on its positive input.
The output of the G115 inverts the A135 output during the SCR conduction interval and switches the input to A137. This produces the PRI
signal to 3A12 to trigger the G79 Timer on 3A12 and G128 on 3A19.
PRI
indicates SCR current present.
R123 sets the threshold level for switching A137.
A137 acts as a low pass filter and prevents false triggering due to noise.
GR input develops the RAD and RAD signals.
7- 17
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Sample & Hold
A71 , 82
RX
(From TV
camera)
Gain
R66
A74B
KV/20 Auto
(To 3A7)
+V
Integrator A73
+V
Ref. R65
A121
Comparators
R67
Threshold
(3A12) PRX CP
(50 Hz)
Counters G143, 144
158, 159, 160, 161
Decoders G184,
185, 186, 187
Displays
DS 15 (.01)
DS 16 (.1)
DS 17 (1.0)
DS 18 (10.0)
3A7
Console Reset
Counts to 99.99
Timer
Module G
MSI XR 0350
ABC Hysteresis
Illustration 7-8
7- 18
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-7 ABC HYSTERESIS
Refer to Illustration 7-8.
The purpose of this circuit is to provide a kV/20 reference in the auto mode using the RX control signal from the TV Camera. This assures
correct kV’s for an optimum TV image.
The RX signal from the TV Camera is fed to the input sample and hold circuit involving amplifiers A71 and A82. A82 acts as a comparator with
a reference set by R65.
The output of A82 is fed through a system gain adjust R66 to integrator A73.
A74B will not pass the RX output of A82 unless it is greater than or less than the threshold determined by hysteresis adjustment R67.
When the RX signal is not present the output will provide a kV/20 of 2V, equal to 40 RV reference.
1-8 TIMER DISPLAY
PRX CP clock signal of 50Hz is fed to counters G143 and G144 and divided by 50.
G144 drives the 4 bit counter G158.
The output is decoded on G184 which drives the 7 segment DS15 1/100 sec display.
After 10 sec. the Q3 output of G158 drives counter and decoder G159 and G185 to display 1/10 second on DS16. G159 counts 6 and drives
G160 to display minutes on DS17.
Finally G161 receives a pulse from G160 to display tens of minutes on DS18 display.
SM19 on the Console enables resetting the counters and displays.
7- 19
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1KHz
OJC G148
(3A19)
OX
A>B
A>B
Auto= closed
Sm49
Logic Ckts
& Latch
G70
Up-down
Controls
G48, 31
Latch G69
FL
WR
4 bit comparators
G108, 126
A/D
Analog
G90
KV/20
from 3A5
& TV Camera
300 KHz
To G150
SC
(3A5)
To 3A9
Clock
Hold Kv
(3A9) 40-110Kv
Limits
SC
(3A9)
Clock
3Hz & 30 Hz
OSC &
2Sec delay
SC
Latch G97
Rad
Up-down
Counters
G138, 125
MSI XR 0352
3A7 AD-kV
Illustration 7-9
7- 20
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-9 3A7 AD-kV BOARD
Refer to Illustration 7-9.
The major function of this board is to generate the kV reference in both the auto & manual modes.
Operating mode is selected by console switch SM49. Console buttons SM31 & SM32 increment and decrement respectively the up-down
counters G48 & G31 and set the Latch G69 in fluoro manual.
Counters G138 & G125 and Latch G97 are incremented or decremented in the Rad mode.
The 8 bit Latch output data G69 (fluoro) or G97 (Rad) is transmitted on the kV Bus to 3A9 for kV reference.
If either 40 or 110 kV is reached FC40 or FC110 signals from 3A9 will stop the counters.
In either fluoro or Rad manual, the clock inputs to the counters are driven by the 3Hz & 30Hz oscillators which provide, first a 2 sec 3Hz slow
drive, followed by the 30 Hz fast drive.
Pressing SM49 to select the TV auto mode deactivates SM31 & SM32. kV reference is now generated using the TV camera RX signal.
In the auto mode the TV Camera analog signal is converted to digital by A/D G90. The G90 digital output is compared with the kV bus by the
digital comparators G108 & G126. The comparators output A>B or A<B activates the G48 & G31 counters at the frequency of 1 kHz until the
TV kV reference & kV bus data agree (A=B).
7- 21
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
7- 22
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
PL1
+5V
PL1
+5V
45A
Rad
Gr
SC
10
+5V
Sm26
16
13
Clock
Inhibit
14
300 kHz from G90
2
4
G150
7
ER
+5V
3
+
Reset
15
8
Sm33
HLC
+12V
G137 A to F
Sm35
GR
+12V
3A3, 3A1
Pulsed FL
+12V
ER
Sm48
+12V
FL
3A1
Sm52
+12V
D536 •S"
+12V
+5V
3A19 Gr
mA(S) +
BP mA(s)
Up
Sm50
mA(S) -
3A9
G139 A to F
3A9
Sm51
2A1 MODULE G
1.2 & 12Hz
OSC
G47
7- 23
3A9 Clock 1
3A9 Clock 2
BP mA(s)
Down
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
3A7 AD/kV Board
Illustration 7-10
7- 24
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-10 3A7 AD/kV BOARD
Refer to Illustration 7-10.
The circuit enables selection of the operating mode through activation of counter G150.
When
power
is
switched
ON,
Fluoro
mode
is
automatically
selected
G150
pins
1
to
9
=
0,
except
pin
3
=
1,
pin 13 = 1.
When another operating mode is selected, G150 pin 13 = 0 counter counts clock input pulses on pin 14 until the selected mode output of G150
equals a logic 1.
Counter now locks on selected mode, until another mode is selected.
Counter output turns on the selected mode LED through G139.
Counter indicates the operating mode signal through G137.
Output
signals
are
A.
ER
B.
+
&
C.
Gr to SCR control 3A19
mAs
SP
as
to
to
kV/mA
Two clock signals enable changing mA/mAs at two different speeds.
7- 25
follows:
Memory
board
Interface
3A9
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
3A9 CONSIGNE kV / mA
Sm35
Logic Ckts
G122, Q141
+5v
S140B
To Module 8
TVCamera aperture
FC110
3A7
Logic Ckts
FC40
G21
G20
Lim.110
REFERENCE VOLT.
kV/20
G68
DAC
EPROM
G18
G19
Lim.40
G67
Dis.kV
BCD to 7 Segm. DECODER
G138
G172
U
D
G22
C
REFERENCE VOLT.
mA Rad
3A26 FIL
EPROM
3A7 K/20 Bus
ER HLC TH
Mod.G
Sm35
3A7
Ther mal Sw.
(3A7) + MA, SC,
HLC
ER
TH
CLOCK
Logic
Ckt
mA.mAs
EPROM
G65
5R
500W
ER HLC TH
G136
G137
G120
SC
Clk
mA (s)Up
G118
Mod.8
TV Lens
Aperture
Latch
SC
SC
(3A7)
mA(s) Up
Clock
G87
G88
B A
Comparators
3A9 kV/mA
Illustration 7-11
7- 26
2A1
MODULE
G
888
EPROM
G121
BIN
DEC
kV
3A26
REFERENCE VOLT.
G94
mA FL
DAC
EPROM COUNTER
G89
G66
G90
kV/mA
FL
2A1
MODULE
G
888
BCD to DECIMAL DECODER
Comparators
3A12
kV/mA
mA- mAs
3A26
FCO
FC01
FCGR
EPROM
G119
Latch
G134
G135
mA-mAs COUNTER
G132
Cons.
mAs
G133
DAC
3A26 FIL
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-11 3A9 kV/mA BOARD
Refer to Illustration 7-11.
1-11-1 Auto Fluoro Mode
The kV/20 bus addresses EPROM G66. G66 on its output bus sets an optimum mA value for each kV input. The mA level depends on the
operating
mode
selected
and
equipment
safety.
Auto
Mode
HLC
(High
Dose
ER
Fluoro)
(Electronic
Radiography)
TH (X-ray tube head safety)
Digital counters G89 and G90 output data is converted to analog by G94. This sets the reference mA level for the X-ray tube filament control
circuits on 3A26.
1-11-2 Manual Fluoro Mode
The counters G89 and G90 start from the EPROM memory data previously established before manual mode selection.
The counters are then incremented or decremented by the +/- mA input to the value manually selected. The clock 1 & 2 inputs from 3A7,
determines the mA change speed.
Counters G89 and G90 outputs are fed to D/A G94 and Latch G118 as in the auto mode.
G87 and G88 compare the EPROM G65 output data with the G89 and G90 counter outputs to set the counters for A=B. The counters input to
the Latch G118 to display the mA level on 2A1, through EPROM G120 and decoders G136 and G137. Latch G118 is set by the
sc input.
G65 output data depends on the operating mode.
Fluoro
ER
&
MA
HLC
x
-
5R
MA
x
15R
(154W)
(500W)
TH - Reduce Power Operation
When the G65 output data equals the G89, and G90 counters the mA UP counting sequence stops. Counting down is automatic if A>B.
1-11-3 Rad mAs Reference
The mAs (up) data from 3A7 (up-down) 4 bit counters G134 and G135. The counters address EPROM G132 varying from .16 to 160 mAs in
31 steps.
The digital data drives the D/A converted G133 to provide the analog mAs reference to the x-ray tube filament circuits on 3A26 in the Rad mode.
7- 27
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
This page intentionally left blank.
7- 28
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
The counter G134,G135 outputs also drive the EPROM G120 and G121 through the latch G119. The latch is set by the SC input in Rad.
G120 provides data for the 2A1 display through Decoders G136 and G137.
G121 outputs the following:
Information
for
Logic
signals
FC01
-
FC0
to
the
select
Fluoro
-
Rad
the
high
min
2A1
or
low
mA
mAs
Display
integrators
value
min
on
(.1
(.16
3A26
mA)
mAs)
FCGR - Rad mAs max ( 160 mAs)
kV/20 bus data is fed to the upper & lower kV limit comparators G20 and G21, and G18 and G19 respectively.
At limits the FC40 or FC110 comparator output is fed to the logic circuits on 3A7.
kV/20 bus data is converted to analog by G68 which provides the kV reference signal to 3A12.
Finally the kV/20 bus data addresses the EPROM G67, the output of which is decoded by G138 and G172 to drive the 2A1 kV Display. BCD to
Decimal Decoder G22 outputs additional information to the 2A1 Display and provides data to the Rad, mA circuits on 3A26 to taper the mA over
the kV range of 40 to 110 kV.
When HLC is selected by closing SM35, the logic circuits G122 & Q141 drive the TV camera aperture. The action closes down the TV camera
lens aperture to force increasing the radiation input to the Image Tube to the required HLC level. S140B must be closed to enable driving the
aperture.
7- 29
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
3A3 Power
reduction
(Closed)
(Reduced Power)
RP
S133B
KV/MA Tapes
Q108, 110
3A9
KV/MA
from G22
Pre heat
Q216 (Rad)
Amp
A214
Adder
A152
Q287A 85%KV
& PRE
3A12
Measured MA
(Rad)
A180
Compare
A138
Integrator
A284
Amp
3A9
0= .16 to 5mAs
1= 5 to 160 mAs
G188,
184,
187
3A19
Stop mAs
Integ. Gain
Q83, Q217
mAs Ret 3A9
Pre
RP
Safety Delay (Rad)
Q193, 194, 197,
G184, 187
Pre heat
R3
R7
MEASURED mA
(FL)
3A12
Fil.
Ret
Q26
R8
(FL)
A220 Compare
A222 Low Pass
Filter
R9
Q287B (FL)
SYX (FL) 3A19
MSI XR 0360
3A26 Filament Circuits
Illustration 7-12
7- 30
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-12 3A26 FILAMENT CIRCUITS
Refer to Illustration 7-12.
1-12-1 Fluoro Mode
A220 compares the measured (actual) mA from 3A12 and the reference mA from 3A9. Fluoro rate is set by R9.
The output of A220 is fed through low-pass filter A222 and drives amplifier A214 through FET Q287.
Q287 is ON in fluoro because of the
SYX SC
to its gate.
R3 also drives A214 through Q216B for pre-heating the x-ray tube filament. Q216B is on in fluoro.
1-12-2 Rad Mode
The Rad mA measured signal from 3A12 through A284 is added to the mA Gr reference at the input of A152. The reference is selected by the
FET’s Q108 and Q110. These are switched to taper the Rad mA in six steps over the range from 40 to 110 kV. The gate signals to the FET’S
come from G22 on 3A9.
S133B enables changing the reference mA values for reduced x-ray tube power consumption. S133B must be closed when the Stenoscop is
operated from 120V AC power source (reduced power).
A152 drives A214 to develop the filament reference signal in the Rad mode. Q287 is ON if the 85 kV and PRE signals are present on its gate.
R4 enables setting the x-ray tube pre-heat level for the Rad mode. It is switched by Q216A
Integrator A138 calculates the mAs. The integrator has two speeds because of the wide range of mAs (.16 to 160 mAs).
Integrator gain is set by Q83 and Q217 using the logic signals from 3A9. (0 = .16 to 5 mAs, 1 = 6 to 160 mAs).
A180 compares the integrator for A138 output with the mAs reference signal.
When these are equal, the stop mAs output to 3A19 is
developed. On 3A19, the signal prevents sending trigger pulses to the main SCR’s on the converter, stopping the Rad exposure.
Maximum Rad exposures are limited to two different times, depending on whether reduced power operation is or is not selected by S133B.
If reduced power is selected ( S133B is closed), maximum Rad exposure time is limited to 11 seconds. RP is a logic 0. R8 enables setting the
Rad safety delay in this mode.
When reduced power is not selected ( S133B open), maximum Rad exposure time is limited to 7 seconds. RP is a logic 1 and R7 enables
adjusting the safety delay.
When the safety delay time elapses and the exposure is not complete the stop mAs is generated, terminating x-ray emission.
7- 31
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Rad Rad
G155
180 Hz
OSC
Q206
Selector
Logic
G182,183
Q124
Integrator
A234,
Q265
Q266
n2
Rad
5A1
Pre amp & Amp
Q176, 129,
162, 122
To X-ray
head
Fil. Trans.
Current
Sense
FL
Low Pass
Filter A282
& Multiplier
A278
n FL/Rad
Selector
Q213 A & B
Voltage
Source
5TR1, 5CR3,
C3 & C4
RMS
Compare
A237
Drivers
Q21, 20,
15, 11
Limiters
Q125, 128
Q123, 121
+V
Fil Ref
(A214)
+
Voltage
Source
C35TR1
5CR3
-
Q20
C4
.5 1.8
Q11
-V
3A26 Filament Circuits
Illustration 7-13
7- 32
MSI XR 0364
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-13 3A26 FILAMENT CIRCUITS
Refer to Illustration 7-13.
Oscillator G155 generates a positive going 180 Hz square wave pulse.
Q206 inverts the G155 output and drives the selector logic circuit. The pulse output of the selector logic is negative going in fluoro and positive
in Rad depending on the Rad or
Rad input.
The selector logic output drives the push-pull complementary amplifier consisting of Q176, Q129, Q162 and Q122.
The amplifier output is finally applied to the x-ray tube filament transformer input drivers on 5A1 consisting of Q11, 15, 20 & 21.
The limiters (Q121, 123, 125, & 128) sense the 5A1 driver outputs. If an overdrive condition is measured, the limiters ground the push-pull
amplifier output at R133.
The RMS current in the 5A1 final driver outputs is measured by A282 through FET’S Q213A in the Rad mode and Q213B in fluoro. A282 acts
as a low-pass filter and drives the multiplier A278. The RMS2 output is now integrated by A234. The signal output of Q206 is used to reset
the integrator through Q266 and Q265.
Finally the integrator output is compared with the filament reference from A124. If the integrator RMS level exceeds the reference value, A124
inhibits the pulses at Q206.
Referring to the simplified 5A1 output driver circuit, operation is as follows:
C3 charges up to +175V approximate, furnished by the floating DC supply consisting of 5CR3 and 5TR1.
During Rad positive drive pulses to Q20 cause it to conduct and discharge C3 through Q20, and the filament transformer primary and
charging C4.
During fluoro operation positive drive pulses turn ON Q11, allowing C4 to discharge through the filament transformer and Q11.
Switching the polarity of the current pulses through the filament transformer primary enables selecting the small focal spot of the x-ray tube in
fluoro and the large focal spot in Rad. The energy input to the transformer is controlled by varying the pulse width.
7- 33
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
2Hz OSC
G35
(3A5) PRX-CP
Timer Display
Counters
G38, 37
G69
50Hz
OSC
R217
Logic
Ckts
G36
4' 57"
(3A19)
Stop Convt
SCR'S
G35
PRX
Timer
Reset
Module G
2A1
Sm14
4' 26" LED FLASH
Sm 7
PRX
Logic
Ckts
G74,75
DS175
Buzzer
X-ray
Exposure
Sm26
BPCL
(3A19)
G39
RAD
3A12
Module D
2A3
MSI EX 0363
Fluoro Timer/X-ray On Lamp
Illustration 7-14
7- 34
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-14 FLUORO TIMER
Refer to Illustration 7-14.
Depressing the exposure buttons, either SM7 or SM26, produces the BPCL signal to 3A19. This initiates the exposure by switching ON the
converter main SCR’s.
BPCL is further processed on 3A19 to produce the SEXP logic signal to 3A12. 3A12 then develops the
PRX
signal to trigger the oscillator
G69 and G39.
After the counters G37,38 count 4’57’’ the
4'57"
signal goes to 3A19 board to stop the converter SCR’s.
At a count of 4’26’’ the 2Hz oscillator G35 begins to flash the SM14 Timer reset LED.
PRX
also triggers the monostable G39 which enables energizing the DS175 buzzer for .25 seconds, after releasing the exposure button.
G74 energizes the x-ray exposure buttons LED.
Depressing SM14 resets the timer counters.
Stenoscop 6000/9000 monitor cart x-ray on lamp.
7- 35
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Sm11 (CCW)
-12V
7M1
Collimator
Rotation
+12V
Sm12 (CW)
Sm15
FC GR1
G168, 157,
169,
160, 159,
164, 156
Logic Ckts
(Close)
Sm16
(Open)
Q218
Q211
7M3
Opaque
Collimators
Rad
FC Sc1
Sm13
Sm14
(Open)
(Close)
G180, 163
181, 179,
164, 166, 158
Logic Ckts
Semi-transparent
Q249
Q241
Collimators7M2
FC GR2
Rad
Sm17 G165 Latch
G155 Monostable
Logic Ckts
Zoom
Q189
Q190
7M5
Circular Coll
9" Tube
only
Q191
Q192
7M4
Circular Coll
6" or 9" Tubes
Z=0= Not zoom
Rad
S501A & B
Open for 6" tube
MSI XR 0362
3A3 Collimators
Illustration 7-15
7- 36
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-15 3A3 COLLIMATORS
Refer to Ilustration 7-15.
Motor 7M1 rotates the collimator. Depressing Sm11 or 12 energizes the motor for desired direction of rotation.
Either a 6” or dual field 6”-9” image tube can be use on the Stenoscop.
1-15-1 6” Single Field Image Tube
7M3 moves the upper opaque collimator blades. These are controlled by Sm15 and Sm16. Q218 and Q211 enable reversing the voltage to
7M3 to open or close the blades.
The collimator blades can be moved provided that:
Maximum opening limit switches are not actuated, FC SC1 (Fluoro) FCGR1 (Rad) console settings are
compatible with operating mode selected (Fluoro or Rad).
7M2 drives the lower semi-transparent collimator blades. These are controlled by SM13 and Sm14. Q249 and Q241 enable reversing power to
7M2 to open and close the blades.
Collimator drive is enabled provided that the maximum opening switches are not activated FCSC2 (Fluoro) FCGR2 (Rad).
When the operating mode is switched from Rad to Fluoro all the collimator blades are automatically driven to limit x-ray emission to the input field
size of the image tube 6”, (16cm) FCSC1 and FCSC2 actuated.
When changing from Fluoro to Rad, the collimator blades must be manually positioned.
LED’s for SM14 and SM16 will be flashing.
Repositioning the blades for Rad mode stops the flashing.
7M5 is not used with the 6” Image Tube.
1-15-2 6”-9” Dual Field Image Tube
Sm17 Console button enables selecting the desired field size. S501 A&B must be closed.
Opening and closing of the collimator blades is the same as for the 6” Image Tube.
In the 9” mode, the Z signal =0. This changes the limit switch selection for the collimator blades. The maximum opening now depends on
FCGR1 and FCGR2 instead of FCSC1 and FCSC2 in Fluoro.
In the 6” mode, the Z signal = 1. Collimator blades will now be automatically set to the FCSC1 and FCSC2 limit positions.
Flashing of the control switch LED’s is identical to that for the 6” Image Tube.
1-15-3 Circular Collimators
These are driven by 7M5 and 7M4. They function to confine the x-ray beam emission.
In the Rad mode both circular collimators are moved out of the x-ray beam.
In the Fluoro 6” mode 7M5 moves the 6” circular collimator in the x-ray field to limit x-ray emission to the 6” input field size of the image tube.
In the Fluoro 9” mode 7M4 moves the 9” circular collimator in the x-ray field to limit emission to the 9” Image Tube input view field.
With a single field 6” image tube, 7M4 is used to move the 6” circular collimator to limit input field size.
7- 37
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Module 8 TV Camera
Q145
(3A7)
Auto
(3A7)
ER
(3A5)
Sexp
Auto Gain Control (CAG)
Delay
Logic Ckts
G161, 162,
170, 171
Q148
R239
C235
(3A7)
F110
S133A
S133D
Syx Sc
(3A19)
G166
G166
Q512
Video Blank
Q132
Beam (Max)
S133C
+24v
Zoom (Mag mode)
Q149
Zoom Z1
2A3
Module D
Q146
9Sml
Aux Coil
Sm21
G163
Q152
2A1
Module G
Sm 4
+5V
PRX
(3A12)
Q209
Time
Counter
K233
Time
Counter
K510
SYXSC
Logic Ckts
G162, 176, 177
OX
(3A19)
RAD
3A3 Board
Illustration 7-16
7- 38
OX HLC
(3A9)
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-16 3A3 BOARD
Refer to Illustration 7-16.
TV Camera Automatic Gain Control (CAG) operates during:
Auto Fluoro or Electronic Rad (ER)
During x-ray ON (SEXP)
KV at upper limit (F110 )
S133A permits activating the AGC without the above signals (closed).
The delay circuit inhibits CAG at the start to enable TV camera reaching stability.
S133D enables unblanking the TV camera without x-ray
Syx Sc.
S133C enables setting TV vidicon beam current to low beam during x-ray emission
Syx Sc.
Depressing either Sm21 or Sm4 energizes the auxiliary coil of 95ml switching the unit OFF.
In High Dose Fluoro (HLC), the OX logic signal generates the OX HLC to 3A9 to close down the TV aperture (iris) in the HLC mode. The
Syx Sc holds
the HLC during pulsed Fluoro. OX HLC is defeated in the Rad mode.
With a dual field tube, in the 6” mode Z1 logic signal enables switching the image tube electron optics for the magnify mode.
PRX
logic (x-ray on) activates Time Counter K233 to record x-ray on time. Time Counter K510 is active as soon as power is turned ON.
Therefore it records the total ON time of the Stenoscop.
7- 39
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Mod D (2A3)
3A5
1A1 Board
Sm22
Sm23
Logic Ckts
G16, Q17
Q25, Q30
3A7
Mod G (2A1)
Drivers
Q28
K34
Q33
K44
Sm5
Sm9
K6
Trans
5TR1
Power
Supply
+24V
K34, K44
Polarity
Reverse
1M1
Up/Down
Drive Motor
To Module 8
MSI XR 0359
C-Arm Motor Drive
Illustration 7-17
7- 40
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-17 C-ARM MOTOR DRIVE
Refer to Illustration 7-17.
Up/down motion of the C-Arm is performed by the 1M1 motor.
Depressing either Sm23 or Sm5 produces UP drive.
Depressing either Sm22 or Sm9 produces Down motion.
Depressing any of the above console buttons energizes K6 to enable applying power to the 1M1 motor.
The power supply also furnishes +24v DC to Module 8 (Image Tube and TV Camera).
7- 41
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Q195
G140A
Sm10
Sm9
+24V
Q
G140D
Q55
Q
G140E
Q57
G106
Q194
G140F
Sm8
H Sweep
24
To Module 8
TV Camera
23
V Sweep
+24V
G163B
Q151
K7
Sm7
Monitor 1
12V
G163C
Q156
K5
9A1
12V
Sm6
Sm5
G163D
Q171
K7
Monitor 2
12V
G163E
Q176
K5
9A2
12V
MSI XR 0368
3A5 Timer
Illustration 7-18
7- 42
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-18 3A5 TIMER
Refer to Illustration 7-18.
Added to the Timer Board functions already covered, the Board performs the following additional functions:
TV Camera Sweep reversal
Camera sweep reversal is controlled by Sm9 and Sm10 buttons on the control console. Sm9 enables horizontal image reversal while Sm10
permits vertical reversal of the TV Camera image.
Depressing the console buttons flips the G106 dual bistable. The bistable outputs drive opto couplers Q55 and 57 to switch +24V to the TV
Camera H and V sweep circuits. The Q outputs of G106 also drive transistors Q195 and Q194 to energize the selected button LED’S.
1-18-1 TV Monitor Image Rotation
Console buttons Sm7 and Sm8 switch ON transistors Q156 and Q151 respectively to drive the sweep rotation coil relays K5 and K7 for Monitor
1. The relays energize the motor drive circuit for image rotation on Monitor 1.
Console buttons Sm5 and Sm6 switch transistors Q176 and Q171 to energize Monitor 2 sweep rotation relays K5 and K7 for Monitor 2.
The 3A5 Board also contains circuitry for Monitor brightness control. The circuits, however, are not used.
7- 43
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
This page intentionally left blank.
7- 44
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-19 LAB EXERCISE
Refer to Stenoscop 2 Manual Part 1, Section 5.
Have the students do the following Lab Exercises as outlined in the above:
Guide Wheel/Adjustment
Handle Position
C-Arm Rotation Brake
Travel Safety
Fluoro mA
Fluoro Pre Heating
Fluoro Timer
Rad Safety
Rad Pre Heating
FL/Rad Switch Verification
mAs Integrators
Auto Fluoro Systems
7- 45
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
TP2
24V.
+18V
VRI
R1
TP7
AGC Delay
MNI
AGC (On/Off)
To Camera Video Amp
TP9
R9
-15V
15
GI
+24V
DS3
TP8
VR2
+10V
TP3
NOR R2
G3
MAG R3
G3
NOR R5
TP4
G3
MAI
G2
CR3
MX1
TP5
G2
MAI
MAG R6
G2
*MAG R10
R
CR4
TP6
NOR R8
G1
MA2
MX2
MAG
Mode 1
DH2
IRIS
DH1
To image tube
power supply
CR2
+15V
+15V
To Iris Control
*Only on 45560536
Power Supply (PL1)
Illustration 7-19
7- 46
MSI XR 0378
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-20 TV Camera
1-20-1
Power Supply (PL1)
Refer to Illustration 7-19.
24v input to voltage regulator VR1 provides a +18v output for the TV Camera circuits. R1 enables adj to 18 v
± .1v.
In fluoro, with CL/ON and x-ray/ON inputs both high, the AGC is active when the kV reaches 110 kV after a delay set by MN1. R9 enables
setting the AGC delay. The delay permits the TV Camera circuits to stabilize before AGC becomes active.
24v input to Regulator G1 produces the
±15v DC output.
The LED, DS3 is energized if the Image Tube current exceeds 1µA.
Regulator VR2 furnishes +10v to the image tube electrode adjustment pots R2, R3, R5, R6, R8 and R10. The pots enable adjusting the Image
Tube G1, G2 and G3 electrostatic lens voltages in the normal and magnify modes as indicated.
External control signals for image tube (normal and +mag) mode switching and iris HQ mode positioning is through the opto-couplers DH2, and
DH1, respectively.
CR3, CR4 and CR2 protect against overvoltage.
7- 47
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
TP1 ImV=InA
Newvicon
Target
Signal
TP4
Q5, 6, 7
MA1-1,2
MX1-1,2,3
Q1,2,3 & 4
Q8
To Sync & Mask PL3
RX
(Auto Brightness)
Hclamp
Black
Window
R1
Black Level
Adjust.
S4
R2 Max Gain
MA3, 4
Q9, 10, 11, 12
Composite
Video
to Memory DSM
& Monitors
Q17, 18, 19
R7
Video Blk
Level (Set-up)
Q16
Comp
Blanking
TP11
250 mV
B/W
Q20
Comp
Sync
MA5-2
MX2-1, 2, 3
Q15
F110
R6
AGC Gain
Gamma & Edge
enhance Q13,
14, S2, S3
R5
Man. Gain
50 mV Set-up
R4 Gamma - wht clip
MSI XR 0376
Pre-Amp and Video Board (PL2)
Illustration 7-20
7- 48
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-20-2
Pre-Amp and Video Board (PL2)
Refer to Illustration 7-20.
The
Newvicon
target
video
signal
drives
the
series
connected
amplifiers
Q1,
Q2,
Q3
and
Q4.
At
TP1,
the
level
is
1mV = 1nA.
Next we feed the black level circuit consisting of Q5, Q6 and Q7, MA1 and MA2 and electronic switches MX1-1, MX1-2 & MX1-3. The output is
applied to Q8 to provide the (Rx) auto brightness signal.
R1 enables setting the video black level to the Newvicon dark current level.
The black level circuit utilizes the H clamp and black window signal inputs.
The signal at TP4 also drives the MA3 and MA4 attenuator and amplifier. R2 sets the maximum gain and is a factory adjustment.
The output of Q12 is applied to differential amplifier Q17 and Q18 and an emitter output Q19 for the composite video output at TP11.
Note that composite sync and blanking are added to form the composite output.
R7 enables establishing the video black level 50 mV above blanking.
The output of Q12 is also fed to the Gamma and white clip and Edge Enhancement circuits formed by Q13 & 14. Switching S2 enables
Gamma and white clip correction by means of R4. S2 permits injecting Edge Enhancement.
The output of MA5-1 drives the AGC circuits consisting of MA5-2 and 3 and electronic switches MX2-1, 2 and 3. R5 is used for manual gain
setting while R6 is for setting the AGC gain in the active mode. The circuit is active in the auto fluoro and electronic radiographic modes when
maximum kV = 110 is reached.
7- 49
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
5.04 MHz
(525 line
rate)
Crystal
OSC &
Divider
MNI
MN2
MUX
TP6
TP7
Comp Sync & blanking
HD
VD
TP11
MN5
MA3
2X Int
MA6-1
Video Circular
Blanking
R4 Size
MA5
R1 H cent
MN6
MA4
2xInt
R3
Roundness
MA6-2
R2
Vcent
R6 Size
MA 7
TP12
Video Rx
(From Pre Amp
PL2)
Blk Window
R5
Size
Amp
Q2, 3, 4, 5, & 6
MX2- 1, 2, 3
Video ABC
(To 3A5)
TP13
Sync and Mask Board (PL3)
Illustration 7-21
7- 50
ABC Window
MSI XR 0377
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-21 SYNC AND MASK BOARD (PL3)
Refer to Illustration 7-21.
The master oscillator and divider (MN1) is crystal controlled at 5.04 mHz and provides RS170 sync and blanking for the 525 line rate.
The Mux (MN2) outputs produces the composite sync and blanking and horizontal and vertical drive outputs.
The horizontal and vertical drive square wave signals are each integrated twice to generate the parabola signals required for the video, black
window and ABC window circular patterns.
R1 enables horizontal circular mask centering and R2 centers the circular mask patterns vertically. R3 is adjusted for circular mask roundness.
Video blanking diameter is set by R4, and the Black Window and ABC window sizes are adjusted by R6 and R5, respectively.
The Rx signal from the Video Board is passed through the series connected amplifiers consisting of Q2, Q3, Q4, Q5 and Q6 and electronic
switches MX2-1, MX2-2 and MX2-3 to produce the ABC window video to the hysteresis circuit on 3A5. Q6 enables averaging of the video data
in the sample window area.
7- 51
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
VD
MA1-1 MA2-1, 2
MX2-1, 2, 3
R5
V size
Vsweep
(Defl)
Vcent NOR
R1
R2 Vcent Rev
VD
Q6 ,Q7
HD
HD
R8 H cent
Rev
Q5 ,TRI
R6
H size
R10
Focus
Cathode
(Newvicon)
R7 H Lin
K1
R9
H cent
NOR
MA4, Q8
H sweep
(Defl)
Focus
R12 Target
Target 0 to +80V.
HD
G2 300V
G3 450V
G4 630V
Q3 TR2
MA3
R4 Stand-by
R3
(G 2 ,G 3 , G
To
Newvicon
4
)
K2
G1 Beam
R11 Normal
+18V
6.3V Filament
VRI
MSI XR 0375
Scan Converter and Focus (PL5)
Illustration 7-22
7- 52
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-22 SCAN CONVERTER AND FOCUS (PL5)
Refer to Illustration 7-22.
Vertical Drive to MA1 and MA2 amplifiers and electronic switching MX2 provides Vertical Sweep to the Camera tube Vertical Deflection Coil.
R5 permits sweep size adjustment while R1 and R2 enable vertical raster centering on the camera tube target for normal and reverse
presentations, respectively.
Vertical and Horizontal Drive to Q6 and Q7 produces Camera Tube Cathode blanking.
Horizontal Drive to Q5 and Transformer TR1 develops the horizontal sweep to the Camera tube H Deflection coil.
R6 and R7 are for H size and H linearity corrections, respectively. R8 and R9 enable centering the raster horizontally on the Camera tube target
in the normal and reverse modes.
R10 adjustment, fed to MA4 amplifier and driver output Q8 to the Camera Tube focus coil enables focusing the beam on the Newvicon target.
H Drive to the circuit consisting of Q3, MA3 and Transformer TR2 enables setting Newvicon operating potentials as follows:
R12 established the required target voltage.
A single adjustment, R3, sets the G2, G3 and G4 Camera tube electrode potentials.
R4 and R11 set the Newvicon G1 beam potentials for STAND-BY (no x-ray exposure) and NORMAL (x-ray) modes. K2 relay is driven
by the control circuits on Board 3A3.
Filament voltage (6.3v DC) for the Camera pick-up tube is obtained from regulator VR1.
7- 53
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
+24V
From IRIS SIG
3A9
Std FL
P1
B3
B2
B1
X
+
-
HLC
P2
+
-
M
IRIS
63 mm
(Max open)
B1
+
+V
B2
Servo
Position
MSI XR 0374
Iris Control
Illustration 7-23
7- 54
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-23 IRIS CONTROL
Refer to Illustration 7-23.
The iris, or aperture, has only two positions. One is for setting the standard fluoro light input to the TV Camera pick-up tube. The second is for
the HLC operating mode.
These iris openings are established by adjustment of P1 for standard fluoro and P2 for HLC. In the HLC mode, the iris is closed down from its
fluoro position.
The iris is physically located in front of the TV Camera lens. Its maximum physical opening is 63mm.
Let’s consider we are adjusting P1 to establish the iris opening for standard fluoro. Assume we develop a positive voltage output at X of B3.
This is fed through follower B2 applies a positive input to the inverter input of B1 and develops a negative output voltage across the top side of
motor M.
Note that the positive output of follower B2 is also applied to the positive input of the lower B1 on the drawing. Its output will, therefore, be
positive applied to the lower side of motor M. Simply, we have a voltage across the motor and the iris motor drives and changes the iris
opening.
Note that the servo position pot is physically tied to the motor. Thus, we now develop an increasing positive input position voltage to the
remaining inputs of both B1 output drivers. This is applied through the lower follower, B2, as the position of the servo pot is changed.
When the sum of the inputs to both B1 drivers is zero, their outputs will be zero and the motor stops.
Adjusting P2 will result in the same action, and we will close down the iris opening for HLC operation.
7- 55
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
(Sync separator)
H
U4 U3
U2 U1
Q1 Q2
(Sync)
Remote
contrast
V
Q11
Blk Level
Clamp
Q6
Video
In
Q3,4,5
Q1 0
Q7, 8
C17
Diff. Amp
Follower
R29 Gain
Q9
R45
BIAS
Q6
Q1
Follower
H-V
blanking control
Ext
blanking
Grid
to CRT
Cathode
Q2, 3, 4, 5
Remote
Brightness
Diff amps
cascaded
Blanking
circuit Q101
to Q105
R32
BIAS
XR0386
Video Preamp and Output Amplifier
Illustration 7-24
7- 56
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-24 DSM VMI MONITOR CIRCUITS
Refer to Illustration 7-24.
The camera video output is fed to series connected buffers Q3, 4 and 5. R29 sets the video level gain. Output buffer Q5 is capacity coupled to
a differential amplifier (Q7 and Q8).
At the output of the differential amplifier, R45 driving Q9 enables setting the video black level to zero as measured on the collector of Q8. Also,
the remote contrast permits establishing the desired contrast setting through Q11.
Q10 follower applies the video to Q1 which in turn drives the differential amplifier (Q2 and Q3). These now drive a pair of cascade output
amplifiers (Q4 and Q5). The collector of Q5 drives the CRT cathode while the Q4 output is applied to the grid of the CRT.
Remote brightness adjust fed to Q6 enables establishing the desired video brightness level on the grid of the CRT.
The composite signal applied to the sync separator circuits strips the video portion and produces the H and V sync outputs.
Q6 clamps the video black level.
The blanking circuit will permit blanking the video during H and V retrace periods or upon an external blanking commands.
7- 57
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
+V
H hold
B+
Boost V.
R113
OSC - PLL
U101, U102
H
Sync
T102 & Reg
U105, U104,
U106
+Video
-150V.
+6V.
+5V.
-5V.
Q101 Pre Amp
T101
Q104 Output Amp
H Defl
+V
Phase
Delay
R110
L 102 Lin
L 103 Width
To Q303
(Sweep
protect)
L 101
H cent
Simplified H Sweep Circuit
Illustration 7-25
7- 58
To Q301
dynamic
focus
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Refer to Illustration 7-25.
The PLL oscillator, U102, driving the preamp, Q101, and output amplifier, Q104, locks the deflection output pulse to the H sync input.
Q104 feeds the series connected horizontal deflection coil, H linearity L102, width coil L103 and the H centering L101.
Q104 also switches the current input to T102 primary at the horizontal sweep rate (15.75 kHz). The secondary of T102 driving the voltage
regulators U105, U104 and U103 produces the +6v and
±5v
regulated outputs. In addition, T102 supplies the -150v and +video unregulated
outputs.
R110 sets the phase of oscillator U102 while R113 enables adjustment of the horizontal hold to within
±150 Hz of the H sync.
L102, L103 and L101 permit adjusting H linearity, width and centering, respectively.
Notice that the H drive current through the width coil L103 is also fed to Q303 for sweep failure protection and to Q301 for dynamic focus.
7- 59
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
V
Defl
Q201 Inverter
U201OSC,Ramp gen,power amp.
V Sync
+V
V
shape
R207
R219
V cent H sweep Q303
Q304
R205A
V freq.
R212
V size
L 103
H. width
Q202
Q203
R213
V linearity
V sweep
To CRT
(Control Grid)
(Sweep failure
protection)
To dynamic focus
ckt (V parabola)
XR0387
Simplified V Sweep Circuit
Illustration 7-26
7- 60
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Refer to Illustration 7-26.
U201 is an oscillator, a ramp generator and power amplifier. The oscillator is locked to the V inverted sync input while the output power
amplifier drives the vertical deflection yoke.
R219 enables vertical raster centering.
Q303 and Q304 protect the CRT against either an H or V sweep drive failure. Should a sweep failure occur, the control grid of the CRT will be
driven to cut-off.
Q202 and Q203 furnish a V parabola signal to the dynamic focus circuit.
R205A is the vertical hold adjustment.
R212 enables adjusting the vertical raster size.
R213 adds the parabola signal to the ramp generator section of U201 for setting the top and bottom V raster size to center size ratio.
R207 enables fine adjustment of V sweep linearity.
7- 61
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Theory
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
+V
+300V
Q302
R311
H Focus
C307
CR308
+V
T301
V
Parabola
R310
C309
C304
To CRT
(FOCUS GRID)
C302 &
C303
CR304
Corner
focus
V Focus
+V
+V
L103
Width
R321
To CRT
(G2)
DC Focus
Q301
G2
Adj.
R323
-150 V
Simplifed Dynamic Focus Circuit
Illustration 7-27
7- 62
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Refer to Illustration 7-27.
Transformer T301 and capacitors C302 and C303 form a tuned resonant circuit at the H rate. The tank circuit is excited by the H sweep through
Q301.
Thus, the output at T301 is a sinusoid at the H frequency, coupled to the Monitor CRT focus electrode through C304.
The H oscillations are modulated by the V parabola applied to the base of Q301 and controlled by R309. This particularly effects the focus at
the corners of the raster scan.
R311 controls the peak amplitude of the H oscillations and therefore must be set for best focus at the edges of the H sweep.
R310 controls the amplitude of the V parabola driving Q302 and enables adjusting the V focus at the top and bottom edges of the vertical
sweep.
The DC focus potential is set by R323. It is set to provide best center focus.
The final resultant signal output to the CRT focus grid is a sinusoid at the H frequency, amplitude modulated by the V parabola and added to
the DC level set by R323.
R321 enables adjusting the CRT, G2 electrode potential.
7- 63
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
T2
L-C
Filter
T1
CR9
R5&6
220V
AC
HV Supply
(sealed)
Nonserviceable
C13
To CRT
Accel
Anode
CR1
CR8
R11
U2
U1
Switcher
Q1 &2
U3 & U4
R33
XR0390
Simplified Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS)
Illustration 7-28
7- 64
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Refer to Illustration 7-28.
220v AC is fed to bridge rectifier CR9.
Current through R5 and R6 charges C13 to the threshold level (16v) and starts switcher U1. U1 drives Q1 and Q2 and energizes T1.
T1 output current through T2 feeds the RC filter network to produce the +24v regulated output.
T2 secondary continues to supply the switcher U1 through CR1.
If the T2 supply is too high, the crowbar circuit involving U2 and CR8 is activated for circuit protection.
The feedback voltage across R33 driving the Zener U4 and the opto-coupler U3 determines the duty cycle (ON-OFF) time of switcher U1. The
+24v DC output of the power supply is thus regulated to within +24v
±.5v.
R11 and R33 are factory set and should require no further adjustment.
7- 65
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Rear Panel
Switch Bd.
Light Sensor
Board
Photo Cell
Film Cassette
Main Board
Alpha
Numeric
Display
Lens Plate
Board
Switch
Interface
Board
Shutter
M
CRT
Monitor
Matrix 1010 (Model 1) Block Diagram
Illustration 7-29
7- 66
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-25 1010 FORMATTER
Refer to Illustration 7-29.
The main board performs the following functions:
•
It accepts operator-selected exposure parameters through the Rear Panel Switch Board and the Switch Interface Board.
•
It drives the Alphanumeric Display
•
The Main Board uses the photocell brightness control signal to control monitor CRT brightness for constant film exposure density
•
The Main Board controls opening and closing of the shutter drive motor through the lens Plate Board.
•
It houses the Z80 microprocessor and memories that control Matrix functions.
7- 67
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Mirror
CRT
Shutter
Lens
Photo Cell
Mirror
Mirror
Film cassette
xr0395
Matrix 1010 Optical Path
Illustration 7-30
7- 68
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Refer to Illustration 7-30.
The folded optical light path is as shown in the drawing.
Note the position of the photocell on the second mirror. The photocell is used to manage monitor CRT brightness.
The shutter remains closed before each film exposure to set-up the brightness loop in a calibration mode. It then opens for the film exposure.
Actual film exposure time is controlled by unblanking the monitor CRT.
7- 69
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
CRT
Photo cell
Integrator
light sensor
board
Monitor
Mux
D/A
Contrast, blanking
& brightness
Compare
A/D
Memory
mp
Operator
Select
Contrast Exposure time
& brightness
XR0393
Brightness Exposure Control Loop
Illustration 7-31
7- 70
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Refer to Illustration 7-31.
The operator programs the monitor brightness, contrast and exposure time for the desired film density and film to be used. The operator data is
stored in memory. Up to eight sets of values can be stored using four for positive images and four for negative images.
Using the set exposure parameters, the brightness feedback loop maintains monitor brightness for consistent film density.
The photocell
operates in conjunction with the microprocessor and the video monitor. It reads monitor brightness and produces an output current proportional
to brightness.
Before each film exposure, the microprocessor commands the monitor to display a calibration pattern.
The photocell measures the monitor CRT light output with the “Cal” pattern and the microprocessor then compares this with a reference level
represented by the brightness number stored in memory. The microprocessor then adjusts the monitor brightness to match the reference value.
When this occurs, the calibration cycle is completed, the CRT displays the video image, the shutter opens and the exposure takes place.
The block diagram shows the photocell current output integrated on the Light Sensor Board, passed through a mux and then to a comparator
and A/D converter to the microprocessor. The microprocessor looks at the stored memory exposure data, compares this with the photocell
signal and then provides a correction through a D/A to the monitor brightness circuit to satisfy the loop. Stored memory data with respect to
contrast and exposure time is also fed to the monitor circuits. Exposure timing is controlled by unblanking the monitor.
7- 71
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Comp Video
Unblanking
Comp Video & Blanking
Video Amp.
Contrast
Scan & DYN Focus
Brightness
Comp Sync
X
Sync
Smoothing
Board
V Scan &
Blanking
V Sweep
Output Board
CRT
+750V.
V. Defl
CRT
Filament
V Defl. Coil
CRT Board
H Defl. Coil
H Sync
PLL Sync
H Defl
H Scan &
Blanking
-150 & +750v
H. V. Power
Supply
Brightness
Scan Fail
XR0394
Matrix Video Monitor Block Diagram
Illustration 7-32
7- 72
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
Refer to Illustration 7-32.
1-26 VIDEO AMPLIFIER
Composite video from the Mother Board is applied to the Video Amplifier. The video signal is amplified and stripped of sync. Composite video
drives the Output Board and is then applied to the CRT cathode. Composite sync is fed to the V Defl and the Smoothing Board. Contrast signal
from the Mother Board sets the gain on the Video Amplifier while the unblanking input drives the cathode of the CRT to control exposure time.
1-26-1 Smoothing Board
Composite sync from the Video Amplifier is used to develop H Sync and V Sweep on the Smoothing Board. H Sync is applied to the H Defl
while V Sweep is used on the V Defl. PLL sync from the H Defl to the Smoothing board is used as a line clock. The X Sync output to the
external circuits (Mother Board) is for blanking control for photographic applications.
1-26-2 V Defl
The V Defl produces the V drive the the Vert deflection coil and applies V scan and blanking to the CRT Board. These are derived from the
ramp signal from the Smoothing Board and the composite sync from the Vertical Amplifier. Adjustable blanking from composite sync is used for
dynamic focus on the CRT Board.
1-26-3 H Defl
The H Defl furnishes H scan and blanking to the CRT Board. These are developed by processing the H sync input from the Smoothing Board.
The H sync also produces the H sweep to the Horizontal CRT deflection coil.
1-26-4 CRT Board
The board functions to detect H or V sweep failures. Should such occur, the scan fail signal is developed and fed to the external control circuits.
The brightness signal from the Mother Board controls a brightness amplifier which in turn drives the G1 electrode of the CRT (through the
Output Board). H and V blanking inputs together with the -150V to +750V potentials from the HV supply are used for static and dynamic focus
to the Output Board. The CRT Board also has a filament regulator for the CRT filament.
1-26-5 Output Board
Summing of the static and dynamic focus signal inputs from the CRT Board enables applying focus control potentials to the G4 electrode of the
CRT. The brightness signal and +750v inputs fed through low pass filters produce potentials for the G1 (brightness) and G2 electrodes of the
CRT.
A regulated filament voltage passes through the Output Board to the filament of the CRT. Finally, the composite video from the Video Amplifier
fed through a final cathode amplifier drives the CRT cathode. Blanking from the Video Amplifier enables controlling the Output Board cathode
amplifier to either blank or unblank the CRT.
7- 73
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
This page intentionally left blank.
7- 74
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-27 ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT LAB EXERCISE
DESCRIPTION:
This lab will provide the student with experience doing the electronic adjustments for the X-ray portion of the Stenoscop.
REFERENCES:
XR012 Stenoscop II Series Technical Supplement - Section 19
COMPETENCIES:
Upon completion student will be able to perform the following:
S
kVp measurement
S
Travel safety
S
Fluoro mA adjustment
S
Fluoro Preheating
S
Fluoro Timer
S
Rad Safety
S
Rad mA Preheating
S
Rad/Fluoro switch test
S
mAs Integrators
PROCEDURE TIME: 2.5 to 3.0 hr
SAFETY:
Use proper radiation safety as stated in Section 2-1 of XR012 Stenoscop II Series Technical Supplement Radiation Safety Policy.
PROCEDURE:
Follow the adjustments procedures given in Section 19 of XR012 Stenoscop II Series Technical Supplement. Use the Service Manual that was
received with the equipment to insure that we are using the most current directions.
7- 75
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
This page intentionally left blank.
7- 76
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
1-28 MONICON 3 LAB EXERCISE
DESCRIPTION:
This lab will provide necessary experience for the student for calibration of the Stenoscop Image System.
REFERENCES:
XR012 Stenoscop II Series Technical Supplement - Section 13
COMPETENCIES:
Upon completion student will be able to perform the following:
S
Calibration of the Monicon 3 Camera System
S
Calibration of the Imageur Image System
S
Calibration of the Stenoscop Auto Brightness Loop
S
Use of the DSM Image Quality Tests
PROCEDURE TIME: 4.0 to 6.0 hr
SAFETY:
Use proper radiation safety as stated in Section 2-1 of XR012 Stenoscop II Series Technical Supplement Radiation Safety Policy, Static Control ESD and Energy Control and Power Lock Out.
PROCEDURE:
Follow the calibration in XR012 Stenoscop II Series Technical Supplement, Section 11 Monicon 3 TV Calibration.
7- 77
TOC Preinstallation Installation Functional Check
Service Procedures Renewal Parts Schematics TOC
Theory
Schematic Symbols/Abbreviations
GE Medical Systems
STENOSCOP 2 6000/9000 Series
Technical Supplement
REV 1
This page intentionally left blank.
7- 78